Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
YEAR : 2016-17
VOLUME-I Project Report
Project Consultant
Regional Centre for Urban and Environmental Studies, Lucknow
(Estd. By Ministry of Urban Development, Govt. of India) Office adj. Registrar ‘s office, Univesity of Lucknow, Lucknow
MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT SCHEME FOR DEOGHAR
DETAILED PROJECT REPORT For
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Municipal Solid Waste (MSW) management is one of the essential services for maintaining quality of life in urban areas and for ensuring better standards of health and sanitation. Presently, this service falls short of the desired level, as systems adopted are outdated and inefficient. Institutional weakness, shortage of human and financial resources, improper choice of technology, inadequate coverage and lack of short and long term planning are responsible for the inadequacy of service.
Deoghar is the main city of the Deoghar District in the Santhal Parganas division of the state. Deoghar is located at 24.48°N 86.7°E. population of Deoghar as per census 2011 is 203,116;
Total waste generation in Deoghar is 87.48 MT per day and approximate quantity of road sweeping silt is 7.36 MT per day. Average per capita waste generation in Deoghar is 349.69 Grams whereas it is 193.36 grams for domestic waste and 153.33 grams for other non-domestic waste. Being a famous temple city and higher floating population, per Capita waste Generation in Deoghar is higher than other cities falling in same population range. City waste contains total 53 % of biodegradables (both wet biodegradables and dry biodegradables on wet basis), 9.3% of Paper, 9.5% of Plastics, 1.3% of metal and 26.7 % of inerts & others. Moisture content of mixed waste is 32.8%.
Population density in Deoghar also varies from dense to sparsely populated. Whereas population density is 29837 people per Sq Km in ward 21, it is as low as 1376 people per Sq. Km in ward number 2. Waste generation also varies a lot from ward to ward. Although ward 19, 20 and 21 are the smallest ward but the quantum of waste generation is highest because of huge commercial activities in these wards. City roads are mostly narrow with only 15% road Length (Major Roads) wider than 5.5 meters.
The system of storage at source, Segregation at Source, Door to Door collection, Processing of waste before final disposal and disposal in sanitary landfill is virtually non-existent in Deoghar. Transportation of waste is done by open tractors and synchronization between storage and transportation is never kept in mind while purchasing the equipment for storage and transportation.
Following approaches have been adopted keeping in view the activities involved in achieving 100% coverage in Solid Waste Management in Deoghar in line with Solid Waste Management Rules 2016
Segregation and storage of waste
• Promotion of the practice of segregation and storage of waste at source in three separate streams- First stream of biodegradable waste and another for recyclable waste and third stream shall be of domestic hazardous waste. First two streams to be stored in bins for daily lifting and third one in a sack or container for occasional lifting.
• Large hotels/ restaurants/ commercial complexes, residential societies, vegetable markets to follow source segregation.
• Containerized and segregated storage at source by all waste generators • Immediate ban upon open storage sites and road side waste dumping • Awareness creation for segregation, storage at source
Primary Collection of waste • Organization of door to door collection with community participation on cost
recovery basis and minimize the multiple handling of waste, improvement in the productivity of labour and equipment.
• 100% door to door collection through covered Light Commercial Vehicles, E-rickshaw and Handcarts.
Secondary Collection of waste • Street sweepings including solid waste and silt from the drains to be collected by
containerized handcarts and taken to secondary storage depot having 1.1 - 4.0 cum metal containers.
• Containers to be placed at 1 per 5000 population. • Containers to be lifted by bin dumper placers/ Tractor towable bin lifter • Phasing out of Containerized secondary storage facilities in time bound manner
to make city bin free. Transportation of waste • Daily transportation of organic waste/mixed waste to the treatment site • Direct Transportation of waste to processing facility for the area whose lead
distance is under 5 to 7 Kms, • Transportation through compactors for the area whose lead distance to
processing facility is more than 5 to 7 Kms. • Compactors deployment based on capacity of vehicle and volume or weight of
waste • Need based transportation of inorganic (Mainly C&D Waste) and other dry
wastes (Domestic Hazardous waste) to landfill site
Collection and transportation system proposed for Deoghar is basically on the concept of bin less city as defined in Article 2.3.8.1 of CPHEEO manual. However it is also kept in mind that 100% people’s participation for door-to-door collection cannot be ensured right from beginning of project. Due consideration has been made in design for storage of waste still thrown on road side open storage points.
Processing and Disposal of waste • Centralized waste processing unit for conversion waste to compost , RDF &
Recovery of Recyclables • Disposal of residual inert/Processing rejects into carefully designed sanitary
landfill • Monitoring system to increase the productivity & speedy complaint resolution
Financial Summary
With the proposed capital investment of INR 3748.28 lacs and estimated annual O & M cost of INR 55135.15 Lacs for 20 years of operation, the project is expected to benefit about 2.5 Lacs persons and about 44000 households in Deoghar Nagar nigam area directly and about 60 Lacs persons visiting the holy city of Deoghar During Month of Shrawan . It is expected that revenue in 20 years project period from user charge collection and sale of products is 42238.77 lacs whereas total capital and O&M grants required for is estimated as 15995.14 The project will be constructed and installed in 16 months period.
The Implementation of project is planned on PPP basis
DETAILED PROJECT REPORT OF
SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT SCHEME FOR DEOGHAR NAGAR NIGAM, (JHARKHAND)
Being Voluminous the DPR has been prepared in four volumes considering the binding problem. The
contents of volumes are as under:
Volume – I: This volume contains Project Report & Financial Statement.
Volume – II: This volume contains Annexures. Annexure-1: Approved Labor Rates, Material Rates and Schedule of Rates Annexure-2: Cost estimate and BOQ of various components Annexure-3: Sub Soil characteristics and Water Data Annexure-4: Study and Reports supporting waste generation and Characterization Annexure-5:Assessment of Waste Transported, Bulk Generation Points and Dustbin Location Annexure-6: Assessment of Non-Domestic Waste Generation Points: Road ID Wise Survey Annexure-7: Schedule of Road Sweeping Annexure 8: Valuation of Land in Deoghar Annexure 9: Geotechnical Investigation of Site Annexure 10: Market Rate Quotation
Volume – III: This volume contains Design & Drawings
SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT SCHEME FOR DEOGHAR NAGAR NIGAM, (JHARKHAND)
VOLUME –I: PROJECT REPORT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SI. No. Descriptions Page No.
1.0 Chapter-1: Introduction And Project Area Details
1 – 33
1.1 Introduction And Authority For Preparation Of Project 1.2 Objectives (SCOPE & LIMITATION) 1.2.1 Issue of Municipal Solid Waste 1.2.2 Background and legal aspects of SWM 1.2.3 Compliance Schedules as per SWM Rule 2016 1.2.4 Need of The Project 1.2.5 Scope of Work under This DPR 1.2.6 Limitations 1.3 Description Of The Project Area 1.3.1 Deoghar City Profile 1.3.2 Administrative structure 1.3.3 Demographic Profile 1.4 Project Area 1.4.1 Regional Profile 1.4.2 Population Enumerated data 1.4.2.1 Deoghar Population 2011 1.4.2.2 Population Growth Rate 1.4.2.3 Ward Wise Area, Population, Household & Density 1.4.2.4 Slum Population & Details 1.4.2.5 Land use & Settlement Pattern 1.4.2.6 Total length of Transportation arteries, with breakup of length
and width of major, secondary and minor roads
1.5 Existing SWM Condition 1.5.1 Present Scenario of MSW Management Practices In The City 1.5.1.1 Waste Collection & Transportation 1.5.1.2 Waste Processing and Disposal Facilities 1.5.1.3 Street Sweeping and Drain Cleaning 1.5.2 Organization and staffing details of sanitation staff engaged in
SWM and details of SWM equipment available with DMC
1.5.2.1 Detail of Vehicles and SWM equipment 1.5.2.2 Detail of staff involved in SWM 1.5.2.3 Extent of Private Sector/ NGO partnership in SWM 1.5.2.4 Summary of SWM System In Deoghar
SI. No. Descriptions Page No. 1.5.3 Current SWM service levels, Analysis of issues in current
SWM services, and Justification for the project (as per GoI SLB)
1.5.3.1 Current Service level Benchmarks as per MSW Rules 2016 1.5.3.2 Analysis of Issues in current system and Status of Compliance
to SWM Rules
1.5.4 Summary of issues, compliance to Rules & Justification of Project
2.0 Chapter-2: Approach, Design Parameters And Methodology
34 - 84
2.1 Objective & Principles of Solid Waste Management
2.1.1 Objective of Solid Waste Management 2.1.2 Principles Of Municipal Solid Waste (MSW)
Management
2.1.2.1 Waste Reduction 2.1.2.2 Effective Management of Solid Waste 2.1.3 Functional Elements of Municipal Solid Waste Management 2.2 Classification of Solid Waste 2.3 Approach To Develop Solid Waste Management Plan At
Deoghar
2.3.1 Approach for storage, segregation, collection & transportation of waste
2.4 Proposed Design Options: Option Analysis And Recommendation
2.4.1 Primary collection 2.4.1.1 Options of primary collection 2.4.1.2 Primary collection vehicles 2.4.1.3 Choices of Primary collection vehicle 2.4.1.4 Options for door-to-door collection system 2.4.1.5 Direct Collection System 2.4.1.6 Direct Collection of bulk & Garden waste 2.4.1.7 Handling of construction debris 2.4.2 Street sweeping 2.4.3 Drain cleaning 2.4.4 Secondary Transportation 2.4.5 Container station 2.4.6 Transportation 2.4.7 Transfer Station System Between Primary And Secondary
System
2.4.8 Selection of the most suitable processing technology for Deoghar
SI. No. Descriptions Page No. 2.4.8.1 Technology Screening Criteria 2.4.8.1.1 Technology Reliability Criteria 2.4.8.1.2 Environmental and Social Acceptability Criteria 2.4.8.1.3 Waste Suitability Criteria 2.4.8.1.4 Waste Generation Criteria 2.4.8.2 Recommended technology for processing of MSW in Deoghar 2.4.8.2.1 Introduction 2.4.8.2.2 Selection of Integrated approach 2.4.9 Conclusion 2.5 Assessment Of Solid Waste Management Options In The
Region
2.5.2 Progress and review of waste processing projects 2.5.2.1 Waste to composting projects 2.5.2.2 Waste to Energy Projects 2.5.2.2.1 MSW Based Power Project At Hyderabad, A.P 2.5.2.2.2 6.0 MW MSW based power Project at Vijayawada, A.P 2.5.2.3 Bio-methanisation Projects 2.5.2.3.1 0.15 MW Capacity Biomethanation plant Based on Mixed
Municipal
2.5.2.3.2 30 TPD Capacity biomethanation Plant Based on vegetable Market
2.5.2.3.3 Municipal waste processing complex at Okhla & Timarpur 2.5.3 Critical Examination Of Reasons Behind Failure 2.6 Recommendations of CPHEEO/SWM Rule 2016 for waste
Collection, Transportation, Road sweeping and Drain cleaning
2.6.1 Storage, Segregation & Handling of waste 2.6.2 Collection & transportation of Waste 2.6.3 Processing of waste 2.6.4 Disposal of Waste 2.7 Plans for renovation, up gradation, augmentation, etc. of the
existing SWM system
2.8 Availability of land for SWM facilities and their suitability as per screening criteria specified in MSW rules
3.0 Chapter-3: Design Details 85 – 228 3.1 Design Details of Storage, Collection & Transportation System 3.1.1 Process Design of Storage, Collection & transportation
System
3.1.1.1 Storage of Waste 3.1.1.2 Segregation of Recyclable/ Non-Biodegradable Waste 3.1.1.3 Primary collection & Transportation of waste 3.1.1.4 Sweeping of Streets and Public Spaces
SI. No. Descriptions Page No. 3.1.1.5 Temporary Waste Storage Depots 3.1.1.6 Transfer and Transportation of Waste 3.1.1.7 Command Control & Response Mechanism 3.1.2 Detailed Design Calculation 3.1.2.1 Capacity analysis of proposed system 3.1.2.2 Calculation of Vehicle required 3.1.2.3 Vehicle & Trip Length Calculation 3.1.2.3.1 Trip Length for Primary Collection Vehicle 3.1.2.3.2 Trip Length for Secondary Transportation Vehicles 3.1.2.4 Manpower calculation 3.2 Processing of MSW 3.2.1 Process Design of Proposed Waste Processing System 3.2.1.1 Introduction 3.2.1.2 System Design Considerations 3.2.1.3 Process Description Waste Treatment 3.2.1.3.1 Waste Receiving & Pre-Segregation 3.2.1.3.2 Pre-processing Section 3.2.1.3.3 Refused Derived Fuel 3.2.1.3.4 Windrow Composting 3.2.1.3.4.1 Accelerated Aerobic Bioconversion / Aerobic Windrow
Composting
3.2.1.3.4.2 The Process In Brief 3.2.1.3.4.3 Design capacity of compost plant 3.2.1.3.4.3.1 Windrow Platform 3.2.1.3.4.3.2 Monsoon Shed 3.2.1.3.4.3.3 Coarse Segregation Section 3.2.1.3.4.3.4 Curing Section 3.2.1.3.4.3.5 Refinement Section 3.2.1.3.4.3.7 Packing & Storage 3.2.1.3.4.3.8 Testing Laboratory 3.2.1.3.4.3.9 Specification And Capacity of Machinery And Equipment 3.2.1.4 Estimation of Design Capacities of Waste Processing Plant 3.2.2 Mass Flow and Material Balance 3.2.3 Waste Receiving Platform 3.2.4 Windrow Platform 3.2.5 Compost & RDF storage Shed 3.2.6 Material Handling Equipment & Vehicle 3.3 Design of Landfill Site 3.3.1 Approach and Methodology to Design Sanitary Landfill 3.3.1.1 Reconnaissance Survey 3.3.1.2 Development of Concept Plan 3.3.1.3 Assessment of Landfill Area Requirement
SI. No. Descriptions Page No. 3.3.1.4 Sanitary Landfill Design 3.3.2 Profile of Project site 3.3.2.1 Description of the Proposed Landfill Site 3.3.2.2 Site Suitability Analysis 3.3.2.2.1 Proposed Site Features 3.3.2.2.2 Site Evaluation and Proposed Site Assessment 3.3.3 Design concepts 3.3.3.1 Introduction 3.3.3.2 MoEF Guidelines for Landfill Design 3.3.3.3 Sanitary Landfill Design Concepts 3.3.3.4 Design Life 3.3.3.5 Landfill Volume and Area Required 3.3.3.6 Foot Print of Land Fill Site 3.3.3.7 Assessment of Leachate Quantity
3.3.3.8 Design of Leachate Collection System
3.3.3.8.1 Design Capacity of Leachate Collection Sump
3.3.3.8.2 Spacing & size of Feeder and Header Pipes
3.3.3.8.3 Structural Strength of Pipes
3.3.3.9 Design of Liner System
3.3.3.10 Liner Puncture Protection 3.3.3.11 Post Closure Leachate Leakage
3.3.3.12 Assessment of Landfill Gas Generation
3.3.3.13 Design of Final Cover System
3.3.4 Detailed Design of Components of Landfill 3.3.4.1 Capacity & Volume of Landfill Site 3.3.4.2 Design of Leachate Collection & Removal System 3.3.4.2.1 Leachate Generation 3.3.4.2.2 Design of Leachate Removal System 3.3.4.2.3 Design of Leachate Holding System 3.3.4.3 Impermeable Base Liner System 3.3.4.4 Gas Removal system 3.3.4.5 Summary of Design 3.3.5 Sanitary Landfill Operation 3.3.5.1 Formation of Working Area 3.3.5.2 Waste Unloading, Spreading and Compaction 3.3.5.3 Daily Cover 3.3.5.4 Intermediate Cover 3.3.5.5 Final Cover 3.3.5.6 Environmental monitoring plan
SI. No. Descriptions Page No. 3.4 Specification of Vehicle, Equipment and T&P
3.4.1 Electronic Weigh Bridge Avery/Jyoty / Mettler
3.4.2 Tractor for Trolley & Loader
3.4.3 Custom Trolley Attachment to Be Fitted With Tractor for Inert
Transportation
3.4.4 Technical Specification for Front End Loader Attachment
3.4.5 Four Wheeler Auto Tipper for Door To Door Collection and Transportation of Waste
3.4.6 Three Wheeler (Auto) Tipper for Collection and Transportation of Waste
3.4.7 Technical Specification for Bins 3.4.8 Technical Specifications for Non-Scheduled Items
3.4.8.1 Granular Drainage Layer
3.4.8.2 HDPE Geo Membrane
3.4.8.3 Non-Woven Needle Punched Poly-Propalene Geo Textile (195 GSM)
3.4.8.4 Installation
3.4.8.5 HDPE Pipes
3.4.8.6 Submersible Pumps And Motor
3.4.8.6.1 Leachate pumps
3.4.8.6.2 Tube well Pump
3.4.8.6.3 Horizontal Centrifugal Pumps
3.4.9 List of Approved Makes/Materials
3.4.10 Electrical Works – Technical Specification And Scope of Non
Schedule Items
3.4.10.1 General
3.4.10.2 Scope Work
3.4.10.3 Standard and Regulations
3.4.11 List of Approved Makes / Materials
4.0 Chapter- 4: Environmental And Social Management
Plan 229 – 287
4.1 Social and Environmental Screening of Proposed Options 4.2 Environmental Impact Assessment 4.2.1 Introduction 4.2.2 Preliminary evaluation of Site
SI. No. Descriptions Page No. 4.2.3 Identification of Impact 4.2.4 Prediction of Impacts 4.2.4.1 Impacts during development phase 4.2.4.1.1 Impact on Air Quality 4.2.4.1.1.1 Impacts 4.2.4.1.1.2 Mitigation Measures proposed – Air Quality
4.2.4.1.2 Impacts on Water Quality 4.2.4.1.2.1 Impacts 4.2.4.1.2.2 Mitigation Measures – Water Quality 4.2.4.1.3 Impact on Noise environment 4.2.4.1.3.1 Impact 4.2.4.1.3.2 Mitigation Measures – Noise Quality 4.2.4.1.4 Impacts due to Solid Waste 4.2.4.1.4.1 Impacts 4.2.4.1.4.2 MitigationMeasures–SolidWaste 4.2.4.1.5 Impact on Flora and fauna 4.2.4.1.6 Health Impacts 4.2.4.1.7 Social Impacts 4.2.4.1.8 Impact on Land Use 4.2.4.2 Impact during Operation Phase 4.2.4.2.1 Impacts due to Collection and Transportation of wastes to
processing site
4.2.4.2.2 Impacts on traffic 4.2.4.2.3 Impacts due to stacking of wastes on the site 4.2.4.2.4 Impact Due To Composting 4.2.4.2.5 Impacts due to Landfilling 4.2.4.3 Impacts on Closure of Landfill 4.2.4.4 Impact on Ecology: 4.2.4.5 Social Impacts of the Project 4.2.4.6 Summary of Impacts and Mitigation Measures 4.3 Permissions/ clearances required 4.4 Environment management and monitoring plan 4.4.1 Introduction 4.4.2 Environment management plan& implementation mechanism 4.4.2.1 EMP during Construction Phase: 4.4.2.2 EMP during Operation Phase 4.4.3 Environmental Management System and Monitoring Plan 4.4.3.1 Environmental management cell 4.4.3.2 Environmental monitoring 4.4.3.2.1 Air environment 4.4.3.2.2 Noise environment
SI. No. Descriptions Page No. 4.4.3.2.3 Water environment 4.4.3.2.4 Land environment 4.4.3.3 Record keeping and reporting 4.4.3.4 Environmental Audits and corrective action plans 4.4.4 Cost implication of Environment Management Plan and
Environmental Monitoring
4.5 Social impact and management plan 4.5.1 Introduction 4.5.2 Impact of poor solid waste management 4.5.3 Management Plan for socio‐economic environment 4.5.3.1 Principals adopted of social development 4.5.3.2 Goals of project for social development 4.5.3.2.1 Social investment strategy 4.5.3.2.2 Employment opportunities 4.5.3.2.3 Training to rag pickers and workers and employment of Rag
Pickers
4.5.4 P ublic consultationand outcome 4.5.5 Potential social Impacts because of project 4.5.6 Cost Implication for Implementation of social Management
plan
4.5.7 Socio-Economic development activities under CEP 4.5.7.1 Planning 4.5.7.2 Implementation 4.5.7.3 Possible areas of activities under CEP 4.5.7.4 Funding 5.0 Chapter- 5: Institutional Framework 288 – 294 5.1 Financial Capacity of DMC 5.2 Organization Structure of DMC 5.3 Plan for institutional strengthening 6.0 Chapter-6: Financial And Economic Analysis 295 – 313 6.1 Abstract of Cost Estimates 6.2 Cost Sharing of The Project 6.3 Schedule of Demand of Funds 6.3.1 Schedule of Demand of Fund During Construction Period 6.3.2 Schedule of Demand of fund during O&M period 6.3.3 Summary of Demand of Fund 6.4 Economic analysis Estimate of Annual O&M Cost of SWM 6.4.1 Revenue –Expenditure sheet/ Cash flow Statement 6.4.2 Analysis of Recurring Capital cost
SI. No. Descriptions Page No. 6.4.3 Revenue Generation from User Charge collection 6.4.4 Fuel & Maintenance cost of Vehicles 6.4.5 Cost of Labour & Manpower for collection & Transportation 6.4.6 Operation & maintenance cost Compost Plant and Landfill 6.4.7 Operation & Maintenance cost for waste processing and Land
filling
6.5 Break up of Cost of works (component wise) and its schedule of execution
7.0 Chapter-7: Implementation Arrangements 314 – 318 7.1 Implementation Plan For Solid Waste Management Project At
Deoghar
7.2 Method of Private Sector Involvement In Integrated Solid Waste Management
7.3 Incentives To Private Sector 7.4 Contractual Framework 7.5 Implementation Schedule 8.0 Chapter-7: Communication Outreach And Social
Intermediation 319 – 332
8.1 Details On Stakeholder Consultations 8.2 Willingness to Pay For SWM Services 8.3 Public Information, Education, Communication And
Awareness Programs
8.3.1 Introduction to Reduce, Re-use and Re-cycle (R-R-R) 8.3.2 Design of IEC And Awareness Programs 8.3.2.1 Current Situation Analysis 8.3.2.2 Identification of Target groups for communication 8.3.2.3 Assessment of target group/community 8.2.3.4 Setting up target of awareness Campaign 8.2.3.5 Vehicles For Communication 8.2.3.5.1 Setting up a command and control center with dedicated
website and telephone Hot-line
8.2.3.5.2 Use of Cable TV and Cable Channels/ Local Broadcasting 8.2.3.5.3 Use of Newspapers/Print Media 8.2.3.5.4 Use of Schools and College 8.2.3.6 Tools For Communication& Their Usefulness 8.2.3.7 Program Design And Implementation Plan 9.0 Chapter-9: Summary of Cost Estimates 333 – 334 9.1 Estimated Capital Cost of SWM facilities 9.2 O&M Cost & Revenue
SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT SCHEME FOR DEOGHAR NAGAR NIGAM, (JHARKHAND)
VOLUME –I: PROJECT REPORT
LIST OF TABLES
Table No.
Descriptions Page No.
1.1 Implementation Schedule for SWM projects as per SWM Rule 2016
1.2 Demographic Profile of Deoghar 1.3 Growth rate and Projected population 1.4 Ward wise Current and projected population 1.5 Detail of Slums in Deoghar 1.6 Major Roads with width more than 5 meters 1.7 Roads with width between 3 to 5 meters 1.8 Detail of Vehicles available with DMC 1.9 Proposed Service Level Bench Marks for Deoghar 1.10 Vehicles and trip details 2.1 Physical Composition of Municipal Solid Waste in Deoghar
Town
2.2 Physical & Chemical Composition of MSW in Deoghar 2.3 Primary collection from residential areas 2.4 Technology Reliability Criteria for Technology selection 2.5 MSW Treatment Technologies with respect to Environmental
and Social Acceptance
2.6 Average MSW at Landfill Site during Pre-Monsoon Sampling 2.7 Examples of Compost Plant Commissioned In India 2.8 Summary of waste processing and energy recovery projects
in India
2.9 Renovation, up gradation, augmentation, etc. Of the existing SWM facilities
2.10 Criteria for Landfill Site Selection 3.1 Zonal Plan for collection & transportation 3.2 List of Equipment at Customer Handling Cells 3.3 Staffing Pattern at Customer Handling Cells 3.4 Capacity of Proposed C&T System 3.5 Calculation of Vehicle & Tool Required 3.6 Trip Length of Primary collection Vehicles 3.7 Trip length of Secondary Transportation 3.8 Manpower Requirement for C&T, Road Seeping and Drain
Cleaning
3.9 Quality Standards of Compost Produced (as per SMW Rule,
Table No.
Descriptions Page No.
2016) 3.10 List of Laboratory Testing Equipment 3.11 Details of Machinery and Equipment 3.12 List of Plant - Machine - Equipment –Compost Plant 3.13 Design Capacities of Waste Processing Plant 3.14 Mass Flow and Material Balance of Processing Plant 3.14 Proposed system of Waste Processing 3.15 Design Table of Waste Receiving Platforms 3.16 Design Table of Windrow Platforms 3.17 Compost Bag Storage Calculation 3.18 RDF Storage Calculation 3.19 Material Handling Equipment & Vehicle 3.20 Features of Proposed Site 3.21 Compliance with the GOI Manual 3.22 Typical Values for Geomembrane Measure in Performance
Tests
3.23 Modification and Reduction Factors for Geo membrane 3.24 Reduction Factor for Long-Term Creep (RFcr) 3.25 Reduction Factor for Long-Term Chemical / Biological
Degradation
3.26 Contact Quality Factor 3.27 Size of Leachate pipe 3.28 Summary of Landfill Design 3.29 Sampling Specifications for Environmental Monitoring 3.30 Disposal Standards for Treated Leachate 3.31 Water Quality Standards for Surface and Ground Water
Quality Monitoring
3.32 Ambient Air Quality Standards 3.33 Material specifications & Body Construction 3.34 Geo- Membrane Sheet Testing Parameters 3.35 Material of Construction of Pump 3.36 List of Approved Makes/Materials (Civil Works) 3.36 List of Approved Makes/Materials (Electrical Works) 4.1 Social and Environmental Screening of Proposed Options 4.2 Site Evaluation of Proposed SLF 4.3 Macro level Impact assessment 4.4 Suggested trees for peripheral green belt development 4.5 Impact Matrix
4.5A Impacts and Mitigation Measures: Construction Phase 4.5B Impacts and Mitigation Measures: Operation Phase 4.5C Miscellaneous Impacts 4.6 EMP during construction phase
Table No.
Descriptions Page No.
4.7 EMP during Operation phase 4.8 Environmental MonitoringPlan 4.9 Record keeping requirements 4.10 Cost Implication for EMP during Construction Phase 4.11 Cost Implication for EMP during Operation Phase 4.12 Cost Implication for Environment Monitoring 4.13 Potential social impacts and mitigation measures 4.14 Cost implication for SMP 4.15 Funds for implementing Corporate Social Responsibilities
under CEP
6.1 Abstract of cost estimate 6.2 Summary of Cost Sharing 6.3 Schedule of Demand of fund during Construction period 6.4 Schedule of Demand of fund during O&M period 6.5 Summary of Demand of Fund 6.6 Revenue-Expenditure sheet 6.7 Analysis of Recurring Capital cost 6.8 Revenue Generation from User Charge collection 6.9 Cost of POL and Maintenance 6.10 Cost of Labour 6.11 Basic data and quantity assessment 6.12 Operation and Maintenance cost for Processing plant and
landfill
6.13 Break up of Cost of works (component wise) and its schedule of execution
7.1 Project Completion Schedule 8.1 Target and expected outcome of awareness program 8.2 Matrix for Awareness Media 8.3 Initial plan for awareness campaign 9.1 Capital Cost of SWM facilities 9.2 Estimate of Cost of Annual O&M (total), possible revenue and
net shortfall for O&M
SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT SCHEME FOR DEOGHAR NAGAR NIGAM, (JHARKHAND)
VOLUME –I: PROJECT REPORT
LIST OF FIGURES
Table No.
Descriptions Page No.
1.1 Monthly Rainfall Data 1.2 Jharkhand 2 Years 24 Hours Isopluvial Map (mm) 1.3 Location map of project area 1.4 Graphical representation of Population growth 1.5 Ward wise area of Deoghar 1.6 Ward wise Population of Deoghar 1.7 Land Use Map of Deoghar 1.8 Ward wise population density in Deoghar 1.9 Organization Structure Of Sanitary Staff In Dmc 2.1 Composition of Mixed Waste 2.2 Typical Illustration Of Transfer Station 3.1 Zonal map and Transfer point Location 3.2 Community Bin 3.3 Route Map from Transfer point to WPLFS 4.1 Leachate Collection System according to ground water flow 4.2 Vegetation on a completed section of a landfill 8.1 Willingness to Pay user charge 8.2 Average amounts willing to pay
ABBREVIATIONS
ADS Air Density Separator / De-stoner
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
BIS Bureau of Indian Standards
BOD Biochemical Oxygen Demand
BOO Build Own Operate
BOOT Build Own Operate and Transfer
BOT Build Operate Transfer
C&D Construction & Demolition
CA Concession Agreement
CE Combustion Efficiency
CFB Circulating Fluidized Bed
CFL Compact Fluorescent Lamps
CMWMF Common Municipal Waste Management Facilities
CNG Compressed Natural Gas
COD Chemical Oxygen Demand
CPCB Central Pollution Control Board
CPHEEO Central Public Health and Environmental Engineering
Organization
CPWD Central Public Works Department
CRRI Central Road Research Institute
CSI City Sanitary Inspector
CSP City Sanitation Plan
D2D Door-to-door
DBFOT Design, Build, Finance, Operate and Transfer
DBO Design-Build-Operate
DBOOT Design-Build-Own-Operate and Transfer
DC Drain Cleaning
DC Deputy Commissioner
DMA Directorate of Municipal Administration
DMC Deoghar Municipal Corporation
DNN Deoghar Nagar Nigam
DPR Detailed Project Report
EAC Expert Appraisal Committee
EIA Environment Impact Assessment
EMP Environmental Management Plan
EoI Expression of Interest
EPR Extended Producer Responsibility
ESP Electrostatic Precipitator
ETP Effluent Treatment Plant
FCO Fertilizer Control Order
FRP Fiber Reinforced Plastic
GHG Green House Gas
GIS Geographic Information System
GoI Government of India
GoJ Government of Jharkhand
GPS Global Positioning System
GSB Granular Sub Base
HDPE High-Density Polyethylene
HH Households
HRT Hydraulic Retention Time
IEC Information, Education and Communication
IMD Indian Meteorological Department
IREDA Indian Renewable Energy Development Agency
IS Indian Standards
ISWM Integrated Solid Waste Management
JnNURM Jawaharlal Nehru National Urban Renewal Mission
KPI Key Performance Indicators
LCS Leachate Collection System
LCV Light Commercial Vehicle
LDPE Low-density polyethylene
LED Light Emitting Diode
MIS Management Information System
MoUD Ministry of Urban Development
MRF Material Recovery Facility
MSW (M&H) Municipal Solid Waste (Management and Handling)
NCV Net Calorific Value
NGO Non- Government Organization
O&M Operation and Maintenance
OWC Organic Waste Converters
PCC Pollution Control Committee
PIM Project Information Memorandum
PPP Public Private Partnership
PSP Private Sector Participation
PTO Power Take-Off
PVC Polyvinyl Chloride
RCC Reinforced Cement Concrete
RDF Refuse Derived Fuel
RFID Radio Frequency Identification
RFP Request for Proposal
RFQ Request for Qualification
RMC Ready Mix Concrete
RPM Respirable Particulate Matter
RSPM Respirable Suspended Particulate Matter
RWA Resident Welfare Association
S.I. Sanitary Inspector
SEAC State Expert Appraisal Committee
SEIAA State Environment Impact Assessment Authority
SHGs Self Help Groups
SLB Service Level Benchmark
SLF Sanitary Landfill Facility
SOP Standard Operating Procedure
SPCB State Pollution Control Board
SS Street Sweeping
STP Sewage Treatment Plant
TPD Tonnes per Day
UASB Up-flow Anaerobic Sludge Blanket
UDD Urban Development Department
ULB Urban Local Body
VAT Value Added Tax
WPLF Waste Processing & Landfill
WTE Waste to Energy
CHEMICALS AND COMPOUNDS As Arsenic
C Carbon
C6H5OH Phenol / Carbolic Acid
Cd Cadmium
CH4 Methane
Cl Chloride
CN Cyanide
CO Carbon monoxide
Co Cobalt
CO2 Carbon dioxide
Cr Chromium
Cu Copper
F Fluoride
H2S Hydrogen sulphide
HCl Hydrochloric acid
HF Hydrogen fluoride
Hg Mercury
K Potassium
K2O Potassium Oxide
KF Potassium fluoride
Li-ion Lithium-ion
LSHS Low Sulphur Heavy Stock
Mn Manganese
MS Multi station
N Nitrogen
Ni Nickel
NO Nitrogen monoxide
NOx Nitrogen oxides
P Potassium
P2O5 Phosphorus pentoxide
PAHs Polychlorinated Aromatic Hydrocarbons
Pb Lead
PET Polyethylene terephthalate
pH Acidity or alkalinity of a solution
PM Particulate Matter
POP Persistent Organic Pollutants
PP Polypropylene
Sb Antimony
Sn Tin
SO2 Sulphur oxide
SO4 Sulphate
Th Thorium
TI Thallium
TOC Total organic carbon
TPH Tonnes per Hour
VOC Volatile Organic Compound
Zn Zinc
CHAPTER-1
INTRODUCTION AND PROJECT AREA DETAILS
1.1. INTRODUCTION AND AUTHORITY FOR PREPARATION OF PROJECT
Municipal Solid Waste (MSW) management is one of the essential services for
maintaining quality of life in urban areas and for ensuring better standards of health
and sanitation. Presently, this service falls short of the desired level, as systems
adopted are outdated and inefficient. Institutional weakness, shortage of human and
financial resources, improper choice of technology, inadequate coverage and lack of
short and long term planning are responsible for the inadequacy of service.
For maximum efficiency and effectiveness of this service, it is necessary to tackle
this problem systematically by analyzing the present scenario of the MSW
management and come forward with a cost effective system which ensures
adequate level of MSW management services to all class of citizens. The system will
include collection, segregation, storage, transportation, processing and disposal of
wastes in an environmentally acceptable manner in accordance with the Municipal
Solid Wastes (Management and Handling) Rules, 2016.
It is mandatory for all urban and local bodies to comply with the ‘Municipal Solid
Waste Management & Handling Rules, 2016’. Municipal Solid Waste Management
(MSWM) includes all activities that seek to minimize the health, environmental and
Aesthetic impacts of Municipal solid wastes.
In order to implement an integrated approach to Solid Waste Management Practices
in Deoghar, Deoghar Nagar Nigam, entrusted the Consultancy work to Regional Center for Urban and Environmental Studies (RCUES), Lucknow, to undertake a
study of the existing collection, transportation, processing and disposal activities of
solid waste management and suggest an appropriate strategy for optimal service
delivery keeping in view the economic, environmental, social and institutional
dimensions. RCUES Lucknow conducted a comprehensive study, carried out the
1
waste quantification and quality surveys in order to prepare a comprehensive
integrated solid waste management system for the Deoghar city.
1.2. OBJECTIVES (SCOPE & LIMITATION)
1.2.1 Issue of Municipal Solid Waste
Wherever people live and work they will generate waste and that too in increasing
quantities with the progress of economy and change in life style. Currently Nation-
wide every urban citizen is generating 400 to 500 gm solid waste per day which is
still 1/3 to 1/4th as compared to developed countries.
Arbitrary disposal of solid waste as open dumping has been the most wide spread
form of waste management in every city of India. This practice has thrived because
of the mistaken belief that it is the easiest and cheapest method of waste disposal.
During the last few decades, deposition of waste along road side, on river banks, in
marsh lands has proved highly detrimental to the ground water and living
environment. The physical, chemical and biological contaminants in solid waste
have been chocking drainage and water flows in several cities, building up of toxic
heavy metals and poisonous substances in the surrounding lands. This is also
assuring ideal breeding ground for pathogens, flies, mosquitoes, rodents, vulture
thereby, causing new disease epidemics.
1.2.2 Background and legal aspects of SWM
In the last decade of the 20th century municipal solid waste drew country wide
attention of Citizen Forums, Judiciary, some of the Beurocrats and Democrats of
Urban Local Bodies, Planning Commission and Officials of Central Government.
The subject got real high level of attention from the incidence of heavy rains-in Sept
1994 in the city of Surat, where Solid waste and rain water created so-called plague
situation. (Unfortunately similar incidences again happened in several cities during
July 05 and Aug 2006).
2
Combined action from the multiple agencies cited above resulted in framing and
enactment of Specific rules and regulations on this subject; these are:
Municipal Solid Waste [Management and Handling] Rules 2000 from the Ministry of
Environment and Forest (MOEF) Govt. of India Final notification of these rules was
done under the Gazette of India No. 648 Extra Ordinary Part II-Section3-Subsection
(ii) of 3rd October 2000. These rules are further amended and notified as Solid Waste Management Rule 2016 on 8th April 2016.
Compliance of these rules (briefly called MSW Rules 2000) has become mandatory
for every Urban Local Body that includes Municipal Corporation, Municipality, Nagar
Palika, Nagar Nigam, Nagar Panchayat, and Notified Area Committee.
Under these SWM rules all Municipal Authorities have to follow prescribed norms for
collection, segregation, storage, transportation, processing and disposal of Municipal
solid waste generated in their respective jurisdiction.
1.2.3 Compliance Schedules as per SWM Rule 2016
The schedule I stipulates deadlines for implementation of major action plan as following:
Table 1.1: Implementation Schedule for SWM projects as per SWM Rule 2016
Sr.
No.
Activity Time limit from the date of notification
of rules
1. identification of suitable sites for setting up solid waste processing facilities
1year
2. Identification of suitable sites for setting up common regional sanitary landfill facilities for suitable clusters of local authorities under 0.5 million population and for setting up common regional sanitary landfill facilities or standalone sanitary landfill facilities by all local authorities having a population of 0.5 million or more.
1year
3. procurement of suitable sites for setting up solid waste processing facility and sanitary landfill
2year
3
facilities 4. Ensure door to door collection of segregated
waste and its transportation in covered vehicles to processing or disposal facilities.
2year
5. Ensure door to door collection of segregated waste and its transportation in covered vehicles to processing or disposal facilities.
2year
6. ensure separate storage, collection and transportation of construction and demolition wastes
2year
7. Setting up solid waste processing facilities by all local bodies having 100000 or more population
2year
8. Setting up solid waste processing facilities by local bodies and census towns below 100000 population.
3year
9. Setting up common or standalone sanitary landfills by or for all local bodies having 0.5 million or more population for the disposal of only such residual wastes from the processing facilities as well as untreatable inert wastes as permitted under the Rules
3year
10. Setting up common or regional sanitary landfills by all local bodies and census towns under 0.5 million population for the disposal of permitted waste under the rules
3year
11. bio-remediation or capping of old and abandoned dumpsites
5year
Schedule I stipulates specification for landfill sites and
Schedule II stipulates standards for compost, leachates and incineration.
1.2.4 NEED OF THE PROJECT
Preparation of the DPR on Municipal Solid Waste Management is mainly to assist
the personnel involved in managing the solid waste generated in the city. Govt. of
India has launched Swachh Bharat Mission to improve the environment, sanitation
condition, and SWM services etc. in all ULB of India. Municipal solid waste
management is the need of the day to keep the city clean and improve the hygienic
condition and environment of the town.
1.2.5 Scope of Work under This DPR
4
The present DPR is an attempt to address various issues faced by Deoghar Nagar
Nigam on municipal solid waste management (MSWM) in an integrated and practical
manner. RCUES Lucknow also intends to help Deoghar Nagar Nigamto implement
various elements of the findings in an integrated and sustainable manner through
Public Private Partnership (PPP). The Objective of preparation of DPR includes.
I. Devising a system of storage of food/ biodegradable waste as well as
recyclable waste separately at the source of generation of waste,
II. Designing cost effective systems for Primary Collection of waste from the city in
general and from the slums in particular,
III. Evolving efficient system of day to day cleaning of streets and public places,
IV. Ensuring a system to eliminates the practice of littering on streets or outside the
dustbins causing nuisance to the people and posing a threat to the health of the
community at large,
V. Modernizing the system of waste storage depots which may synchronize with
the system of primary collection as well as transportation of waste and
simultaneously eliminate manual or mechanical loading of the waste into open
transportation vehicles,
VI. Developing a system of waste transportation of by following the principal of
'handle waste once only',
VII. Promote processing of waste for deriving bio-organic fertilizer, RDF or power,
and generating income from the processing of waste and to promote
agricultural production,
VIII. Ensuring that quantity of waste going to landfills is minimal and ensure safe
disposal of the waste reaching the landfill,
IX. Institutional strengthening,
X. Promote public private partnership in MSW management services and,
XI. Effecting cost recovery.
1.2.6 Limitations
5
The scope of work under DPR does not mandates to design a system for handling
and disposal of Hazardous, Bio-medical and C&D waste. Design of components of
solid waste management system is based on sample survey and data made
available by DMC. Although during sample survey it was tried to cover almost all
type of waste generation points but still sample size is very less in comparison to
actual population and hence variations may occur while actual implementation of
project.
1.3. DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT AREA
1.3.1 Deoghar City Profile
Deoghar is the main city of the Deoghar District in the Santhal Parganas division of
the state. Deoghar city is governed by Municipal Corporation and is situated in
Jharkhand State. Deoghar was earlier part of Dumka District. The city is the primary
tourist attraction in the state.
Deoghar is located at 24.48°N 86.7°E. It has an average elevation of 245 metres. It
is surrounded by undulating landscape, water courses and small hills.
Deoghar city has a great religious importance and is visited by a very large number
of devotees/ pilgrims in the months of July- August to participate in SHRAVAN
MELA. This number runs into over 2 lac people visiting the city in a single day
during the festive season. The photograph below gives the idea of the festival which
brings with it the challenges the city administration has to face to maintain
necessary infrastructure and order in the city.
6
Climate & Rainfall
The climate is dry but still Deoghar is considered a health resort. Summers (March
to June) are warm with the maximum temperature of about 37°C and minimum of
about 23°C. But can go beyond 42 °C during the peak summer days in May.
Monsoons (July to September) are accompanied by mild to average rainfalls and
offers humid and warm climate. Winters (November to February) are characterized
by cool breeze and cool weather. During winters minimum temperature can go
about 7°C and maximum is only about 27°C. August and September are the
wettest months. Average annual rainfall of the district is 1162 mm of which
about 88% is received between June and October
Fig. 1.1: Monthly Rainfall Data
Isopluvial maps 24 hour rainfall with 02 years recurrence period developed by
Indian Meteorological department for Eastern India is presented below and it can
be seen that deoghar have 110 to 115 mm 24 hours rainfall with a recurrence
interval of 2 years.
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
Monthly Rainfall
7
.
Fig. 1.2: Jharkhand 2 Years 24 Hours Isopluvial Map (mm)
Topography
The city is surrounded by lots of hills ,to the north there is Baba Jungle, named
after a fakir; towards north-west, a low wooded hill called Nandan Pahar; and
towards east about 20 miles away there is a low range of hills known as Trikuti or
Trikutaparvata. There are numerous small hills to the south-east, south and
southwest. Two rivulets, Yamunajor and Dharua, flow near to the city.
Regional Setting
The city is extremely located to north of the state. Towards its north, Bihar state is
making its boundary.
Transportation
The nearest railway station is Baidyanathdham. Jasidih Junction is about 7 km from
Baidyanathdham railway station, which is lying on the main line of the Howrah-Delhi
railway route. Deoghar is located at the distance of 229 km from Patna (capital of
Bihar), 322 km from Ranchi(capital of Jharkhand), and about 315 km
8
from Kolkata (capital of West Bengal)and 150 km from Bhagalpur and well
connected to Ranchi, Patna, Calcutta, Bhagalpur, Munger and all nearby major
cities by road of the state. Deoghar International Airport is under construction.
Reaching Deoghar via flight is limited to Patna (PAT), Kolkata or Ranchi . The
nearest airport is Patna.
1.3.2 Administrative structure
The city is spread into total municipal area of the 39.10 sq.km however as per
current assessment of ward boundaries municipal areas is 54.36 SqKm. The whole
city is divided into 36 wards. However there is no zone has been formed.
The city is functional through IIIrd tier of Urban Hierarchy of Administrative Structure
under 74TH CAA .The city is functional through Municipal Corporation for provision
of all municipal services and monitor and implement all urban development
activities and planning process.
1.3.3 Demographic Profile
Deoghar Population 2011
As per reports of Census India, population of Deoghar in 2011 is 203,116; of which
male and female are 108,243 and 94,873 respectively.
Deoghar Literacy Rate 2011
In education section, total literates in Deoghar city are 153,807 of which 87,540 are
males while 66,267 are females. Average literacy rate of Deoghar city is 86.80
percent of which male and female literacy was 92.80 and 79.98 percent.
Deoghar Sex Ratio 2011
The sex ratio of Deoghar city is 876 per 1000 males. Child sex ratio of girls is 864
per 1000 boys.
9
Deoghar Child Population 2011
Total children (0-6) in Deoghar city are 25,929 as per figure from Census India
report on 2011. There were 13,907 boys while 12,022 are girls. The child forms
12.77 % of total population of Deoghar City.
Table 1.2: Demographic Profile of Deoghar Deoghar City Total Male Female
Population 203,116 108,243 94,873
Literates 153,807 87,540 66,267
Children (0-6) 25,929 13,907 12,022
Average Literacy (%) 86.80 92.80 79.98
Sexratio 876
Child Sexratio 86
10
1.4 PROJECT AREA
1.4.1 Regional Profile
Fig.1.3: Location map of project area
1.4.2 Population Enumerated data
1.4.2.1 Deoghar Population 2011
As per reports of Census India, population of Deoghar in 2011 is 203116; of which
male and female are 108,243 and 94,873 respectively.
1.4.2.2 Population Growth Rate
Population growth rate for the city has been assessed by using Arithmetic increase
method, Geometric increase Method and incremental increase method. Projected
population adopted for design is the average of results obtained from these three
Jharkhand
India
Deoghar
Bihar
11
method. Projected population and growth trend is represented in Table 1.3 and Figure
1.4 respectively.
Table: 1.3: Growth rate and Projected population
Year Population
(As per G.P.formula)
Population (A.P.
Formula) Population
(I.I. Formula) Average of
1,2,3
1971 40,356 40,356 40,356 40356 1981 52,904 52,904 52,904 52904 1991 76,380 76,380 76,380 76380 2001 98,388 98,388 98,388 98388 2011 203,123 203,123 203,123 203123 2021 310135 243,815 274,544 276165 2031 473524 284,507 376,694 378241 2041 722991 325,198 509,572 519,254 2051 1103886 365,890 673,180 714,319
Fig. 1.4: Graphical representation of Population growth
1.4.2.3 Ward Wise Area, Population, Household & Density
An assessment of ward wise details related to area, population, population density
and household is presented in Table 1.4. It can be seen from Figure 1.5 and 1.6 that
-
100,000
200,000
300,000
400,000
500,000
600,000
700,000
800,000
1960 1980 2000 2020 2040 2060
G.P.Formula
A.P.Formula
I.I.Formula
Average
Year ---->
12
wards 21 and 20 are the smallest but have highest population density. These wards
cover the area around the Baba Baidynath Temple and have very narrow lanes.
Table 1.4: Ward wise Current and projected population
Ward Area (Sq Km)
Population 2011
Census
Population density (per Sq
KM)
House Hold
(Census 2011)
Projected Population
2017 2027 2037 1 0.59 5482 9340 1052 6665 9106 12492 2 3.92 5397 1376 1720 6562 8965 12298 3 3.22 5690 1768 1401 6918 9451 12965 4 3.46 5591 1615 1551 6797 9287 12740 5 2.64 5844 2211 486 7105 9707 13316 6 3.66 5852 1600 601 7114 9721 13335 7 4.19 5382 1285 1097 6543 8940 12264 8 1.05 5593 5339 1302 6800 9291 12745 9 2.06 5758 2797 1165 7001 9565 13122 10 1.99 5711 2874 1279 6943 9487 13014 11 0.68 5686 8318 1052 6913 9446 12958 12 0.30 5517 18193 1111 6707 9165 12572 13 0.56 5548 9977 849 6745 9216 12642 14 0.71 5538 7796 1195 6733 9199 12618 15 0.61 5589 9192 1223 6795 9284 12736 16 0.43 5564 12857 1381 6765 9243 12679 17 2.72 5466 2011 982 6646 9080 12456 18 1.09 5548 5082 901 6745 9216 12642 19 0.44 5498 12567 1080 6684 9133 12528 20 0.21 5596 26232 600 6803 9295 12751 21 0.20 5904 29837 379 7178 9807 13453 22 1.20 5762 4805 451 7005 9572 13130 23 0.53 5920 11178 409 7197 9834 13490 24 1.09 5917 5409 1543 7194 9829 13484 25 1.41 5886 4172 1278 7156 9778 13413 26 2.45 5706 2333 1738 6937 9479 13003 27 1.66 5596 3378 1473 6803 9295 12751 28 1.43 5375 3762 601 6535 8929 12248 29 0.36 5840 16300 837 7100 9701 13307 30 0.27 5563 20317 671 6763 9240 12675 31 0.74 5489 7373 1058 6673 9118 12508 32 0.42 5567 13409 731 6768 9248 12686 33 0.87 5716 6584 2197 6949 9494 13024 34 1.93 5795 3010 1006 7045 9626 13205 35 2.95 5572 1890 368 6774 9256 12697 36 2.34 5665 2425
6887 9410 12909
Total 54.36 203123 36768.00 246948 337413 462856
13
Fig. 1.5: Ward wise area of Deoghar
Fig. 1.6: Ward wise Population of Deoghar
1.4.2.4 Slum Population & Details
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
Series1 0.59 3.92 3.22 3.46 2.64 3.66 4.19 1.05 2.06 1.99 0.68 0.30 0.56 0.71 0.61 0.43 2.72 1.09 0.44 0.21 0.20 1.20 0.53 1.09 1.41 2.45 1.66 1.43 0.36 0.27 0.74 0.42 0.87 1.93 2.95 2.34
0.00
0.50
1.00
1.50
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50W
ard
Area
in S
q Km
Ward wise Area in SqKm
6200
6400
6600
6800
7000
7200
7400
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
Popu
latio
n 20
17
Ward Number
14
There are 62 slum pockets spread into the city. Total Slum population and Household in Deoghar is 20,447 and 4983 respectively. Total slum area in city is 319 Hectares. Almost 10% of total population of Deoghar resides in slums. List of slums in deoghar and their population related data are presented in Table 1.5.
Table 1.5: Detail of Slums in Deoghar
Slum Wise Population by Caste
Slum Total No. of Households
Total Population SC ST OBC Others
Minorities (out of total)
Simaria 48 200 200 0 0 0 0 Ratanpur 30 118 118 0 0 0 0 Upar Sinhwa 33 146 9 0 137 0 0 Niche Sinhwa 56 280 191 0 89 0 0 Kharwari 64 290 288 0 0 2 0 Barmasia 264 1058 866 0 168 24 0 Haripur 27 122 6 0 116 0 0 Chandajori 144 646 189 0 445 12 0 Hardalakund 110 456 337 5 114 0 0 Chandpur 37 179 139 0 40 0 0 Guljar Tola 40 181 36 4 134 7 0 Musahari Tola 25 98 98 0 0 0 0 Ajan Tola 30 120 0 0 120 0 0 Domasi 48 211 124 0 37 50 0 Bhanr Tola 15 59 0 0 59 0 0 Rupsagar 25 99 81 0 18 0 0 Sarmul 23 91 0 0 91 0 0 Pathalchapati 43 189 0 0 189 0 0 Basuwadih 62 268 264 0 4 0 0 Malodih 37 159 159 0 0 0 0 Gulipather 241 1045 0 0 1011 34 0 Hirna 94 365 7 0 347 11 0 Kalyanpur 305 1246 100 0 1140 6 0 Basmata 172 740 91 0 629 20 0 Gugalidih 157 611 26 0 585 0 0 Purandaha 103 392 0 0 392 0 0 Balsara 28 116 44 0 72 0 0 Station Road 11 37 0 0 20 17 0 Jalsar Road 11 49 49 0 0 0 0 Kanijor 23 100 74 0 26 0 0 Harijan Tola 105 433 417 0 0 16 0
15
Santhal Tola 38 201 0 180 21 0 0 Muslim Tola 38 193 0 0 193 0 0 Khoradah 47 167 48 0 119 0 0 Kunda 84 304 125 0 179 0 0 Punasiya 119 448 249 0 181 18 0 Kumrabad 27 102 34 0 68 0 0 Santhali 60 273 70 40 163 0 0 Chittolodhiya 77 284 94 0 190 0 0 Chhattisi 94 358 12 0 340 6 0 Bhandarkola 40 149 9 0 118 22 0 Dhangoar 90 343 338 0 5 0 0 Nawadih 51 179 179 0 0 0 0 Bandhdih 61 236 236 0 0 0 0 Ranga Pahari 51 219 115 0 104 0 0 Ram Mandir 38 154 0 0 154 0 0 Anupmanjhidih 146 586 582 0 4 0 0 Rampur 86 367 275 0 92 0 0 Purnadih 144 587 27 0 485 75 0 Kusthashram 60 148 35 0 111 2 0 Mali Tola 20 77 0 0 77 0 0 Bariyar Bandhi 64 247 0 0 247 0 0 Dhapara Tola Upper 74 357 12 345 0 0 0 Salona Tarn 254 1038 890 0 132 16 0 Jatahi 125 524 480 0 37 7 0 Ranga More 37 152 152 0 0 0 0 Thadi Dulampur 80 307 231 15 38 23 0 Dhapara Tola Niche 89 381 0 381 0 0 0 Jun Pokhar 54 198 0 0 159 39 0 Domasi 63 244 244 0 0 0 0 Durgapur 98 459 0 0 459 0 0 Pandey Tola 263 1061 38 0 978 45 0 Total 4983 20447 8388 970 10637 452 0
16
1.4.2.5 Land use & Settlement Pattern
Deoghar is spread over 54.36 Sq. Km area. Settlement is mainly concentrated in central wards of city near baba baidyanath Mandir. Highest population densities are observed in ward number 11, 12 13,15,16,19,20, 21, 23, 29,30,31 &32 and all these wards are located within three Kms of temple. Due to proximity of these wards to temple major commercial centers are also concentrated in these wards only. Ward 19, 20, 21 have highest concentration of shops, hotels and other commercial centers. Peripheral wards like ward number 1 to 8 of jasidih area, 9, 10 33,34,35,36 are very low population density and hence provides space for future planned development of city.
Ward wise population density is presented in Figure 1.8 whereas the Land use map of Deoghar city excluding Jasidih area is presented in Figure 1.7. It can be seen from these two figures that the highest concentration of population is in wards/area located in central portion of city.
Fig. 1.7: Land Use Map of Deoghar
17
Fig. 1.8: Ward wise population density in Deoghar
1.4.2.6 Total length of Transportation arteries, with breakup of length and width of major, secondary and minor roads
Total length of roads in Deoghar is 475 Kms out of that major roads with road width more than 5 meres is around 65 Kms, roads with road width between 3 to 5 meters is around 97 Kms and balance roads have width equals to or less than 3 meters. List of Major roads with width more than 5 meters and roads with width between 3 to 5 meters is provided in Table 1.6 and Table 1.7 respectively.
Table 1.6: Major Roads with width more than 5 meters Road
id Name Road
length Road Width
Ward Nos covered
M0 Jasidih-Deoghar Road/ 333 2079.95 6.7 W2, 5 M1 Court Road/ 333 523.16 11.1 12,8 M2 853.44 10.8 12, 13 M3 114A 3323.70 7.8 30,31,36,28 M4 477.71 5.0 20, 29 M5 Dumka Road/ 114A 3242.00 8.3 23,24,25,29 M6 50.53 6.2 19 M7 Jasidih Station Road 449.09 11.2 W1 M8 47.34 8.0 2 M9 Jasidih-Rohini Rd 1470.62 15.9 2
M10 Jasidih-Rohini Rd 2075.51 15.2 W4, 2 M11 138.17 8.3 4, 3
0
5000
10000
15000
20000
25000
30000
35000
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
popu
latio
n de
nsity
Ward number
18
M12 Rohini Road 1313.48 5.1 2 M13 313.09 12.3 2 M14 RN Bose Road 4405.02 7.2 3, 10,9 M15 RN Bose Road 456.14 5.5 9, 11 M16 32.38 3.3 11 M17 Deoghar-Sultanganj Rd 1805.18 5.5 13,14,15,17 M18 Circular Road/ Banka-Deoghar Road 2948.13 6.3 18,22,24,25,26 M19 21.27 3.9 25 M20 29.96 4.2 18 M21 610.42 3.8 13, 8 M22 32.76 3.4 13 M23 841.59 5.4 32, 12 M24 2113.52 5.6 11,31,32,33 M25 18.55 3.0 31 M26 26.87 2.7 33 M27 CP drolia Rd 308.30 6.6 20 M28 232.64 5.4 31 M29 SSM Jalan Road 283.99 6.8 20 M30 SSM Jalan Road 531.29 5.7 31, 32 M31 SSM Jalan Road 1483.00 5.1 31, 34 M32 2207.15 3.5 35 M33 414.06 4.7 31 M34 107.35 4.8 20 M35 32.03 2.3 31 M36 567.40 6.7 32 M37 20.65 2.1 12 M38 Baidyanathdham Railway Station Rd 377.62 5.8 12, 32 M39 25.63 3.3 32 M40 Rikhiya Road 1382.54 6.6 22, 26 M41 PN BN Jha Road 981.11 5.6 18, 21 M42 327.77 4.1 21 M43 38.15 2.1 21 M44 Dukhi Sah Road 394.68 6.3 23 M45 1311.80 6.2 21,22,23 M46 351.09 7.9 M47 Ratanpur Road 2788.41 4.1 6 M48 Deoghar College Rd 2035.57 5.4 M49 457.35 5.1 M50 613.31 5.6 M51 SultanPur Road 1405.25 2.2 M52 25.69 2.2
19
M53 58.27 2.2 M54 43.85 5.4 M55 759.17 5.5 M56 Jasidih-Deoghar Road/ 333 2749.73 5.0 5, 8, 9 M57 Jasidih-Deoghar Road/ 333 805.70 5.5
M58 Circular Road/ Deoghar-Sultanganj
Rd 664.93 5.5 M59 Circular Road/Deoghar-Sultanganj Rd 856.62 5.5 M60 Deoghar-Sultanganj Rd 1358.05 2.0 M61 94.15 5.0 M62 224.83 4.8 M63 278.65 5.1 M64 Jasidih-Rohini Rd 1006.46 5.5 2, 4 M65 745.79 M66 715.06 3 M67 1395.66 6 M68 2715.63 M5 SB Roy Road 282.30 M5 SB Roy Road 451.21
M41 368.71 M41 Bam Bam Baba Path 823.38 M5 581.54
Total 65383.13
Table 1.7: Roads with width between 3 to 5 meters Rd id
Road length
Road Width
Ward No Rd
id Road length
Road Width
Ward No Rd
id Road length
Road Width
Ward No
0 1289.62 3.3 28 58 737.56 4.2 11 1346 190.60 3.2 9 1 1111.17 3.5 33 59 652.80 4.2 11 1360 282.73 3.5 31 2 1230.67 3.8 7 67 2511.31 3.8 27 1405 168.73 3.5 13 3 1080.89 4.2 9 70 1019.52 4.1 24 1406 164.23 3.6 13 4 445.72 3.5 32 95 673.35 3.7 35 1414 136.03 3.5 19 5 592.28 3.4 22 99 782.05 3.7 19, 20 1415 170.79 3.6 19 6 707.14 3.5 22 100 496.70 3.2 24 1450 464.66 3.7 29 7 834.73 3.4 20 101 573.31 3.8 27 1456 106.23 3.7 29 8 1556.90 4.5 36 115 1401.35 4.2 31 1457 144.41 3.4 29 9 1237.93 4.5 36 124 1268.12 3.7 36 1519 164.86 3.3 18
10 165.68 3 33 125 410.11 3.2 36 1520 132.01 3.5 18 11 240.45 3.1 33 179 385.18 3.5 32 1521 115.96 3.2 18 12 1238.45 4.6 7 203 491.42 3.4 30 1604 231.28 3.6 27 13 789.52 3.4 33 309 437.01 3.7 14 1605 142.01 3.2 24, 27
20
14 1697.70 4.5 18 310 209.32 3.3 14 1615 539.49 3.8 27 15 424.26 3.2 11 312 507.92 3.2 14 1621 214.15 3.5 27 16 801.55 4.2 23 422 539.94 3.6 13 1622 295.79 3.6 27 17 1420.32 4.6 35 470 560.85 3.7 17 1631 144.56 3.3 27 18 495.33 3.5 35 471 188.88 3.2 17 1635 205.35 3.2 27 19 126.20 2 35 499 236.96 3.2 17 1645 475.88 3.5 27 20 891.73 4.1 23 543 494.57 3.6 31 1693 190.49 3.2 25 21 617.12 4.2 23 553 1472.01 4.2 5 1694 376.32 3.3 25 22 535.43 3.6 24 568 668.83 3.7 5 1695 427.30 3.3 25 23 431.16 3.6 23 619 254.77 3.3 2 1697 547.15 3.7 25, 26 24 371.01 4.2 23 620 561.74 3.1 2 1698 143.96 3.6 26 25 435.85 3.4 23 632 227.06 3.4 2 1699 235.43 3.6 26 26 409.79 3.6 17 637 1769.68 4.1 5,4 1768 186.85 3.5 28 27 1301.32 4.2 9 639 253.72 3.2 2 1769 217.44 3.2 28 28 1016.75 4.3 15 640 602.31 3.3 2 1770 146.51 3.2 28 31 1616.57 4.3 34 642 1639.13 4 2 1831 114.77 3.3 31 32 1303.85 4.2 28, 30 643 2180.81 3.7 2 1832 196.62 3.3 31 33 337.06 3 35 644 282.83 3.2 2 1845 136.58 3.5 31 34 1189.43 3.8 17 646 338.06 3.3 5,4 1846 105.09 3.5 31 35 1202.29 3.8 10 650 1943.37 3.8 5,4 1903 424.86 4.2 35 36 524.25 3.3 18 671 1220.70 3.6 4 1904 160.56 3.8 35 37 913.47 3.5 22 672 404.22 3.2 4 1917 432.17 4 35 38 371.50 2.3 22 679 544.32 3.6 3 1918 250.02 3.7 35 39 401.83 3.1 18 680 827.01 3.5 3 1979 156.21 3.7 28 40 188.03 2 22 745 700.08 3.6 3 1980 388.80 3.7 28 41 1201.49 4 7 752 513.53 3.5 9 2015 187.11 3.8 27 42 495.18 3.9 15 786 247.92 3.3 10 2016 117.41 3.8 27 43 848.06 3.8 13, 15 870 692.83 3.6 5,4 2128 258.99 3.7 22 44 688.40 4.2 13 871 475.40 3.5 9 2129 113.10 3.7 22 45 665.90 4.2 35 875 502.36 3.4 9 2130 188.30 3.5 22 46 523.64 4 8 876 366.76 3.4 9 2131 359.34 3.7 18 47 134.10 2 28 915 1127.22 3.8 34 2236 269.29 3.7 17 48 1373.13 3.6 7 916 894.79 3.6 35, 34 2237 199.66 3.7 25 49 546.65 3.4 29 917 581.44 3.5 34 2255 798.39 3.8 24 50 607.81 3.7 29 1066 258.85 3.3 11 2261 280.95 3.8 24 51 461.74 3.7 29 1067 179.97 3.3 11 2262 298.39 3.8 24 52 601.94 3 35 1068 159.32 3.2 11 2272 128.41 3.7 24 53 799.33 4.5 7 1069 350.06 3.6 11 2273 104.52 3.7 24 54 1052.76 4.5 14, 7 1132 482.33 3.5 33 2288 806.96 4.2 7 55 691.82 3.2 23, 24 1264 385.08 3.8 17 2289 600.15 4.2 5 56 384.18 3 8 1269 203.57 3.2 17 2292 136.18 3.7 17
21
57 371.62 2 9 1345 115.42 3.3 9 Total 95172.35 M
1.5 EXISTING SWM CONDITION
1.5.1 PRESENT SCENARIO OF MSW MANAGEMENT PRACTICES IN THE CITY
1.5.1.1 Waste Collection & Transportation
Total waste generated in the city is approximately 87.48 MT with per capita waste
generation of approximately 349.69 gram and sweeping silt is around 7.14 MT. Waste
generated in the city include waste from residential, commercial, institutional, industrial,
construction and demolition waste and street sweeping waste. The detailed assessment
of quantity and quality of waste generation and methodology adopted to for such
assessment is attached as Annexure 4 of Volume 2 of this DPR As of now, door to door
waste collection of waste has been started only in two wards i.e. ward number 13 and
14 and approximate households covered in these wards is 20% only. The scenario
where no door to door collection system in place, the number of 2.5 cum dustbins
required for 100% storage of waste generated within city area would be around 200
approximately. Deoghar Nagar Nigam has 144 numbers of such containers out of them
75 to 80% are old and cannot be used further. In absence of door to door collection and
proper waste storage facility, people usually throw the waste in open areas, roads or
vacant plots as can be seen in photographs.
22
Waste Collection Point
DNN is presently transporting 80 to 81 MT of waste and drain silt per day. An
assessment of waste being transported presently by DNN is presented in Annexure 5
of this DPR. Although DNN is lifting more than 80% of waste being generated daily, but
the problem associated with current transportation system is lack of synchronization
between primary collection, storage and transportation system. Whereas main
transportation vehicle used for waste transportation is Tractor and Trolley (Total 20
numbers, 18 in working condition), the system of waste storage is M.S. containers and
these containers need to be emptied manually to load the stored waste into tractor-
trolley. This system not only violate the desirably of safe handling of waste but also
increases the cost of operation because of double handling of waste. DNN have 2
numbers of dumper placer as well for lifting of these containers but they are used very
rarely and only when the container overflows. Most of containers sites in fact are an
open dump site from where tractor-trolley lifts the garbage. DNN also have 7 auto
tippers to lift the waste from market and congested areas.
Segregation at source is not in practice and till date no efforts have been made to
create the awareness among citizens for storage and segregation of waste at
source. At present, waste is collected once in a day from road side through tractor &
Loader and auto tipper i n s e m i - m e c h a n i z e d w a y and dumped wherever
space available.
Waste mixing is common phenomena in Deoghar. In open places also biomedical waste
and C&D waste is seen mixed with municipal waste.
23
1.5.1.2 Waste Processing and Disposal Facilities:
As of now no waste processing facility is available in city. Waste is being dumped at
open dump site. No measures are adopted for protection of underground water
contamination, surface water contamination, soil pollution and protection from fugitive
dust or air borne litters.
Open Dumping Dump site
1.5.1.3 Street Sweeping and Drain Cleaning:
Deoghar Nagar Nigam is doing two times a day street sweeping on main roads. Major
roads which are being swept twice a day are listed under
1. Tower Chowk to Dadwa River
2. Main Road around Baidyanath Dham Temple
3. R. N. Bose Road from Satsang Chowk to zila Parishad office
4. Baidyanath Dham Railway station road to subhash chowk
5. SSM Jalan Road
6. Bus stand to deghar stadium
7. Deoghar Sultanganj Road
8. Deoghar Dumka Road
9. DC Office
10. PN BN Jha Road
11. Bus stand to Jamunajor nala pul
24
Total length of road under daily cleaning is not more than 35 to 40 Kms. Remaining
area/ Roads are cleaned on demand basis as and when asked by ward parshad of
concerned ward. As per Deoghar Nagar Nigam, 350 labours are working for Road
sweeping, drain cleaning and other sanitation work. Tools Used for road sweeping are
traditional/ containerized handcarts and brooms etc.
1.5.2 Organization and staffing details of sanitation staff engaged in SWM and details of SWM equipment available with DMC
1.5.2.1 Detail of Vehicles and SWM equipment
Type of vehicles being used for transportation of waste are Tractor and trolley, Auto
Tipper, JCB loader. Waste is being transported in open to environment condition.
Table 1.8: Detail of Vehicles available with DMC Types of vehicles No. of vehicles
Total Functional Out of order
Tractor Trolley 20 18 2
JCB 1 1 0
Auto tipper 7 7 0
Dumper placer 2 1 1
Hand Trolley 110 NA NA
Water Tanker with tractor 1 1 0
Dustbin (metallic) 144 20 122
Dustbin 240 Liter (HDPE) 100 100
Pole mounted Twin bin Litter bin of 150 liter capacity
150 150
1.5.2.2 Detail of staff involved in SWM
25
The available manpower in ULBs including manpower in administrative, Engineering,
Sanitation and tax department is not sufficient and required attention of the State
Government.
Against 212 sanctioned posts for Sanitation Staff, 76 employees are actually employed.
This indicates the shortage of staff on an average 64.15 percent. Most of the employees
are primarily on contractual basis.
Over all responsibility of sanitation and
solid waste management in DMC is
with Sanitary Inspector who reports to
concerned city Managers and
Municipal Commissioner. There is only
one sanitary inspector in Deoghar
under whom there are 28 ward
jamadars and 350 sanitation labours.
Out of 350 labours, only 72 labours
are permanent and remaining are
deployed on daily wages basis. For
administrative control 2 city managers
have been appointed to monitor the
sanitation work in city.
1.5.2.3 Extent of Private Sector/ NGO partnership in SWM
Till date no activity pertaining to solid waste management is out sourced by Deoghar Nagar
Nigam.
SUMMARY OFSWM SYSTEM IN DEOGHAR
Components Status/Remark Municipal waste generation 8 7 .4 8 MT & 7.47 MT silt Per capita waste generation 349.69 gram Door to door waste collection No Waste segregation No
FIGURE 1.9: ORGANIZATION STRUCTURE OF SANITARY STAFF IN DMC
26
Waste collection vehicles Tractors & Auto Tippers Waste Disposal Open Dumping Number of Workers engaged in SWM & Road Sweeping 350 Street Sweeping Twice in a day in main areas Waste Collection Frequency Once in a day from major roads
1.5.3 Current SWM service levels, Analysis of issues in current SWM services, and Justification for the project (as per GoI SLB)
1.5.3.1 Current Service level Benchmarks as per MSW Rules 2016
Service level parameters can be measured either from a utility manager’s / planner’s
perspective or from a citizen’s or consumer’s perspective, Further, to facilitate
comparison between cities / service delivery jurisdictions, and changes in performance
over time, it is important that the performance levels are benchmarked, and monitored
against those benchmarks.
The MSW Rules 2016 mandate the following seven essential steps to followed;
1. Prohibit littering on the streets, promote segregation of recyclable waste at
source and ensure storage of waste at source in three separate streams namely bio-degradable, non bio- degradable and domestic
hazardous wastes.
2. Organize primary collection of biodegradable and non-biodegradable
waste from the doorstep, (including slums and squatter areas) at pre-
informed timings on a day- to-day basis using containerized
tricycle/handcarts/pick up vans.
3. Organize Street sweeping covering all the residential and commercial
areas on all the days of the year irrespective of Sundays and public
holidays.
4. Abolish open waste storage depots and make provision of covered
containers or closed body waste storage depots.
5. Organize Transportation of waste in covered vehicles on day-to-day basis
27
avoiding multiple and manual handling of waste.
6. Set up treatment facilities for biodegradable waste using composting or
waste to energy technologies meeting the standards laid down in schedule II
of SWM Rules 2016.
7. Minimize the waste going to the land fill and dispose of only rejects from the
treatment plants and inert material at the engineered landfills meeting the
standards laid down in Schedule II the SWM Rules 2016.
Considering the requirements of SWM rule a service level benchmark is proposed
for Deoghar to improve overall scenario of solid waste management in Deoghar
Table 1.9: Proposed Service Level Bench Marks for Deoghar S.
No. Proposed Indicator Proposed Service Level Benchmark
1 Household level coverage of Solid Waste Management Services
100%
2 Efficiency of collection of municipal solid waste
100%
3 Extent of segregation of municipal solid waste
100%
4 Extent of municipal solid waste RECOVERED/RECYCLED
80%
5 Extent of scientific disposal of municipal solid waste
100%
6 Extent of cost recovery in Solid Waste Management Services
100%
7 Efficiency in redressal of customer complaints
100%
8 Efficiency in collection of user charges 80%
9 Extent of processing and treatment of MSW
100%
28
1.5.3.2 Analysis of Issues in current system and Status of Compliance to SWM Rules
STEP 1
(A) Prohibit littering of waste on the streets and storage of waste at source
The Municipal Authority has not yet prohibited littering of waste on the streets. The
collection of waste from the door step is also just started only in 2 wards. Verbal inquiry
revels that though most of people in HIG and MIG have single dustbin in house they
usually through the waste in nearby areas as and when generated. Only 10% to 15%
population stores the waste at source to put the waste in the nearby bin. Rest
population throws the waste on the streets, open spaces etc. as could be seen from the
photographs below. The compliance is thus 10 percent.
(B) Segregation of Recyclable Wastes
No Special efforts are made by the Municipal Authority to educate the citizens to
segregate recyclable waste. Traditionally, segregation of recyclable waste is partially
practiced by households/commercial establishments for sale to kabadiwalas (waste
purchasers). Rest of the recyclable material is disposed of by the residents along with
domestic waste in a mixed form. This waste finds its way on the streets, in the drains,
dumping grounds, etc. from where rag pickers collect the waste to earn their livelihood.
Recyclable waste is generally found mixed with domestic waste. The compliance in
regard to segregation of recyclable waste is thus NIL.
STEP 2 - Primary Collections
29
The collection of waste from the door step is also just started only in 2 wards. Although
DNN has set target to start door to door collection in all 36 wards by December 2016
but as of now in absence of the facility of doorstep collection, all the citizens continue to
throw the waste on the streets, open space, drains, water, body etc. only some 10%
people do deposit the waste at the waste storage depot. The compliance of this step is
thus 10%.
STEP 3 - Street Sweeping
Street sweeping in main areas and important roads is done twice a day. But the
percentage of these roads to the total road length is not more than 15% In remaining
areas the work of cleaning of streets is not being done regularly on account of
inadequacy of sanitary workers and supervisors. The total road length is 476 kms. At
present total labors deployed by DNN is 350 for entire sanitation work but approximately
312 labours are required only for road sweeping and drain cleaning activity and another
283 labours are required for Door to Door collection of waste.
Sweepers are given traditional brooms. Short handle brooms cause fatigue. Besides
they use a few traditional MS handcarts which requires more effort to pull. Thus the
compliance of this step is not more than20%. STEP 4 - Secondary Storage Waste storage depots:
Deoghar Nagar Nigam has 140 numbers of big containers of 2.5 cum capacity. Out of
these 140 dustbins, more than 80% are damaged. Whereas dustbins required for 100%
storage of waste generated within city area would be 200 approximately. The city has
introduced 240 liter and 100 liter twin bin litter bins as well for the secondary storage of
waste without synchronization with primary collection. Therefore in spite of putting in the
container, the system continues to be inefficient. A table showing variety of waste
storage depots existing in the city is kept below. VARIETY OF WASTE STORAGE DEPOTS EXISTING IN THE CITY
Sr. No
Name of Cities / Town
Metal Containers
240 Liter bins
100 liter twin bins
Others
30
1 Deoghar 144 100 150 0
List of dustbin location in Deoghar is provided in Annexure 5 of this DPR. 90% waste
storage depots and containers needs replacement and are causing unhygienic
conditions in the City as could be seen from the photographs below.
Lack of synchronization
There are 140 covered metallic waste storage depots. More the 80% these bins are
damaged moreover no synchronization is made between primary collection and
secondary storage. Traditional carts compel the workforce to deposit the waste on the
ground instead of directly transferring the waste into the container and absence of bin
lifter compel them to remove waste manually from dustbin. This results in unhygienic
condition around the container and necessitates multiple handling of waste. The
compliance of MSW Rules in regard though 10%.
STEP 5 - Transportation of Waste
Transportation work is not scientifically designed. Municipal Authority has introduced
bins but has not synchronized the primary collection with secondary storage with the
result the waste is initially deposited on the ground and later manually loaded in the
vehicles. Besides, all open or masonry waste storage sites are attended manually in a
very unhygienic manner. Open tractors are used for transportation of waste.
31
The transportation work is not carried out on all days of the year resulting in
accumulation of waste and consequent backlog.
The Municipal Authority has been using twenty tractors (Eighteen working and two non
fuctional), seven Auto tipper and two Dumper Placers (One working only) for
transportation of waste. The waste is generally transported in open vehicles and day to
day clearance does not take place. The compliance of the transportation criteria in
terms of quantity of waste lifted is almost 80% but the compliance in terms of safe and
covered transportation of waste is almost 10%. The details of the number of vehicles
available in the municipal authorities and the trips made each are shown in table below:
TABLE 1.10: VEHICLES AND TRIP DETAILS
Types of
vehicles
No. of vehicles Trips Made Waste Lifted
in MT Total Functional Out of order
Tractor Trolley 20 18 2 3 60
Auto tipper 7 7 0 3 to 4 9
Dumper placer 2 1 1 3 to 4 6
Type of Vehicle used for waste transportation
32
STEP 6 - Waste processing
The city does not have any facility for processing of municipal solid waste. The entire
waste is disposed of at the dumping grounds untreated. The present compliance of
MSW Rules in regard to treatment of municipal solid waste is 0%.
STEP 7 - Disposal of Waste
Presently the waste is being disposed of unscientifically. Waste is neither spread nor
covered causing unhygienic condition. Compliance to this step is 0%.
The Deoghar Nagar Nigam has now Proposed to set up a waste processing and landfill
site in Northern side of city in Pachiyari Kothiya Village, Plot No: 723, 723/752, 701,
702, 720 , Rakba: 23.56 Acre, Thana number 242, Khata No 58 District-Deoghar. This
site is in possession of the Nagar Nigam.
1.5.4 Summary of issues, compliance to Rules & Justification of Project
Major problem with solid waste management system at Doghar is
• Absence of primary collection of waste i.e. door-to-door collection system in the
town.
• Dumping of waste in the open area.
• Mixing of municipal and hazardous waste.
• Lack of auto tipper for collection from wards with narrow roads.
• Manual handling of waste and no safety precautions for workers.
• Lack of waste handling equipments and vehicles.
• No user charges collection from the citizens resulting in to inefficiency in
operation and maintenance.
• Absence of complaint redressal system
• Absence of waste segregation and no treatment facility for waste generation.
It can be interpreted from analysis of current scenario that a lot is required to be done
and a strategy has to be evolved to ensure that the deficiencies are met and compliance
of all the 7 steps is made expeditiously.
33
-34-
CHAPTER-2: APPROACH, DESIGN PARAMETERS AND METHODOLOGY
2.1 Objective & Principles of Solid Waste Management
2.1.1 Objective of Solid Waste Management
The objective of solid waste management at Deoghar is to reduce the negative
impacts associated with the waste disposal. The activities in MSW management also
include reducing the quantity of solid waste at multiple levels through reduce, reuse
and recycle for least disposal on land, by recovery of materials and energy from solid
waste. This in turn results in decreased requirement of raw material and energy as
inputs for other technological processes. Similar management programs using
appropriate techniques are required to be applied to each and every solid waste
generating activity in a society to achieve overall minimization of solid waste.
2.1.2 Principles Of Municipal Solid Waste (MSW) Management Municipal Solid Waste Management involves the application of principle of
Integrated Solid Waste Management (ISWM) to municipal waste. ISWM is the
application of suitable techniques, technologies and management programs
covering all types of solid wastes from all sources and at all stages involved, to
achieve the twin objectives of; (a) Waste reduction
(b) Effective management of waste. 2.1.2.1 Waste Reduction Waste reduction aims at reducing the quantum of waste at multiple levels to reduce the
quantum of MSW finally going to the landfill. Segregation of waste at source and
collection point, recycling of materials and energy recovery are the key components of
solid waste minimization schemes.
-35-
2.1.2.2 Effective Management of Solid Waste Effective solid waste management systems are required to ensure better human health
and safety. An effective system of solid waste management must be both
environmentally and economically sustainable. • Environmentally sustainable: It must reduce, as much as possible, the
environmental impacts of waste management.
• Economically sustainable: It must operate at a cost acceptable to community. An effective waste management system comprises of the following components: 1. Da i ly collection and transportation of waste.
2. Resource recovery through Segregation and recycling i.e. recovery of materials (such as paper, glass, metals) etc. through separation.
3. Resource recovery through waste processing i.e. recovery of materials (such as
compost) or recovery of energy through biological, thermal or other processes.
4. Waste transformation (without recovery of resources) i.e. reduction of volume,
toxicity or other physical/chemical properties of waste to make it suitable for final
disposal.
5. Disposal i.e. environmentally safe and sustainable disposal in landfills. 2.1.3 Functional Elements of Municipal Solid Waste Management The activities associated with the management of municipal solid wastes from the point
of generation till final disposal can be grouped into six functional elements, namely: a) Waste generation;
b) Waste handling and Segregation, storage, and processing at the source;
c) Collection;
d) Segregation, processing and transformation;
e) Transfer and transport;
f) Disposal.
-36-
a) Waste Generation: Waste generation encompasses activities in which materials are identified as no longer
being of value (in their present form) and are either thrown away or gathered together
for disposal. b) Waste Handling, Segregation, Storage, and Processing at the Source: Waste handling and Segregation involves the activities associated with management of
wastes until they are placed in storage containers for collection. Handling also
encompasses the movement of loaded containers to the point of collection. Segregation
of waste components is an important step in the handling and storage of solid waste at
the source. On-site storage is of primary importance because of public health concerns and aesthetic
consideration. Unsightly makeshift containers and even open ground storage, both of
which are undesirable, are often seen at many residential and commercial sites.
Processing at the source involves activities such as backyard waste composting. c) Collection: Collection includes not only the gathering of solid wastes and recyclable materials, but
also the transport of these materials, after collection, to the location where the collection
vehicle is emptied. This location may be a material processing facility, a transfer station,
or a landfill disposal site. d) Segregation, Processing and Transformation of Solid Waste: Segregation often includes the separation of bulky items, separation of waste component
by size (using screens), manual separation of waste components, and separation of
ferrous and non-ferrous metals. Waste processing is undertaken to recover conversion products and energy. The organic
fraction of Municipal Solid Waste (MSW) can be transformed by a variety of biological
and thermal processes.
-37-
Waste transformation is undertaken to reduce the volume, weight, size and/or toxicity of
waste without resource recovery. Transformation may be done by a variety of mechanical
(e.g. shredding), thermal (e.g. incineration without energy recovery) or chemical (e.g.
encapsulation) techniques. e) Transfer and Transport: The functional element of transfer and transport involves two steps: (i) the transfer of
waste from the smaller collection vehicle to the larger transport equipment and (ii) the
subsequent transport of the wastes, usually over long distances, to a processing or
disposal site. The transfer usually takes place at a transfer station. f) Scientific Disposal: The final functional element in the solid waste management system is disposal.
Traditionally, the disposal of wastes by landfilling or uncontrolled dumping is the
ultimate fate of all solid wastes, whether they are residential wastes collected and
transported directly to a landfill site, residual materials from Materials Recovery
Facilities (MRFs), residue from the combustion of solid waste, rejects of composting, or
other substances from various solid waste-processing facilities. A municipal solid waste
“landfill” is an engineered facility used for disposing of solid wastes on land without
creating nuisance or hazard to public health or safety, thereby preventing breeding of
rodents and insects and contamination of groundwater.
-38-
2.2 CLASSIFICATION OF SOLID WASTE A detailed study is conducted for assessment of type of waste and its categorization into Bio-degradable, Non-biodegradable & its sub-classification. Methodology adopted for this study and its detailed findings are attached as Annexure 4 of this DPR (Volume 2, Annexure 4). Summary of physical and chemical characteristics of the waste generated in the Deoghar town are presented in Table 2.1 and Table 2.2.
Table 2.1 Physical Composition of Municipal Solid Waste in Deoghar Town
Categories Weighted Average
HIG MIG LIG Commercial & Institutional
Vegetable Shop, Restaurants etc
Particulars % weight
weight in Kg
% weight
weight in Kg
% weight
weight in Kg
% weight
weight in Kg
% weight
weight in Kg
% weight
wooden pieces 1.2 1.6 1.61 0 0 2.4 2.89 0 0 1 1.89
paper 6.8 6.2 6.25 4.4 5.11 4 4.81 5.2 11.43 2.5 4.72 textile 2.1 2 2.02 2 2.32 1 1.2 2 4.4 0 0 thermocole 2.5 0 0 1.6 1.86 0 0 3 6.59 1.5 2.83 coconut shell/ coconut hair 2.2 2 2.02 0 0 0 0 2.1 4.62 2 3.77
dry leave 4.5 5.6 5.65 4.6 5.34 3 3.61 1 2.2 3.5 6.6 green matter 3.9 4 4.03 6.2 7.2 2 2.41 1.5 3.3 1.5 2.83 concrete / stone 2 0 0 0 0 2.4 2.89 2 4.4 1 1.89
sand/solil/ dust/ earth 17.8 16 16.13 22 25.55 22 26.47 6 13.19 5 9.43
metal 1.3 2 2.02 0.4 0.46 0 0 1.5 3.3 0 0 brick 0.9 1 1.01 0 0 1.6 1.93 0 0 1 1.89 glass 3.3 4 4.03 2.6 3.02 3 3.61 2 4.4 0.5 0.94 rubber/ leather 1.8 2 2.02 1.6 1.86 4.8 5.78 0 0 0 0
kitchen waste 13.6 22 22.18 18.5 21.49 15.8 19.01 3.5 7.69 0 0 ceramic 0.9 0 0 0 0 0 0 1.6 3.52 0 p.v.c / pipes 1.1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 4.4 0 plastics 2.8 2 2.02 1.8 2.09 2.1 2.53 2.8 6.15 0 0 polyethylene 5.7 5.6 5.65 4.8 5.57 3.4 4.09 3.8 8.35 2 3.77 vegetable 16.8 14 14.11 10 11.61 10 12.03 3 6.59 22.5 42.45 dry matter, straw 8.6 8 8.06 5.6 6.5 5.6 6.74 2.5 5.49 9 16.98
99.8 99.2 100 86.1 99.98 83.1 100 45.5 100.02 53 99.99
-39-
Table 2.2 Physical & Chemical Composition of MSW in Deoghar
Parameter Composition (%)
Weighted Average HIG MIG LIG
Commercial &
Institutional
Vegetable Shop,
Restaurants etc
Biodegradables - Food, Vegetable etc 30.4 36.29 33.1 31.04 14.28 42.45
Biodegradables - dry 22.6 23.39 21.36 16.85 20.01 32.07 Recyclables - Paper 9.3 6.25 6.97 4.81 18.02 7.55 Recyclables - Plastics 9.5 7.67 7.66 6.62 18.9 3.77 Metal 1.3 2.02 0.46 0 3.3 0 Inerts- sand, brick pieces etc 21.6 17.14 25.55 31.29 21.11 13.21
Others 5.1 6.05 4.88 9.39 4.4 0.94 Bulk Density (kg/m) 293.7 345 340 355 157 315 Moisture(%) 32.8 36.8 34.1 31.3 21.2 44 Gross Calorific Value ( kCal / Kg) 1076 1120 1025 850 1350 950
C/N Ratio 35.5 30.8 32 26.8 56.9 34.3
wooden pices 1%
paper 7%
textile 2% thermocole
3% coconut shell/ coconut hair
2% dry leave 5% green matter
4% concrete / stone
2%
sand/solil/ dust/ earth 18%
metal 1% brick
1% glass 3%
rubber/ leather 2%
kitchen waste 14%
ceramic 1%
p.v.c / pipes 1%
plastics 3%
polythean 6%
vegetable 17%
dry matter,straw 9%
Composition of Mixed Waste
-40-
2.3 APPROACH TO DEVELOP SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN AT DEOGHAR
Developing a Municipal Solid waste plan for any city shall be aligned with current
policies, existing system, gap analysis and type and quantum of waste. Therefore the
approach adopted while developing Municipal Solid waste plan for Deoghar is to
develop a holistic plan which is
1. Aligned with current national and state level policies, programmes and legal
frameworks.
2. Designed after assessment of present scenario and gaps in system
3. Designed considering local geographical and topographical conditions as well as
quantity & type of waste generated in city
4. Designed after consultation with ULB officials, ward parshad, community leaders and
other stakeholders
Analysis of current situation as it is done in Chapter 1 of this DPR and also mentioned in
following paragraphs implies that
A. Deoghar although a Municipal Corporation but Population wise it is a class II city.
Total waste generation in Deoghar is 87.48 MT per day and approximate quantity
of road sweeping silt is 7.36 MT per day. Average per capita waste generation in
Deoghar is 349.69 Grams whereas it is 193.36 grams for domestic waste and
153.33 grams for other non-domestic waste. Being a famous temple city and
higher floating population, per Capita waste Generation in Deoghar is higher than
other cities falling in same population range. City waste contains total 53 % of
biodegradables (both wet biodegradables and dry biodegradables on wet basis),
9.3% of Paper, 9.5% of Plastics, 1.3% of metal and 26.7 % of inerts & others.
Moisture content of mixed waste is 32.8%.
B. Population density in Deoghar also varies from dense to sparsely populated.
Whereas population density is 29837 people per Sq Km in ward 21, it is as low as
1376 people per Sq. Km in ward number 2. Waste generation also varies a lot from
ward to ward. Although ward 19, 20 and 21 are the smallest ward but the quantum
of waste generation is highest because of huge commercial activities in these
-41-
wards. City roads are mostly narrow with only 15% road Length (Major Roads)
wider than 5.5 meters.
C. The system of storage at source, Segregation at Source, Door to Door collection,
Processing of waste before final disposal and disposal in sanitary landfill is virtually
non-existent in Deoghar. Transportation of waste is done by open tractors and
synchronization between storage and transportation is never kept in mind while
purchasing the equipment for storage and transportation.
After examination of city profile and assessment of current scenario of SWM, following
approach were adopted for developing an integrated solid waste management system
for Deoghar
2.3.1 Approach for storage, segregation, collection & transportation of waste
Segregation and storage of waste
• Promotion of the practice of segregation and storage of waste at source in three
separate streams- First stream of biodegradable waste and another for recyclable
waste and third stream shall be of domestic hazardous waste. First two streams to
be stored in bins for daily lifting and third one in a sack or container for occasional
lifting.
• Large hotels/ restaurants/ commercial complexes, residential societies, vegetable
markets to follow source segregation.
• Containerized and segregated storage at source by all waste generators
• Immediate ban upon open storage sites and road side waste dumping
• Awareness creation for segregation, storage at source
Primary Collection of waste
• Organization of door to door collection with community participation on cost
recovery basis and minimize the multiple handling of waste, improvement in the
productivity of labour and equipment.
• 100% door to door collection through covered Light Commercial Vehicles.
-42-
Secondary Collection of waste • Street sweepings and silt from the drains to be collected by containerized
handcarts and taken to secondary storage depot having 1.1 - 4.0 cum metal
containers.
• Containers to be placed at 1 per 5000 population.
• Containers to be lifted by bin dumper placers/ Tractor towable bin lifter
• Phasing out of Containerized secondary storage facilities in time bound manner to
make city bin free.
Transportation of waste
• Daily transportation of organic waste/mixed waste to the treatment site
• Direct Transportation of waste to processing facility for the area whose lead
distance is under 5 to 7 Kms,
• Transportation through compactors for the area whose lead distance to processing
facility is more than 5 to 7 Kms.
• Compactors deployment based on capacity of vehicle and volume or weight of
waste
• Need based transportation of inorganic (Mainly C&D Waste) and other dry wastes
(Domestic Hazardous waste) to landfill site
Collection and transportation system proposed for Deoghar is basically on the concept
of bin less city as defined in Article 2.3.8.1 of CPHEEO manual. However it is also
kept in mind that 100% people’s participation for door-to-door collection cannot be
ensured right from beginning of project. Due consideration has been made in design
for storage of waste still thrown on road side open storage points.
Processing and Disposal of waste
• Centralized waste processing unit for conversion waste to compost , RDF &
Recovery of Recyclables
• Disposal of residual inert/Processing rejects into carefully designed sanitary landfill
• Monitoring system to increase the productivity & speedy complaint
-43-
resolution
Above approaches are adopted after careful assessment of
• domestic and non-domestic waste in each ward
• road width and transportation arteries
• size and trips of vehicles
• availability of land pieces for SWM
• quantum and type of waste generation
• Geographical needs of city
• Gaps in existing system
• Views of officials, city managers and community leaders.
2.4 PROPOSED DESIGN OPTIONS: OPTION ANALYSIS AND RECOMMENDATION
2.4.1 Primary collection 2.4.1.1 Options of primary collection A. Available Options: Door to door Collection system: In this system the collection vehicle stops as close as
possible to the entrance of the house/establishment. An individual household bin is
picked up by a refuse collector from the premises, emptied into the collection vehicle,
and bin is placed back at the same location. It is preferable to have this system working under the management of neighborhood
community where the community group ready to pay for refuse collection crew and
oversees the operation. Kerb Side Collection –Each householder puts out the waste in bin/bag at the edge of
the pavement and later retrieves the bin. The collection vehicle passes at a set time; and
the collection crew empties the bins/lifts the bags in to collection vehicle. Block Collection– Block collection reduces the number of stops for the collection
-44-
vehicle which comes at a preset time and place to collect the waste from dwellers that
bring their bins and empty in the vehicle. The system requires coordination between the
people and collection service because the refuse is not left at the roadside as in kerb
side system .The crew may use a bell or horn to inform the people around.
House holder delivers the waste at the time of collection Bring System (Community Bin System)
In this the householder carries and deposits the waste in the community bin / facility. It
requires the community bins to be placed at closer intervals, usually 100 m. The bins
may have to be of 100 liter size if manual collection is employed which will cover only
20-25 households. Large containers could be used in markets and commercial
complexes. Small container system may have to be discouraged due to possible theft of
container or tilting by rag pickers or stray animals.
B. Recommended Design Option:
The system of waste collection can be greatly simplified by use of large community
containers or large vehicles to receive the waste from primary collection employing short
range transfer vehicles- containerized hand carts, tri-cycles, direct tipping three
wheelers- operating door to door, kerb-side or block collection. The system will work
efficiently provided the people are willing to pay for door to door system. It is also
equally important that the primary collection crew sticks to the time schedules and the
Local bodies organize the timely removal of waste from the containers. The results of willingness survey conducted at Deoghar shows that about 70% people
are ready to pay user charges provided Door to Door collection services are extended to
them. If we consider even 50% collection of user charges in first year of operation, it
good to recommend the Door to Door collection system because the system has
associated benefits of encouraging the people for source segregation. 2.4.1.2 Primary collection vehicles Collection of waste requires different kinds of vehicles depending on the quantities
involved, the distances involved, and access & terrain conditions. The general criteria
-45-
for the design of collection vehicles are: • The vehicle must be able to reach at the reception points-at house, kerbside, storage
area.
• Loading height from the standing position to the container on the vehicle should not
be more than 1.5 m for ease of hand loading.
• Tipping should be possible for speedy emptying unless portable containers are used • Transfer should not involve dumping of waste on the ground.
• Provision for covering the load in the vehicle to prevent the load from being blown
off by the winds
• Improved productivity by reducing loading, unloading time • Indigenous production, low maintenance, service, spare availability are other
important considerations 2.4.1.3 Choices of Primary collection vehicle
Handcarts: Suitable for high density areas with only small quantity of waste generated
per inhabitant. It is suitable for small residential neighborhoods as the radius of
operation is limited to around 1km. For the daily house to house collection of waste, one
number of six bin hand cart of 40-50 lits each shall suffice for 50 dwellings @ 8
lits/dwelling/day .One collector with a containerized handcart can serve about 200
dwelling units. Handcart is a suitable choice for all locations having gentle terrain. Tri-cycles Pedal tricycles with six bin facility (as in hand carts) can operate on a larger
radius than hand cart. This system is suited for medium density residential area where
the terrain is gentle. Coverage of more than 200 houses can be expected from a wider
area with lesser effort by the collector. A three men crew can be engaged to cover 500-
600 houses a day. Auto Trailers/tippers Three wheeled power driven Auto is the third option. It can be
fitted with high level tipping body(<1.2m) of 2m3 capacity retaining the low loading line. An alternate arrangement is to provide two tiers carrying16 bins of 50-60lits capacity or a bottom tier of 8 bins and top box of about 1m3.The top box can be used to collect
-46-
garden or bulky waste, which can be transferred directly to skip/dumper. Its relatively high speed gives an operating radius of 8-10 kms but not suitable in rough and steep roads. An auto trailer can cover about 800 to 1000 premises in one shift two- member crew and a driver.
Dual tray Auto loader: Auto three wheeler with two trays (bins) of 0.75 m3 size. The
bins can be directly lifted and emptied to collection vehicle. By directly emptying to
collection vehicle, Secondary storage may be eliminated.(Bin less system) 2.4.1.4 Options for door-to-door collection system While door-to-door collection is the most ideal solution, it requires manpower, collection
vehicle and community participation. The cost of service depends on the community
participation. Options are:
a) Municipal Corporations (MC) shall identify a Private operator for door-to-door
collection and prescribe monthly collection charges for different categories of
households, shops and establishments and notifies the same. The community pays
prescribed monthly collection charges to agencies which operate on an agreement
with MC. MC shall pay the shortfall in revenue collection if any.
b) Resident Welfare Associations (RWA) and other user groups (Hotel owners
Association, etc) directly engage crew and pay directly. This is typical Community
managed system and is in practice in many towns in India, but requires a committed
approach from the community. The major advantage will be the feel of ownership by
the community. At present there are a few community based initiatives and a survey
reveals that there is an interest in the community members to organise community
managed collection system.
Recommended options while selecting vehicles for Door to Door collection are small
auto tippers which may be used because of higher lead distances and use of hand
carts with a capacity of four bins of 40 lit bins for denser areas. The suggested collection system and the storage facilities are given in table 2.3.
-47-
Table 2.3: Primary collection from residential areas
Mode of
collection
Area of collection Primary
Collection
Vehicle
Secondary
storage
Door to
Door
Residential colonies
high density in
gentle terrain
Auto tippers with two trays, one each for Bio-degradable waste and recyclables
Transfer into Refuse
Compactor for
transportation to waste
processing site or direct
traport to WPLFS for
near by areas
Litter and Bulk waste
bin
collection
Market, Slums/LIG colonies
Litter bin waste
collection trough
Auto tippers and
Bulk waste bins by
Tractor towable
dumper placers
Direct transport to WPLFS
Direct
Collection
System
Hotels / restaurants
Hospital- non
infectious
Closed Auto Tippers to segregated collection of waste.
Direct transport to treatment yard/landfill
2.4.1.5 Direct Collection System A direct and separate collection system is recommended for Large and Medium Hotels
and Restaurants, Hospitals (non-infectious component of hospital waste only). Waste
from these sources should be collected from the source and transported to the
treatment/disposal site directly. The objective of the system is to eliminate this waste at
the secondary storage area. Operations shall be carried out by private operator. This
system would operate on a user fee basis. The hotels and restaurants may be directed to use two-bin system for the storage of
food waste and other recyclable material. Both the wastes should be collected
-48-
separately in two compartments in the vehicle. (The existing vehicles shall be modified
accordingly). Operations shall be done on a cost recovery basis. 2.4.1.6 Direct Collection of bulk & Garden waste. Several households generate garden waste on account of trimming of lawns, gardens
etc. A weekly program may be prepared for providing service to those who have private
lawns for collection of garden waste on a cost recovery basis by the private operators.
Each ward may be served on one day in a fortnight from Monday to Saturday. 2.4.1.7 Handling of construction debris The C&D waste will be collected by the private operators at a cost notified by MC.
2.4.2 Street sweeping The whole street sweeping operation can be entrusted by MC to a private operator and
the cost of the operation may be paid by MC on a negotiated rate. The wheel barrows and box type carts used by sweepers shall be replaced by multi bin
carts for direct transfer of waste to containers. In order to improve the system, all the roads and lanes having habitation or commercial
activities may be covered on a day to day basis. This may be done by employing one
person per 350 m in highly congested areas, 500 m in medium density area and 750 m
in low density areas and on an average one man may be allocated for 500 mtr of road
length which will enable the sanitation worker to clean the streets and the drains
conveniently. If most of the households, shops and establishments are covered through
door to door collection, hardly any domestic waste is expected to be on the streets to be
picked by the street sweepers. The worker engaged in street sweeping could be given along handle broom, metal plate
and tray, and one containerized handcart with 4 bins of 40 litre capacity each, so that
-49-
the waste is transferred easily to dumper containers. The sweepers should work individually in the beats allotted to them as per the yardstick
prescribed. But if this arrangement is not feasible, they may be allowed to work in pairs,
carrying out the following: •Sweeping two‘ single beat’ lengths
•Collecting the sweeping in handcart or tricycle
•Cleaningthedrainswhicharelessthan60cmwideinthepremises
• Carrying the drain cleanings
• Depositing the sweeping & drain cleanings in the nearby container
•Cleaning the container stations with in the beat length
• Emptying litter bins in the area
• Kerb side collection from shops/establishments along the road/street Street cleaning needs to be undertaken on all days including Sundays and public
holidays with special focus on busy centres, markets, and tourist spots as under.
(1) Parks & open spaces
(2)City centers- commercial area & markets
(3) Bus terminals
(4)Roads around Railway stations • In order to improve the system carry out inventory of all the main roads, streets and
by-lanes and identify the beats for street sweeping and drain cleaning.
• Market areas and busy commercial areas(city centre and dense areas) shall be
swept at least twice a day and sweeping could be undertaken on Sundays and
holidays also. 2.4.3 Drain cleaning For achieving better operation, drain cleaning job needs to be split into:
-50-
• Small drains upto 60cm wide and 45 cm average depth (road side drains) which have
to be attended by the sweeping crew. They will use shovels and wheel
barrows
• Large drains – The task of cleaning of primary and secondary drains is be attended
by currently engaged drain clearing team and equipments. Shovels, excavators
could be used for the purpose of drain cleaning
• Pre-monsoon clearing of major (primary) drains, canals - This task is be undertaken
through contract arrangement. Mechanised cleaning could be carried out. Clearing of
silt and debris will be the responsibility of contractors. 2.4.4 Secondary Transportation In order to promote single handling system, it is desirable to discontinue the current
open system. The available options are: • Bin-less system by transferring the waste directly from primary collection vehicles to
transport vehicles. High level of synchronization is required to operationalise this
option to achieve timely arrival of transport vehicle at predetermined locations for
transfer. Failure in timing often results in idling of primary collection vehicle or open
throwing of waste collected by primary collection crew
Photo: MSW transfer from auto tipper to compactor vehicle • Providing movable containers at regular intervals– containers which can be emptied
by a mechanical device fitted to transport vehicle (refuse collectors) or which can be
loaded to vehicle chasis (dumper placer).
-51-
Photo: Dumper placer vehicle Photo: Compactor vehicle In view of above, following options for secondary collection and transport are available:
• Primary collection vehicle to transfer to secondary transport vehicle,
transportation to the disposal site.
• Primary collection vehicle to intermediate collection bins to transfer to secondary
transport vehicle, transportation to the disposal site.
• Primary collection vehicle to transfer to transfer station than transfer of waste to
container at(Transfer station), container transportation to process/disposal site In first system (bin less system), secondary collection points would be eliminated
through a direct vehicle to vehicle transfer. Though this is an ideal system,
implementing the same will require a high level of synchronization and administrative
control Vehicle to vehicle transfer system is recommended for Deoghar with engagement of
private operator. However it is also kept in mind that 100% people’s participation for
door-to-door collection cannot be ensured right from beginning of project. Secondary
storage, facilities are proposed to be developed for storage of waste thrown on roads
and drain silt are: • Litter bins of 2X0.1m3 capacity.
• Dumper containers of 2.25 m3 and dual dumper lifting vehicles Since the bulk waste generation in most of the markets and commercial centers are in
-52-
the range of 1- 1.5 tons/day, large single containers of capacity 5-7m3are not required. 2.4.5 Container station The containerised stations shall be provided with raised, paved platform (with drainage
facility) having space for two/three containers and constructed with proper drainage
arrangements. In order to avoid container over flow the following measures are to be taken:
• Sufficient capacity(in case one container not enough two or more may be provided in
places like market) should provide as per the estimated waste arrival of waste.
• Notify the container facilities and community bin facilities available so that public are
aware and deposits the waste in the facility only
• Bring strict imposition by penalizing those who deposit outside • To keep the container premises clean, entrust responsibility to the sweeper in the
area. 2.4.6 Transportation The strategies for improvement of waste collection and transportation for MC shall be to
follow an independent transport system for each of the following: • Daily transportation of organic waste loaded in the containers to the processing
plant.
• Transportation of Non Bio-degradable waste at regular intervals to the landfill site
based on waste accumulation at every containerized station
• Direct transportation of Construction and Demolition waste and Drain Cleaning
Waste to the landfill site/for land reclamation • Direct transportation of hotel, hospital (non infectious), and diary waste to the
processing plant
• Direct transportation of garden waste on pre-notified days from premises to the
compost plant
-53-
• Direct transportation of street sweeping and drain cleaning waste to landfill site 2.4.7 Transfer Station System Between Primary And Secondary System: A waste transfer station is an intermediate waste handling facility where waste from near
by areas collected by small waste collection vehicle is transferred to high capacity vehicle
that ultimately transport the waste to processing facility or disposal sites.
In a mechanized transfer station waste brought from nearby area is compressed in high
capacity closed containers using a static compaction unit. For cities where average lead
to processing and disposal facility is more than 15 Kms in corporation of a mechanized
transfer station can be cost effective system
Fig-2.2. typical illustration of transfer station
Keeping in view less quantity of waste and relatively low lead distance, Static compactor type waste transfer station is not recommended. A Transfer point with a vehicle to vehicle transfer system is more suitable for Deoghar
2.4.8 Selection of the most suitable processing technology for Deoghar While identifying and selecting the technologies for Deoghar, following considerations
have been kept paramount:
-54-
• The technology should be suitable to treat the waste having characteristics similar to
that of Deoghar, in an environmentally sustainable manner;
• The technology meets the regulatory requirements and is socially acceptable with
minimum impacts to the environment and citizens; and
• The technology is economical and commercially available. • Land availability and its suitability
2.4.8.1 Technology Screening Criteria A brief technology screening methodology is given below. Four main screening criteria
have been used to identify potential technologies that could meet the objectives. The
following technology screening criteria/ filters have been established: • Technology Reliability Criteria: Technologies that are proven internationally for
large scale application for MSW and could be considered without reservations for
Deoghar
• Environmental and Social Acceptability Criteria: Technologies that have
minimum environmental and social impacts, and conforms to the regulatory
requirements
• Waste Suitability Criteria: Technologies should be suitable for MSW of Deoghar.
• Waste generation criteria: technology selection on the basis of waste generated at
each town. The criteria described above have been applied to each of the identified technologies
(except mechanical separations and size reduction) to determine which would be
carried forward for final selection. Physical Technologies like mechanical separations
and size reduction technologies are considered preprocessing technologies and
therefore have not been considered for evaluation and screening. 2.4.8.1.1 Technology Reliability Criteria As a first step towards technology selection, the identified technologies have been
-55-
evaluated for their reliability for MSW treatment internationally. The reliable
technologies without reservations for large scale application for MSW for Deoghar have
been assigned Category 1. The internationally proven technologies that require some
caution for use in Deoghar from the point of view of sophistication of the technology or
scale of application have been assigned category 2. The technologies that do not have
adequate track record internationally and can not be considered for Deoghar have been
assigned Category 3. The results of this evaluation are presented on Table 2.4
Table 2.4 : Technology Reliability Criteria for Technology selection
S.
No. Technology
Category
Comments
Category1–Internationally Proven and Easy to Implement 1 Bioreactor Landfill A number of installations with capacities over 5000
tons per day are in operation in US. Though no such
landfill is functional in India the technology is simple
and can be easily implemented any where. It can be
a good technology with less specialisation but
operation requires greater control.
2 Composting A number of installations have satisfactorily worked
in India. The technology is simple and easy to
implement.
Category 2 – Internationally Proven but Require Higher Levels of
Sophistication
1 Refuse Derived
Fuel
Large scale plants are in operation in US. The
technology is relatively simple and four medium
scale plants are in operation in India as well.
However, these plants utilize significant amount of
specilisation.
-56-
2 Anaerobic
Digestion of mixed
MSW
(Biomethanation)
Plants are operational in Europe, however
Biomethanation is applicable only to organic
fraction of MSW and requires very high level of
source segregation and pre-processing of mixed
waste. No successful demonstration of technologies
in India.
3 Incinerator Large plants have been in operation in US and
Europe and parts of Asia. The technology, however,
requires higher sophistication and process control.
No MSW incinerator plants in India
Category3–Insufficient successful experience
1 Plasma Arc
Gasification
Medium scale mixed waste(MSW+ASR) plants are
operational in Japan. The technology, however,
requires high degree of sophistication and process
control and is expensive. No Plasma Arc
gasification plant in India
2 Gasification and
Pyrolysis
Although the technology is well proven with woody
biomass, there is in sufficient operational experience
with MSW. No plant in India is under operation at
present. Since the current MSW rules in India do not permit the disposal of MSW containing
organic substances in a landfill, the Bioreactor Landfill component cannot be
considered in India and is not being considered for Deoghar as well. Being in Category
3, the technologies of Gasification and Pyrolysis have been eliminated from further
considerations, as these technologies have not been attempted in India and are known
to be expensive also. For the remaining technologies, next level evaluation has been
done, using environmental and social acceptability criteria.
2.4.8.1.2 Environmental and Social Acceptability Criteria In this section, environmental and social impacts of various technologies have been
discussed. In addition the requirements as per MSW Rules, 2000 of India have also
-57-
been considered. A. Composting
Amongst the MSW processing technologies, the composting process probably has least
number of environmental issues to cause any serious concerns. However, issues like
noise, dust, odor, leachate generation, aesthetic and litter nuisances at the
receiving end of the plant need to be carefully considered. Waste turning process also
leads to odour problems during initial weeks of operation. However, with proper process
design and moisture management, the negative impacts can be minimized to levels
acceptable or eliminated altogether. Compost can is used as organic fertilizer and as soil amendment agent. Further,
product compost is high in essential nutrients like nitrogen, phosphate and potash. In
addition, compost reduces erosion, increases the air penetration to soil and help to
suppress plant diseases. B. Anaerobic Digestion (AD)
The AD is considered one of the suitable technologies for treatment of high organic
fraction of MSW. The MSW of Deoghar has higher organic content but would need
adequate segregation before processing which could often be expensive. Though the
land requirement for AD system is lesser than that of compost, a better foundation is
required for placing the turbines. The methane produced through AD is generally used
for generation of power. NOx control could be an environmental issue but it can be
handed with proper design of the burners. C. Refused Derived Fuel The production of RDF is largely a mechanical process. The processing facility itself
would not be a source of combustion emissions. The major issues of concern would be
the control of fugitive dust (PM10) generated from the mechanical equipment during the
materials separation process and the generation of potential odors. The environmental
issues related to RDF arise when the RDF is used in boilers for generation of steam and
-58-
/ or power. The potential for air pollution is an issue that needs to be controlled by use of
appropriate technologies. The RDF combustion system, if not designed or controlled properly, may generate
dioxins and furans which are toxic and therefore the emissions needs adequate
pollution control systems, which increases the cost of the process. RDF as a part of
integrated facility can be considered for the management of MSW in combination with
Biomethanation. D. Incineration
Quality of MSW is likely to be a key concern for Incineration facilities. In incineration,
combustion of MSW is achieved in the presence of a direct flame and an over-
abundanceofcombustionairtopromotethecompleteoxidationoftheincomingwaste to form
primarily carbon di oxide and water vapor that are emitted along with the excess
combustion air (the portion of the incoming air that is not required for oxidation). In
addition, a wide range of volatiles are formed. Depending on the composition of the
initial waste (and sometimes of the fuels used to support combustion), compounds
containing halogens, sulfur, nitrogen and metals may be produced. The possibility of
formation of dioxins and furans is high if the temperature of combustion is not
adequately controlled. Incineration may not be suitable for Deoghar wastes in view of
the low calorific values. Based on the environmental impacts of various technological options for MSW, they
may be categorized as environmentally and socially acceptable and environmentally
and socially suspect. Table 2.5 summarizes the environmental impacts of all the
technologies discussed in previous sections.
Table 2.5 MSW Treatment Technologies with respect to Environmental and Social Acceptance
Technology
Category
Comments
-59-
Composting Environmental Impacts are negligible. The
product is beneficial for agriculture and
plantations.
Refuse Derived Fuel Requires significant control measures when RDF isused as
fuel.
Anaerobic Digestion
(Biomethanation)
Environmental Impacts are negligible. However,
segregation of the waste is required before AD
process.
Mass
Burn/Incineration
Requires strict process control and significant air
Pollution control measures.
The basic problem with mass burn incinerators relates to its environmental
acceptability. Unless carefully designed and operated, MSW combustion could results in
the emission of toxic gases like mercury, hydrochloric acid gas, PCBs, PAHs,
dioxins, and furans which makes mass incinerators non acceptable. The incinerator ash
could be hazardous (depending on the variations in the composition of the MSW) and
may need special disposal arrangements. The pollution control measures are often
expensive. In view of the above, the incinerators all over the world are not a highly
preferred option for MSW treatment.
All other options can be considered in isolated or integrated mode. 2.4.8.1.3 Waste Suitability Criteria
The above technologies have been evaluated for their suitability to treat MSW
of Deoghar. Table 2.6 presents the salient average characteristics of the MSW
reaching the existing landfill site of Deoghar based on pre-monsoon sampling.
Table 2.6: Average MSW at Landfill Site during Pre-Monsoon Sampling
Parameters
Desirable Range MSW reaching
the dumping site
Ranges by wt.
Thermal
Processing
Biological
Processing
-60-
Desirable Range MSW reaching
Average Moisture <45% >50% 34-38%
Organic matter (Food,
Vegetable, Fruit waste,
Dry
grass/straw, rags, wood)
- >70% 60-70%
Recyclable Fraction
(Rubber & Leather,
Plastics, Metals,
Cardboard, Glass)
- - 20-28%
Inert ( Sand / Soil / Earth /
Stone)
<35% - 3-7%
Gross Calorific Value of
MSW (wet basis)(Kcal/kg)
>1200 - 1600-1800
C/N Ratio - 25-30 Sep-32 Based on the physical and chemical properties of the MSW of Deoghar, its suitability for
thermal and bioconversion technologies has been discussed below.
A. Thermal Technologies As documented in the World Bank’s Technical Guidance Report on Municipal Solid
Waste Incineration, once ignited, the ability of waste to sustain a combustion process
without supplementary fuel depends on a number of physical and chemical parameters
including, the calorific value and moisture content and inert content of the waste. These
parameters determine the suitability of waste for energy recovery by thermal
technologies. Deoghar’s MSW contain nearly35 % moisture and > 60% biodegradables.
This moisture content is a critical determinant in the economic feasibility of waste
Treatment by incineration or RDF technology. With a suitable drying arrangement RDF
to power plant can be successfully installed provided a good pre-segregation system is
incorporated.
-61-
B. Bio-conversion Technologies Bioconversion processing is mainly dependent on the presence of biodegradable
matter, moisture content and C/N ratio of MSW. From the Table 3.4, it has been
observed that MSW of Deoghar is suitable for bioconversion. It is possible to treat the segregated Deoghar MSW through biomethanation technology.
However, the segregation process could be expensive and it often makes the
biomethanation process commercially non-viable. Moreover, the disposal of the sludge
could be a problem. Though the sludge could have compost value, it could be rich in
pathogens and needs to be treated before use,which again adds up to the cost. Thus, if
appropriate segregation practices can be adopted, biomethanation may be
considered. The simplest and most economical technology to treat the MSW of Deoghar is
Composting. Because of high organic content (>60%) and very less inerts (<7%),
composting can be undertaken easily without waste segregation, with an efficiency of
more than 25%. It is a proven technology for Indian wastes and several plants are
running successfully. 2.4.8.1.4 Waste Generation Criteria Quantity of waste generated at any city is a major constraint in technology selection.
Waste to energy plant cannot be recommended for the city with waste generation below
300TPD. Similarly,a town with less than 25 TPD of waste generation has to go for small
bio-methanation plant or vermin-composting. A brief overview of technology selection on the basis waste generation is tabulated
below:
Waste generation
Range(TPD)
Proposed technology
0-25 Bio-methanation, Vermin composting
25-100 Windrow composting, Bio-methanation
-62-
100-500 Incineration, RDF, Windrow composting, Plasma Gasification.
Above 500 Integrated waste management facility( power generation) 2.4.8.2 Recommended technology for processing of MSW in Deoghar
2.4.8.2.1 Introduction: Waste composition of Deoghar indicates high biodegradable content i.e. >52% and
plastic items 9.5%. Apart from it; waste contains substantial percentage of paper,
cardboard, woody bio-mass and textile. Moisture content is moderate. A preliminary
feasibility analysis of different waste processing technologies with respect to MSW
characterization is presented below Utility for composting
Moisture content (35%) and high organic content indicate great potential for
composting. Utility for use in RDF
Being moderate moisture content and substantial quantity of Bio-mass, paper card and
material high calorific value, Refuse Derived Fuel (RDF) may be a suitable option. Utility for generating power
Power generation can be a suitable option only if more RDF grade material can be
ensured from nearby ULB’s. Utility for bio-methanation
Waste has high organic content but Mixed waste and low moisture content restricts use
of Bio- methanation as waste processing technology.
Utility for Plastic Recycling
Waste contains substantial quantity of plastics i.e. 9.5 %. Plastic recycling can be
considered as a suitable option.
-63-
2.4.8.2.2 Selection of Integrated approach: Over last few decades, a critical analysis of various initiatives and technologies has
identified the following factors for their non-sustainability to Indian MSW: a. Traditionally, different solid waste treatment technology such as Composting,
RDF etc have been kept in watertight compartments. However, since waste is
generally a mixture of both biodegradable and material with high calorific value
(paper, plastic etc.), there is a tremendous synergy between the two components
if they can be treated in an integrated manner.
b. Since there is no segregation at source, many of the technologies which were
tried (like biomethanation), were not found suitable to mixed Municipal Solid
Waste. The limitation of individual technologies can be mitigated by bringing together a mix of
technologies and by integrating them together to provide a holistic solution to the
treatment of urban waste. An integration of technology so carried out would have the
following benefits: a. It treats various components of urban waste in an efficient manner so as to provide
optimum utilization of waste to produce compost, bio-gas, power and building
materials.
b. It leads to optimization of cost by treating larger quantities at the same place,
sharing infrastructure and variable costs.
c. It is environmentally desirable, as the rejects of one process becomes inputs for
the other process.
d. An integrated complex can treat the residual wastes by making building blocks as
well as other products.
2.4.9 Conclusion It recommended to implement Door to door collection system by engaging private sector
participation. Recommended plan for collection and transportation is to move towards
-64-
bin less system in time bound manner. Although 100% people’s participation for door-to-
door collection cannot be ensured right from beginning of project and mixed approach
Door to door collection and community bin shall be adopted.
According to waste characterization of Deoghar Windrow composting, RDF and plastic
recycling are the technology that can be adopted for processing of municipal solid
waste. But it is recommended to use combination of technology rather than adopting any
single waste processing technology to increase efficiency of waste treatment. It is proposed to develop Refused Derived fuel facility integrated with Compost plant. Apart from this, a plastic waste recycling unit can be installed for better utilization of plastic waste
-65-
2.5 ASSESSMENT OF SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT OPTIONS IN THE REGION
2.5.1 Trends of solid waste management in india.
Municipal Corporations/Urban bodies in India have attempted to manage MSW by
setting up facilities for processing of MSW as per MSW (Management & Handling)
Rules, 2000 recently amended as Solid Waste management rules 2016, which include: • Infrastructure development for collection, storage, segregation, transportation,
processing and disposal of MSW.
• Organize awareness programmes with citizens to promote reuse and recycling of
segregated materials and community participation in waste segregation.
• Processing of MSW has been given an impetus to avoid the otherwise adverse
impact on environment through air, water and land pollution. 2.5.2 Progress and review of waste processing projects
In India, mixed waste and high moisture content are two major constraints in waste
processing. Apart from this, lack of well defined strategy at municipal level were also a
key reason for failure of most of projects. Review of existing waste processing projects
are categorised in two broad categories 1) Waste to composting projects 2)
waste to Energy projects. 2.5.2.1 Waste to composting projects: Few examples of compost plant commissioned in India and their status is given below:
- 66 -
Table: 2.7 Examples of Compost Plant Commissioned In India
City Plant Capacity (TPD) Managed by Remarks
Nasik 300 Nasik Municip. Installed and operated on BOT basis for 2 years.
Subsequently transferred to the Municipal Corporation. Due to persistent losses. Corporation. is running this plant at a loss although the compost is readily sold.
Panjim Pilot operation Panaji Municip. Vermi-composting, used by the Panaji municipality
Jallandhar 300 Punjab Grow More
Fertilizers Ltd. (tech.- Excel)
Land (12 acres) given on lease by the MC at a nominal rate and 2.5% royalty. The plant is running at loss.
Kolkata 300 (700 as per
agrmnt. with Corpn.)
Eastern Organic Fertilizers
Limited
Running at 25% of capacity due lack of market
Ahemedabad 500 Excel Private operator pays Rs. 50 / ton of compost sold to
AMC. Marketing infrastructure in place
Bhopal 120 M.P. State Agro Industries
(technology Excel)
Land leased by the Corpn. at a nominal rent for 30
years. Corporation gets 4% royalty on sale proceeds. Plant making loss.
Gwalior 120 -do- The plant was closed after about 5 years of operation
because the product could not be sold. Proposed to be revived under grant from GOI
Delhi 150 MCD Inadequate collection, transport and delivery of proper
garbage and lack of marketing strategies Baroda 150 Inadequate collection, transport and delivery of proper
garbage and lack of marketing strategies
- 67 -
Key constraints and challenges in waste to composting projects are ascertained and
summarised below; a) Availability of Segregated Waste (Biodegradable Waste)
For effective composting of Municipal Solid Waste (MSW), it is very important that the
waste received for composting is in segregated form. This is very difficult to achieve,
primarily because of lack of awareness amongst the public and the municipal staff and
also due to inadequate and non-segregated waste transportation systems.
b) Marketing of Compost Marketing of compost has been a key challenge in India, which suffers from the
following drawbacks: • Price of compost vis-à-vis chemical fertilizers, i.e., high cost of application of
compost compared to chemical fertilizer per unit area of farm (say per hectare)
• Poor quality of compost and lack of standard products in the market • Absence of a strong market maker
• Transportation cost due to bulky nature of the compost
• Apathy of farmers due to lack of awareness regarding the importance of humus for
soil on the one hand and the ill-effects of continued application of chemical fertilizers
on the farm soil on the other c) User Resistance
The slow action of compost vis-à-vis chemical fertilizers creates apathy towards
compost and its application. However, this aspect is being countered by appreciation of
the fact by farmers of the increasing instances of degradation of land by continuous
overdose of chemical fertilizers. Another aspect of consumer resistance is the
perception of MSW based compost being 'dirty' whereas cow dung is not viewed so by
many agriculturists. This perception would have to be mitigated through production of
odour free and nutrient rich compost.
- 68 -
d) Pricing Pricing of compost remained an uncertain issue due to a number of factors and
the absence of any norm. There are moves to link the price through comparative
presence of macro-nutrients (NPK) in compost and in chemical fertilizers but this
does not provide a fair and comprehensive method. Organic compost is basically a soil
conditioner and there is no norm for pricing soil conditioner. Additionally, good organic
compost has micro-nutrients, beneficial microbial population and even enzymes, all of
which are very important for plants. Apart from this, chemical fertilizers have huge
subsidy from the public exchequer, which administers an artificial price. The sale price
of compost is thus affected by, • Unfair comparison of the macro-nutrients in chemical fertilizers: This would
lead to un-viable low price for compost
• Subsidies: • Given the low nutrient value of compost relative to quantity, transportation costs are
significant, and hence it is not viable beyond a certain radius depending upon the
selling price of compost. e) Single Technology based plant: Putting each technology in water tight compartment was one of biggest drawback of processing plants installed till now in India.
2.5.2.2 Waste to Energy Projects: Two projects for energy recovery from Municipal Solid Wastes with an aggregate
capacity of 11.6 MW have been set up at Hyderabad and Vijayawada. Other urban
wastes projects include a 1 MW project based on cattle manure at Haebowal,
Ludhiana; and, a 150 kW plant for vegetable market and slaughterhouse wastes at
Vijayawada. Brief write –ups on some other project based on urban wastes are given below:
1 Data for 2003-04 based on Economic Survey 2005
2 Department of Fertilizer guideline on maximum retail prices of different Fertilizer.
- 69 -
2.5.2.2.1 MSW BASED POWER PROJECT AT HYDERABAD, A.P
Background
The twin ities of Hyderabad and Secundrabad produce around 3000 MT of waste every
day. Although Hyderabad has taken a number of innovative waste management
initiatives, waste disposal is a cause of concern for the Greater Haiderabad Municipal
Corporation (GHMC). Overflowing waste landfills and lack of suitable areas for new
landfills forced the GHMC to look at other environment-friendly options. A WTE plants
was therefore, proposed in 1999 based on the RDF technology, which is used for
production of energy. While a project for production of RDF pellets was taken up in
1999 as Phase I of the project, project for generation of power from RDF could be
completed in November 2003. 2.5.2.2.2 6.0 MW MSW based power Project at Vijayawada, A.P. Background
Vijayawada is the third largest city of Andhra Pradesh, with a population of one million
in 2001. The Vijayawada Municipal Corporation (VMC) is considered as one of the
progressive municipal corporations in the country, which launched a WTE plant to
generate electricity from MSW. The waste generated in Guntur Municipal Corporation is
also used as feedstock for this Project. The project had been installed by M/s Shriram
Energy System Ltd. (SESL), Hyderabad and is based on combustion of Refuse Derived
Fuel in the form of fluff produced from MSW. It has been supported by Technology
Development Board (TDB) and IREDA through soft loans. The total cost of the project
is about Rs. 45.00 crore and it was commissioned in the month of December 2003.
Approx 500 tonnes of municipal solid waste available from Vijayawada and Guntur
cities (Andhra Pardesh) is processed in the Project for preparation of fluff in respective
cities and used at the plant site at Vijayawada. The electricity generated till 15th June,
2004 was 14 million units of which 12.34 million units was exported to the grid.
- 70 -
2.5.2.3 Bio-methanisation Projects
2.5.2.3.1 0.15 MW Capacity Biomethanation plant Based on Mixed Municipal
Solid Waste at Vijayawada, Andhra Pradesh Background
A demonstration project for bio-methanation of 20 tonnes mixed waste per day for
generation of 150 kW of electricity and rich bio-manure was installed by Vijayawada
Municipal Corporation at Vijayawada. The daily feed to the plant consists of 16 tonnes
of vegetable market waste and 4 tonnes of slaughter house waste. The sewage sludge
from the adjoining Sewage Treatment Plant is used for making the slurry to be fed in to
the digesters.
Details of the Plant
This is a hybrid design of a two-stage digestion process for treatment of slurry
containing high – suspended solids. The sizes of the reactors for the first stage and the
second stage are decided on the basis of the suspended organic contents in the
slurry to be treated. The first stage is the hydrolysis stage and the second is
methanisation and polishing stage. The first stage is designed to give maximum solid
retention time for the hydrolysis and the second stage is a UASB diagester.
The entire process consists of the following five sections:
• Waste handling and slurry preparation section
• Anaerobic digestion section
• Biogas collection and scrubbing system
• Manure processing section
• Power generation section.
2.5.2.3.2 30 TPD Capacity biomethanation Plant Based on vegetable Market
- 71 -
Waste At koyambedu Whole sale market Complex Background
The Koyambedu Wholesale Vegetable market is one of the largest in Asia generating
about 80 tonnes of waste per day and presently, this waste is collected by a private
agency and transported to a transfer station within the market complex. From there, it is
transported to the Kodungaiyur dumpsite by the Corporation of Chennai. 2.5.2.3.3 Municipal waste processing complex at Okhla & Timarpur With a view to resolve the problem of MSW management in capital city of India, Delhi,
the Government of Delhi and Local bodies of Delhi viz. Municipal Corporation of Delhi
(MCD) and New Delhi Municipal Council (NDMC) joined hands with a leading
infrastructure advisory firm in India “Infrastructure Leasing & Financial Services Limited
(IL&FS)” to structure MSW management projects for the state of Delhi. In line with the
arrangements, TIMARPUR-OKHLA Waste Management Company Private Limited
(TOWMCL) has been set up as a special purpose company, for developing one of the
project for processing and disposing municipal waste using the technologies of
processing municipal waste at Okhla STP site and Timarpur in Delhi. The integrated municipal waste-processing complex at Okhla includes (as shown in
process flow diagram) a. MSW processing plant based on Department of Science and Technology –
Technology Information Forecasting & Assessment Council technology for RDF
preparation at Okhla. The plant shall be capable of processing 1300 TPD of
MSW.
b. MSW processing plant based on DST-TIFAC technology for RDF preparation at
Timarpur. The plant shall be capable of processing 650 TPD of MSW.
c. Bio-methanation plant at Okhla – The plant shall be capable of handling 100
TPD of green waste.
d. Power plant of 16 MW capacity at Okhla, which will use the RDF from Okhla and
transported RDF from Timarpur, biogas from the bio-methanation plant at Okhla.
- 72 -
After completion of conceptual design, tenders were invited from eligible bidders for
setting up the Project on Built, Own, Operate and Transfer (BOOT) basis with
concession period of 25 years. After technical and financial evaluation, M/s Jindal
Urban Infrastructure a company of Jindal group was awarded with the project. Price quoted by successful bidder to supply the electricity to grid is Rs. 2.5/unit.
At present, project is under development phase and the work of land development is
being carried by the firm. Basic concept of the project is to integrate the available
technology options suitable for Indian waste and conditions.
Critical examination of project covers following two points:
a) Technical viability
b) Financial Viability a) Technical Viability:
The project offers integrated solution for the waste management – management of both
solid & liquid wastes (treated sewage) at one complex. The advantage of integration is
that the complex shall have the capability for optimum handling of: • Green waste from vegetable markets/fruit markets in the bio-methanation plant
• Recycling of sewage for utilization in the complex.
• Municipal waste for power generation
Keeping in view the heterogeneous nature of waste, integration of thermal and
biological processes is the only available option for effective waste processing. b) Financial Viability:
Source of revenue for the project are:
• Revenue from sale of electricity to the grid: 13MW at the rate of Rs. 2.5/unit of
electricity
• Revenue from sale of carbon credits: 300 million • Revenue from MNRE grants : maximum Rs. 100 million
- 73 -
2.5.3 CRITICAL EXAMINATION OF REASONS BEHIND FAILURE
A number of initiatives have been taken for treating Municipal Solid Waste. However, a
critical analysis of such initiatives has identified the following factors for their non-
sustainability: a) Traditionally, different solid waste treatment technology such as Composting,
RDF etc have been kept in watertight compartments. However, since waste is
generally a mixture of both biodegradable and material with high calorific value
(paper, plastic etc.), there is a tremendous synergy between the two if these two
could be treated in an integrated manner.
b) Since there is no segregation at source, many of the technologies, which were
tried, were not found suitable to mixed Municipal Solid Waste. Some of the MSW management projects established in India are reviewed in the table
below citing their limitations/reasons for failure.
Table: 2.8 Summary of waste processing and energy recovery projects in India:
No. Location Raw
Material Capacity
and Cost Capital
Subsidy Owner Status PLF
(2004) Remarks
1 Lucknow MSW 5 M 20% (given
as interest
free loan)
Private Operation
Suspended NA Plant shut down as a result of failure of segregation
component of the plant primarily due to high
percentage of inerts, silt and debris and low
organic matter 2 Ludhiana Cattle
Dung 5 MW/Rs
76 Crore 50% Punjab
Energy
Dev.
Agency
Functioning
Satisfactorily
since October
04
50% This is first project of its kind installed in the
country as a demonstration and development
project. The PLF is expected to get better at this
project as well as more projects of this kind to be
set up in future. 3 Vijaywada Vegetable
market
waste,
slaughter
house
waste and
sewage
1 MW/Rs
13.6 Crore 75% Functio
ning
Satisfa
ctoriliy
since
May 04
Functioning
Satisfactorily
since May 04
80% This project has also been set up as a
demonstration and development project. First of its
kind project based on indigenously developed
technology is functioning satisfactorily.
4 Chennai - do -- 0.15
MW/Rs
2.8 Crore
75% Functio
ning
Satisfa
ctorily
Functioning
Satisfactorily NA This his also set up as a demonstration and
development project. The first of its kind is
presently under commissioning with feed rate of
about 15 tpd. 5 Delhi MSW
incineration 3.5
MW/Rs4.9 Full Danish
Aid MNRE Closed down in
1987 The project could never be commissioned due to
non-availability of waste of required qualities and
74
Crore has been lying idle since 1987. With plans for
development of new Project at same site, the
project has been demolished. 7 Mumbai Experiment
alI RDF
pellet
production
NA NA DST Closed down NA Success of this project has led to the development
of Refuse Derive Fuel technology, which has been
used for full-scale MSW projects at Hyderabad and
Vijayawada 8 Hyderabad RDF
Combustio
n
6.6
MW/Rs 38
Crore
Rs. 28 Lakh Private Closed down 60% Some discrepancy about use of biomass and PLF
due to MSW was noticed. The these projects could
be better engineered 9 Vijaywada RDF
Combustio
n
6 MW/Rs
40 Crore NA Private Closed down 60%
10 Delhi RDF
combustion 16 MW Private
Constructed but operation
to start
75
2.6 Recommendations of CPHEEO/SWM Rule 2016 for waste Collection,
Transportation, Road sweeping and Drain cleaning
2.6.1 Storage, Segregation & Handling of waste • All the household shall be directed that they shall
(a) segregate and store the waste generated by them in three separate
streams namely bio-degradable, non bio- degradable and domestic
hazardous wastes in suitable bins and handover segregated wastes to
authorised waste pickers or waste collectors as per the direction or
notification by the local authorities from time to time;
(b) wrap securely the used sanitary waste like diapers, sanitary pads etc.,
in the pouches provided by the manufacturers or brand owners of these
products or in a suitable wrapping material as instructed by the local
authorities and shall place the same in the bin meant for dry waste or non-
bio-degradable waste;
(c) store separately construction and demolition waste, as and when
generated, in his own premises and shall dispose off as per the
Construction and Demolition Waste Management Rules, 2016; and
(d) store horticulture waste and garden waste generated from his premises
separately in his own premises and dispose of as per the directions of the
local body from time to time.
• No waste generator shall throw, burn or burry the solid waste generated by him,
on streets, open public spaces outside his premises or in the drain or water
bodies
• All waste generators shall pay such user fee for solid waste management, as
specified in the bye-laws of the local bodies.
• No person shall organise an event or gathering of more than one hundred
persons at any unlicensed place without intimating the local body, at least
three working days in advance and such person or the organiser of such event
shall ensure segregation of waste at source and handing over of
segregated waste to waste collector or agency as specified by the local body.
76
• Every street vendor shall keep suitable containers for storage of waste generated
during the course of his activity such as food waste, disposable plates, cups,
cans, wrappers, coconut shells, leftover food, vegetables, fruits, etc., and shall
deposit such waste at waste storage depot or container or vehicle as notified by
the local body.
• All resident welfare and market associations shall, within one year from the date
of notification of these rules and in partnership with the local body ensure
segregation of waste at source by the generators as prescribed in these rules,
facilitate collection of segregated waste in separate streams, handover
recyclable material to either the authorised waste pickers or the authorised
recyclers. The bio-degradable waste shall be processed, treated and
disposed off through composting or bio-methanation within the premises as far
as possible. The residual waste shall be given to the waste collectors or agency
as directed by the local body.
2.6.2 Collection & transportation of Waste
Solid Waste Management Rule 2016 requirements for Collection and
Transportation of waste
Clause 15: Duties and responsibilities of local authorities:
(b) arrange for door to door collection of segregated solid waste from all
households including slums and informal settlements, commercial, institutional and
other non-residential premises. From multi-storage buildings, large commercial
complexes, malls, housing complexes, etc., this may be collected from the entry
gate or any other designated location;
f) Prescribe from time to time user fee as deemed appropriate and collect the fee
from the waste generators on its own or through authorised agency;
(h) setup material recovery facilities or secondary storage facilities with sufficient
space for sorting of recyclable materials to enable informal or authorised waste
pickers and waste collectors to separate recyclables from the waste and provide
easy access to waste pickers and recyclers for collection of segregated recyclable
waste such as paper, plastic, metal, glass, textile from the source of generation or
77
from material recovery facilities; Bins for storage of bio-degradable wastes shall be
painted green, those for storage of recyclable wastes shall be printed white and
those for storage of other wastes shall be printed black;
(i) establish waste deposition centres for domestic hazardous waste and give
direction for waste generators to deposit domestic hazardous wastes at this centre
for its safe disposal. Such facility shall be established in a city or town in a manner
that one centre is set up for the area of twenty square kilometers or part thereof
and notify the timings of receiving domestic hazardous waste at such centres;
(j) Ensure safe storage and transportation of the domestic hazardous waste to the
hazardous waste disposal facility or as may be directed by the State Pollution
Control Board or the Pollution Control Committee;
(k) direct street sweepers not to burn tree leaves collected from street sweeping
and store them separately and handover to the waste collectors or agency
authorised by local body;
(m) collect waste from vegetable, fruit, flower, meat, poultry and fish market on day
to day basis and promote setting up of decentralized compost plant or
biomethanation plant at suitable locations in the markets or in the vicinity of
markets ensuring hygienic conditions;
(n) Collect separately waste from sweeping of streets, lanes and by-lanes daily, or
on alternate days or twice a week depending on the density of population,
commercial activity and local situation;
(o) set up covered secondary storage facility for temporary storage of street
sweepings and silt removed from surface drains in cases where direct collection of
such waste into transport vehicles is not convenient. Waste so collected shall be
collected and disposed of at regular intervals as decided by the local body;
(p) collect horticulture, parks and garden waste separately and process in the parks
and gardens, as far as possible;
(q) transport segregated bio-degradable waste to the processing facilities like
compost plant, biomethanation plant or any such facility. Preference shall be given
for on site processing of such waste; 78
(r) transport non-bio-degradable waste to the respective processing facility or
material recovery facilities or secondary storage facility;
(s) transport construction and demolition waste as per the provisions of the
Construction and Demolition Waste management Rules, 2016;
2.6.3 Processing of waste Requirements of SWM Rule 2016 for Waste processing
Clause 4 Duties of waste Generator • All gated communities and institutions with more than 5,000 sqm area shall,
within one year from the date of notification of these rules and in
partnership with the local body, ensure segregation of waste at source by
the generators as prescribed in these rules, facilitate collection of segregated
waste in separate streams, handover recyclable material to either the authorised
waste pickers or the authorizsd recyclers. The bio-degradable waste shall be
processed, treated and disposed off through composting or bio-methanation
within the premises as far as possible. The residual waste shall be given to the
waste collectors or agency as directed by the local body.
• All hotels and restaurants shall, within one year from the date of notification of
these rules and in partnership with the local body ensure segregation of waste
at source as prescribed in these rules, facilitate collection of segregated waste
in separate streams, handover recyclable material to either the authorised waste
pickers or the authorised recyclers. The bio-degradable waste shall be
processed, treated and disposed off through composting or bio-methanation
within the premises as far as possible. The residual waste shall be given to the
waste collectors or agency as directed by the local body.
2.6.4 Disposal of Waste Requirements of SWM Rule 2016 for Landfilling
Clause 15. Duties and responsibilities of local authorities
(zh) stop land filling or dumping of mixed waste soon after the timeline as
specified in rule 23 for setting up and operationalisation of sanitary landfill is over;
(zi) allow only the non-usable, non-recyclable, non-biodegradable, non-79
combustible and non-reactive inert waste and pre-processing rejects and residues
from waste processing facilities to go to sanitary landfill and the sanitary landfill sites
shall meet the specifications as given in Schedule–I, however, every effort shall be
made to recycle or reuse the rejects to achieve the desired objective of zero waste
going to landfill;
(zj) investigate and analyse all old open dumpsites and existing operational
dumpsites for their potential of bio- mining and bio-remediation and where so ever
feasible, take necessary actions to bio-mine or bio-remediate the sites;
(zk) in absence of the potential of bio-mining and bio-remediation of dumpsite, it
shall be scientifically capped as per landfill capping norms to prevent further damage
to the environment.
2.7 Plans for renovation, up gradation, augmentation, etc. of the existing SWM system
Plan for renovation, up gradation, augmentation, of the existing SWM system is provided in Table 2.9
Table 2.9: RENOVATION, UP GRADATION, AUGMENTATION, ETC. OF THE EXISTING SWM FACILITIES
Segregation of waste & Storage at Source Existing Facility Proposed Up Gradation, augmentation plan The system does not exists in Deoghar
An entirely new initiative to implement source segregation and containerized storage of waste is proposed. Tools proposed are:
• Supply of a pair of 10 liter bins to each Household
• Awareness program and IEC activity to educate people for source segregation
Primary collection of Waste Existing Facility Proposed Up Gradation, augmentation plan The system does not exists in Deoghar
An entirely new initiative to implement Door to Door collection of waste is proposed. Tools proposed are:
• Deployment of Auto Tippers, E-rickshaw and Handcart for collection of waste
80
• Introduction of User charges for Door to door collection
• Work to be done PPP mode Secondary Collection of Waste Existing system for secondary collection of waste is community Bins and Dumper Placer. System is grossly inadequate as only one Dumper placer is working for lifting of 144 Bins. 80% metallic bins are damaged and filled with waste and silt which is not lifted from unknown period
• Pair of 2X2.25 cum new bins are proposed
• Tractor towable bin Lifters are proposed to utilize the existing good condition tractors which otherwise would have been use less because of introduction of Auto tipper and refuse Compactor combination for primary collection and Transportation of waste
Transportation of Waste Existing system for Transportation of waste is open Tractor and Trolly assembly Tractor-Trolly collects waste from road side open sites. Loading of waste is done manually from open sites Although percentage of waste transported to total waste generated is nearly 80% but it is not in confirmity to SWM rule requirements related to covered transportation of waste, avoidance of multiple handling of waste
• System of Transportation of waste through tractor-Trolly assembly is replaced with combination of Auto tipper, E-Rickshaw and refuses Compactor combination for primary collection and Transportation of waste.
• System provide greater synchronization between primary collection and transportation of waste
Road sweeping The system of Manual sweeping of roads exists in deogahr. Brooms provided are short handled that poses discomfort to sweeper and less efficiency in operation Total roads covered under daily sweeping are less than 15 %
• Mechanical Sweeping of Major roads measuring 65 Kms are proposed
• Medium to minor roads is proposed to be cleaned with frequency as given below
• 183.76Kms of Fully Hebetated Roads to be cleaned daily
• 102.84 Kms of Roads to be cleaned once in three days
• 138.28Kms of Roads in suburban area to be cleaned once in Seven days. Cleaning yard stick 1000 m Road
81
Length per labour Processing of waste The system does not exists in Deoghar
• A Centralized waste processing plant with combination of composting, RDF technology and Recyclable recovery is proposed for optimum utilization of waste
Disposal of waste The system does not exists in Deoghar
• Four Cells of sanitary Engineered Landfill is proposed to receive post processing rejects and inerts of street sweeping
2.8 Availability of land for SWM facilities and their suitability as per screening
criteria specified in MSW rules.
The Deoghar Nagar Nigam has now Proposed to set up a waste processing and
landfill site in Northern side of city in Pachiyari Kothiya Village, Plot No: 723,
723/752, 701, 702, 720 , Rakba: 23.56 Acre, Thana number 242, Khata No 58
District-Deoghar. This site is in possession of the Nagar Nigam.
Table: 2.10 Criteria for landfill site selection
Sr. No.
Criteria Screening criteria for land suitability ( MSW Rule 2016)
Compliance of proposed land to screening criteria
1 Lake/Pond 200 m away from the Lake/Pond
comply
2 River/streams 100 m away from the river/stream
comply
3. Flood plain No land fill within a 100 year flood plain
comply
4 Highway Away from 200 m NHAI/State comply
5 Public parks 200 m away from public parks comply
6 Wet lands No landfill within wet lands. comply
82
Sr. No.
Criteria Screening criteria for land suitability ( MSW Rule 2016)
Compliance of proposed land to screening criteria
7 Habitation 200 m away from the notified habitation area
comply
8 Ground water table
Ground water table not less than 2m.
comply
9 Critical habitat area
No landfill within the Critical habitat area.
comply
10 Air ports No landfill within 10 km comply
11 Water supply schemes/ wells.
Minimum 200 meters away comply
12 Coastal regulatory zone
Should not be sited comply
13 Unstable zone No landfill comply
83
CHAPTER-3: DESIGN DETAILS
3.1 Design Details of Storage, Collection & Transportation System
The design of proposed Collection & transportation system is divided into two parts and that is
1. Process design of Storage, Collection & Transportation System
2. Detailed Design Calculations
3.1.1 Process Design of Storage, Collection & transportation System
Collection transportation system proposed for Deoghar is basically on the concept of
bin less city as defined in Article 2.3.8.1 of CPHEEO manual. However it is also
kept in mind that 100% people’s participation for door-to-door collection cannot be
ensured right from beginning of project and it is assumed that almost 55% person
will be able to adopt the system of storage at source and handing over the waste to
authorized waste collector. An Intermediate storage Facility (Bins) is proposed to
cater the capacity equivalent to 45% of balance waste and silts.
Process design of each component of collection and transportation system is
described in subsequent paragraphs
3.1.1.1 Storage of waste
It is desirable that no waste should be allowed to be thrown on the streets, footpaths,
open spaces, drains or water bodies, nallas, etc.
Waste should be stored at source of waste generation in three bins/ bags, one for
food waste/ bio-degradable waste and another for recyclable waste such as papers,
plastic, metal, glass, rags etc and a bin/bag for domestic hazardous waste.
Domestic Hazardous Waste such as used batteries, containers for chemicals
plastics pesticides, discarded medicines and other toxic or hazardous household
waste, if and when produced, should be kept separately from the above two streams
of waste and will be transported on call basis.
85
Large hotels/ restaurants/ commercial complexes, residential societies, vegetable
markets etc., shall within one year from the date of notification of SWM Rule,2016
rules and in partnership with the local body ensure segregation of waste at source
as prescribed in these rules, facilitate collection of segregated waste in separate
streams, handover recyclable material to either the authorised waste pickers or the
authorised recyclers. The bio-degradable waste shall be processed, treated and
disposed off through composting or biomethanation within the premises as far as
possible. The residual waste shall be given to the waste collectors or agency as
directed by the local body.
Following measures are proposed to be taken by the local body to meet the above criteria.
• Each Household shall have two plastic containers (green and white) of 10 liter
capacity for biodegradable and recyclable waste and another bin/sack for domestic
hazardous waste.
• One time supply of 2 number 10 liter capacity bins to each household shall be
ascertained through this project to promote source storage of waste. A pair of Green
and White bins of 10 liter capacity to 44701 household (Projected 2017) shall be
provided.
• Residents/Societies shall arrange bin/sac for storage of Domestic Hazardous waste
at their own as such type of waste are not produced frequently. It is proposed to
establish four (4) waste collection centers for domestic hazardous waste at proposed
waste transfer points identified for Deoghar. The locations of these points are
provided in Figure 3.1. Such waste can be deposited by residents themselves at
these centers or can be picked by PPP operator on chargeable basis. PPP operator
shall transfer these waste to nearest Hazardous waste disposal facility. One of the
major limitations of this project is it proposes a system for Municipal solid waste only
and it does not deal with Hazardous waste. No Hazardous waste Management
facility is available near to Deoghar and hence the disposal of domestic hazardous
waste is kept open ended and municipal authority and district administration need to
devise an appropriate system to deal with such waste.
86
• On Main Roads and the roads going through market area/shopping complexes, road
side litter twin bin litter bins of 80 liter capacity with stand will be provided at a
regular interval of 250 m shall be provided. It is estimated that 260 numbers of such
bins will be required for Deoghar. At present Deoghar have 150 number of such bins
and hence balance need to be provided through this project. Required number of
such bins are calculated in Article 3.1.2.2.
• Shops/ offices/ institutions/ workshops/ hotels/ restaurants/ meat shops/ fish shops
etc. shall be directed to store their waste on-site in sturdy containers of about 20 to
100 liters capacity.
• Person/Event Manager/ Marriage hall owners shall intimate ULB/PPP operator in 3
days advance of any function organized by them and shall store their waste in
separate containers each for bio-degardable and recyclable waste. Around 150
small and big marriage places/ halls has been identified in Deoghar and these sites
often gives filty apperence for many day even after end of marriage/ functions.
• Large hotels/ restaurants/ commercial complexes, residential societies, vegetable
markets etc., shall be directed to have 3 separate containers for separate storage of
Bio-degradable, Recyclable and Hazardous waste and shall be directed to use bin
composting/small Bio-gas unit/ Bio-digesters for bio degradable waste in their own
compound or a shared compound.
Fourteen (14) residential Multistory complex and Twenty (20) Market complexes has
been identified during city survey in Deoghar which is increasing very fast. List of
such societies/Complexes are provided in Annexure 5, Volume 2 of this DPR.
Waste generation in these societies ranges from 20 Kg to 100 Kg and hence these
society shall be directed to a pair of Green and White bins of capacity ranging from
60 Liters to 240 Liters. An another bin shall be provided for storage of hazardous
waste.
87
3.1.1.2 Segregation of Recyclable/ Non-Biodegradable Waste:
Although Clause 4 Duties of Waste Generators of SWM Rules, 2016 holds waste
generators responsible for source segregation but it can be ensured only by increasing
people’s participation through Awareness Campaigns.
It is recommended that the ULB and PPP operator shall conduct awareness campaign
in all wards of the city utilizing the ward committees, local NGOs and resident welfare
association. A preliminary design of awareness program, events and its schedule is
provided in Chapter 8.3 of Volume 1 of this DPR. Simple literature shall be developed
for bringing in the awareness, which may be publicized through media using cable
network, and group meetings in different areas through NGOs. The sanitation
supervisors and ward parshad may also create awareness during their field visits. More
focused program on awareness like “Green School program: A strategy to reach
parents via school children”, “Awareness program through community leaders” and One
to One communication program shall be devised by campaign Manager.
As soon as the awareness campaign picks up, the local body may direct households,
shops and establishments not to mix recyclable waste with domestic food/bio-
degradable waste and instead store recyclable/non-bio degradable wastes in a separate
bin or bag at the source of waste generation.
Further, following measures shall be taken by the local body towards segregation of recyclable waste:
• The local body or PPP operator appointed by local body shall, mobilize NGOs or
create a separate wing to take up the work of organizing street rag-pickers and use
them for door to door waste collection, by motivating them to stop picking up soiled
and contaminated solid waste from streets, bins or disposal site and instead improve
their productivity by collecting clean recyclable material by collecting segregated
waste material from the households.
88
• The upgraded rag pickers on becoming doorstep waste-collectors shall be included
in workforce of PPP operator and shall be provided with an identity card so that they
may have acceptability in society.
3.1.1.3 Primary collection & Transportation of waste
The local body shall arrange for primary collection of putrescible organic/food/bio-
degradable waste and Recyclable from the doorstep of waste generator such as
Household, shops, offices, institutes, market, hotel and restaurants on a daily basis and
charge user fee for such services.
Domestic hazardous waste is produced occasionally and so such waste need not be
collected from the doorstep. ULB shall open Domestic Hazardous waste collection
center and people should be advised or directed to deposit such waste at these centers
for disposal of such wastes.
The following arrangements are proposed to be adopted by the local body:
Entire city of Deoghar is divided into 5 zones. Detail of these zones related to area,
population, wards covered and waste generation by each zone are presented below
Zone1: Area: 26.06 Sq KM
Population: 82812
Wards: 1,2,3,4,5,6,8,9,10,11,33,34
Domestic Waste Generation: 16.47 MT/Day
Waste Generation from other sources: 8.13 MT/Day
89
Proposed zonal map of city is presented in figure 3.1.
Zone 2: Area: 8.66 Sq KM
Population: 33482
Wards: 7,14,15,16,17
Domestic Waste Generation: 6.66 MT/Day
Waste Generation from other sources: 2.46 MT/Day
Zone 3: Area: 2.12 Sq KM
Population: 40885
Wards: 12,13,19,20,21,32
Domestic Waste Generation: 8.13 MT/Day
Waste Generation from other sources: 17.8 MT/Day
Zone 4: Area: 7.77 Sq KM
Population: 42234
Wards: 18,22,23,24,25,26
Domestic Waste Generation: 8.4 MT/Day
Waste Generation from other sources: 5.74 MT/Day
Zone 5: Area: 9.75 Sq KM
Population: 47535
Wards: 27,28,29,30,31,35,36
Domestic Waste Generation: 9.46 MT/Day
Waste Generation from other sources: 4.23 MT/Day
90
Fig. 3.1 Zonal map and Transfer point Location
Over all pan for Primary and Secondary waste collection is as under
For primary collection of waste two types of vehicles are proposed.
For Door to Door collection from highly congested lanes/roads having width even
less than 7 feet, Battery operated E-Richshaw of 800 liter capacity with hydraulic
tipping arrangement shall be provided. It is observed that about 5 % area has to
covered with E-Rickshaw and total requirement of such E-Rickshaw for Deoghar is
estimated as 12.
91
For Door to Door collection from roads having width above 10 feet three wheeler
auto tipper of 1000 liter capacity with hydraulic tipping arrangement shall be
provided. It is observed that about 95 % area has to covered with three wheeler auto
tipper and total requirement of such Auto tipper for Deoghar is estimated as 107.
Battery operated Rickshaw Three wheeler Auto Tipper
Some of Lanes in ward number 20, 21 near to Baba Baidyanath Temple are even so
narrow to use E-Rickshaw. Length of the these lanes ranges from 15 meters to 40
meters and generally ends at dead end. It is proposed to use handcarts with two to
four number of detachable bins to collect waste from these lanes. These handcarts
shall be mounted on Auto tipper designated for these area. These auto tipper shal
stand on main roads at the intiation of these lanes and labour shall collect the waste
from these lanes by hand carts and transfer the waste into Auto tipper and move
ahead.
92
For Secondary collection of waste from 2.25 cum bins, Tractor towable bin lifters are
proposed and they will directly transport the waste processing and landfill site. Total
requirement of such Bins and Bin Lifters for Deoghar is estimated as 132 and 12
respectively.
Number of vehicles required for Door to Door Collection and secondary collection of
waste from each zone is calculated in Table No 3.5. On the basis of waste carrying
capacity of vehicles, each vehicle has been assigned with a fixed area for door to
door collection of waste that is Vehicle Traverse Area (VTA). Route plan and Route
length from each ward to Transfer point/WPLFS is shown in Drawing No 4. Route
plan and trip length of each vehicle is given in Table 3.6.
Modus Operandi: Each three wheeler auto tipper and E-Rickshaw will collect the
waste from door step and will transfer the waste to Transfer point or to waste
processing and landfill site as per schedule given below:
Table 3.1: Zonal Plan for collection & transportation
Zones Primary Collection
Transfer of waste Transportation of waste
Zone 1 Door to Door
Collection by
Three Wheel
Auto Tipper
Waste to be transferred
from primary collection
vehicle to Refuse
Compactor at Transfer
Point 1 (TP1) Located
Near Dadhwa River
Refuse compactor to
transport the waste
from TP 1 to Waste
Processing and Landfill
site Located at
Pachiyari Kothiya
Zone 2 Door to Door
Collection by
Three Wheel
Auto Tipper
Waste to be transported by LCV’s directly to
Waste Processing and Landfill site Located at
Pachiyari Kothiya
Zone 3 Door to Door
Collection by
Three Wheel
Auto Tipper
Waste to be transferred
from primary collection
vehicle to Refuse
Compactor at Transfer
Refuse compactor to
transport the waste
from TP2 to Waste
Processing and Landfill
93
Zones Primary Collection
Transfer of waste Transportation of waste
Point 2 (TP2) Located
at Parking Ground near
Mansarovar
site Located at
Pachiyari Kothiya
Zone 4 Door to Door
Collection by
Three Wheel
Auto Tipper
Waste to be transferred
from primary collection
vehicle to Refuse
Compactor at Transfer
Point 3 (TP3) Located
Near Rikhiya Mod
Refuse compactor to
transport the waste
from TP3 to Waste
Processing and Landfill
site Located at
Pachiyari Kothiya
Zone 5 Door to Door
Collection by
Three Wheel
Auto Tipper
Waste to be transferred
from primary collection
vehicle to Refuse
Compactor at Transfer
Point 4 (TP4) Located
old quarters at Hathi
Pahar
Refuse compactor to
transport the waste
from TP4 to Waste
Processing and Landfill
site Located at
Pachiyari Kothiya
Each three wheeler auto tipper and E-Rickshaw will have two sweepers and the
sweeper shall move along with auto tippers/E-Rickshaw to collect the waste from
houses and put it into auto tipper. Each Vehicle and associated sweepers shall be
given a fixed number of houses/commercial units (Average 150 Numbers) on that
particular beat from where to collect the domestic waste.
PPP operator shall ensure to provide Gloves and Dress to waste collectors.
Each vehicle is proposed to make three trips for Door to Door collection of waste.
Trip details of each vehicle is provided in Table 3.6.
Timing of entire operation can be summarized as under
Street Sweeping : 4.00 Am to 12.00 PM
Door to Door collection from houses : 6.00 Am to 11.00 AM
94
Collection of non domestic waste and Litter bins : 11:00 AM to 2:00 PM
Collection of waste from 2.25 Cum community bins : 6:00 AM to 2:00 PM
• The local body shall collect waste from slums either from house-to-house collection
or through central bins (of about 100 liters capacity) provided @ 2 bin (blue and
green) per 10 households. Residents should bring their biodegradable wastes from
their houses to bins.
3.1.1.4 Sweeping of Streets and Public Spaces: Daily sweeping of public streets is essential where there is habitation close by. Isolated
pockets or roads with little or no habitation around can be cleaned periodically. Roads
can be cleaned daily / once in three day / once in seven days as per their location and
importance. Road cleaning frequency of each road is provided in Annexure 7 in
Volume 2 of this DPR. However, an revised schedule of streets cleaning may be
prepared on the basis of community demand, assigning clearly demarcated area to
each sweeper at project implementation stage.
It is proposed to use Mechanical Sweeping machine on Major Raods and Manual
sweeping on minor roads. Approximately 65.38 Kms of Road with road width more then
5.5 meters will be cleaned daily by Mechanical Sweeping Machine and balance 410.59
Kms of medium to minor roads shall be cleaned with different cleaning frequency as
defined in below paragraph.
183.76Kms of Main Roads to be cleaned daily. Cleaning yard stick 1000 m Road
Length per labour
102.84 Kms of Roads to be cleaned once in three days. Cleaning yard stick 1000 m
Road Length per labour
138.28Kms of Roads in suburban area to be cleaned once in Seven days. Cleaning
yard stick 1000 m Road Length per labour
95
It is proposed to use one number of Vaccum sweeper with two side brooms to clean the
main roads. 4 labours will be required along with mechanical sweeping machine
whereas total labours/sweepers required for manual sweeping of roads is 278.
Street sweepings should be transferred to nearby skip bins by wheel barrow. Labour
and supervisory staff required for Door to door Collection, Road Sweeping and Drain
cleaning given in Table 3.8
Other recommendations for street sweeping are as under:
• Each sweeper engaged in street sweeping should be given a metal tray, a metal
plate, a long handled brooms and protective gears etc.
• Burning of any type of waste including the tree leaves by sweepers or by the public
shall be banned.
Long Handled broom for street sweeping
96
3.1.1.5 Temporary Waste Storage Depots Although proposed system is based on 100% Door to Door Collection, but it is assumed
that only 55% presidents will store the waste at source and handover the waste to
authorized waste collector in initial years of operation. It is expected that balance 45%
will still through waste on roads/ Road side open sites/ vacant plots.
Bulk storage bins of 2X2.25 cum is proposed
for storage of such waste as well as to store silt
collected during road sweeping and drain
cleaning operation. Required quantities of such
bins are 54. Additional 54 bins are required to
store additional waste generated during one
month of Savan Mela. Detailed calculations are
provided in Table 3.5 and 3.6.
Community bins (Twin bin) of 80 liter capacity with stand are proposed on main roads
and market area at an interval of 250 m.
Whereas it proposed to put the pair of 80 liter bins on main roads and market area the
pair of 2.25 cum bins shall be put in residential areas of city.
97
Fig. 3.2 Community Bin
3.1.1.6 Transfer and Transportation of Waste
Proposed waste processing and landfill site for Deoghar is located towards north of city
and wards falling in Zone 2 are nearest to the proposed site. Since the distance of
secondary transportation for these wards are very less, It is proposed that the primary
collection vehicles will only transfer the waste directly from collection area to waste
processing site.
Average lead distance of other 4 zones to WPLFS ranges between 10 Kms to 20 Kms
and hence provision of one transfer point for each of these four zones is proposed. The
system of vehicle to vehicle transfer of waste from primary collection vehicle to
Transportation vehicle is proposed for Deoghar. Location of transfer points is mentioned
in Table 3.1.
The type of vehicle selected for transportation of waste from transfer point to WPLFS is
7 Cum Refuse Compactor. Route and trip length of these RC’s are provided in Table
3.6 and Figure 3.3.
98
Fig. 3.3: Route Map from Transfer point to WPLFS
The Lifting of 2.25 cum bins shall be done by deploying Tractor towable Dumper Placer
vehicles. Such type of vehicles are proposed to utilize already available Tractors with
ULB.
99
Tractor Towable Bin Lifter
The transportation of Construction & Demolition waste (C&D) waste shall be done be on
demand and chargeable basis by same Tractors/ auto tippers in overtime mode.
100
3.1.1.7 COMMAND CONTROL & RESPONSE MECHANISM
Location It is proposed to locate a complaint handling cell at the ULB office. As majority of the
people are likely to lodge complaint telephonically, at this stage, it is felt that there is
no need for a new premises for complaint handling cell.
The postal address, e-mail address & contact numbers (landline / mobile / fax
numbers) shall be advertised on all municipal vehicles plying in the city. This would
enable people to register their complaint in-person / in-writing / or telephonically.
Minimum Technical Specifications
The approximate area of the complaint handling cell shall be about 100 -200 sq ft.,
where one customer care executive can sit with 4-5 customers at a given point of time.
It is believed that, municipal authority shall be proactive in addressing to people’s
problems and for this, this control room will be manned as per public requirement
(from 0900 hours to 1700 hours) for six days a week.
Equipment / Facilities at Customer Handling Cells
The equipment / facilities to be provided at each Customer Handling Cell are proposed
as follows:
Table- 3.2: List of Equipment at Customer Handling Cells
S. No. Equipment / Implement Number
1. Computer with in-built modem & fax software 1
2. Printer 1
3. Telephone (land line) 1
4. Wireless/ Mobile phone 1
5. Complaint log book 1
101
S. No. Equipment / Implement Number
6. Table 1
7. Chairs 4-5
8. Office Stationery One month stock
The staffing pattern to be provided at each Customer Handling Cell is as follows:
Table: 3.3 Staffing Pattern at Customer Handling Cells
S. No. Staffing Aspect Details
1. Total Number 1 –2 Operating staff
2. Type of staff • 1 Customer support executive, supervised by all
department heads
• Graduate with good communication skills and
with prior experience in customer services; With
working knowledge of computers
Complaint Resolution Mechanism
The proposed Complaint Resolution mechanism is as follows:
• Every complaint (whether written / telephonically) will be given a reference
number and will be communicated to the complainant.
• Each complaint will then be directed to the pertinent department head. All
department heads will make effort.
• To resolve all complaints within 24 hours of registration.
• Complaints when resolved, the message will be sent to the complaint cell
executive with a copy to the complainant.
• All complaints and their status will be available in the computerized database,
which could be accessed by all department heads at their office. All records of
102
complaints in the database will be maintained for a period as desired by
municipal authority. Each record in the database will carry the complaint number,
description, time of complaint registration and time of complaint redressal,
pertinent official (who resolved the complaint).
Control Room
Municipal
Office
Citizens
Complaint Redressal System Flowchart
103
3.1.2 Detailed Design Calculation
3.1.2.1 Capacity analysis of proposed system
Table 3.4: Capacity of Proposed C&T System
i Waste Generation in Design Year (2017) 87.46 MT
ii Efficiency of Door to Door collection in Ist Year 55%
A Design capacity of DTDC = 100% of waste generation in 2017 87.46 MT
iii Balance capacity for Road side collection 39.36 MT
iv Silt of street sweeping 7.36 MT
B Design Capacity of Road side Bulk storage and transportation system= (iii+iv) 46.72 MT
v Additional Waste Generation during Shrawan Mela on Normal Days (Normal inflow of devotes =125000 and waste generation per person=250 gm)
31.25 MT
vi Additional Waste Generation during Shrawan Mela on Peak Days i.e. Saturday & Sunday (Inflow of devotes =250000 and waste generation per person=250 gm)
62.5 MT
C Additional Capacity Required for Bulk storage & Transportation during Mela Periods = (v+vi)/2 46.875 MT
Note: DTDC efficiency is assumed to increase @ 10 % per year subject to maximum of 95%
3.1.2.2 Calculation of Vehicle required Table 3.5: Calculation of Vehicle & Tool Required
Design parameters
Base year 2017
Design Period 20 years
Projected population 2017 246948 Projected population 2027 337411 Projected population 2037 462849
104
A Year of Operation → Phase-I (2017-
2027) Phase-II (2027 -
2037) 2017 2022 2027 2032
B Total Population of City 246948 292180 337411 400130 Zone 1Population 82812 97980 113148 134180 Zone 2 Population 33482 39615 45747 54251 Zone 3 Population 40885 48374 55862 66246 Zone 4 Population 42234 49970 57705 68432 Zone 5 Population 47535 56242 64948 77021 C Average Per Capita waste generation from
household (gm) 198.912 211.676 224.439 237.203
D Waste generation from household (MT) C=(A)XB/1000/1000 49.12 61.85 75.73 94.91
Zone 1Waste Generation 16.47 20.74 25.39 31.83 Zone 2 Waste Generation 6.66 8.39 10.27 12.87 Zone 3 Waste Generation 8.13 10.24 12.54 15.71 Zone 4 Waste Generation 8.40 10.58 12.95 16.23 Zone 5 Waste Generation 9.46 11.90 14.58 18.27 Total Waste Generation 49.1 61.85 75.7 94.9 E Volume of Domestic waste (V) (Cmt/
day) = Total waste generated (Mt/day) / density. Average density of Household waste = 0.31 Mt/Cmt E=D/0.31
158.45 199.51 244.28 306.17
Zone 1Waste Generation 53.14 66.90 81.92 102.67 Zone 2 Waste Generation 21.48 27.05 33.12 41.51 Zone 3 Waste Generation 26.23 33.03 40.44 50.69 Zone 4 Waste Generation 27.10 34.12 41.78 52.36 Zone 5 Waste Generation 30.50 38.40 47.02 58.93 Total Volume of waste 158.5 199.51 244.3 306.2 F Gross per capita waste generation (gm) 354.236 376.966 399.695 422.425 G Non Domestic Waste generated (Mt/ day)
= Design population x waste generated, gm/capita/day G=(A)XF/1000/1000
38.36 48.29 59.13 74.11
Zone 1Waste Generation 8.13 10.23 12.53 15.71 Zone 2 Waste Generation 2.46 3.10 3.79 4.75
105
Zone 3 Waste Generation 17.80 22.40 27.43 34.38 Zone 4 Waste Generation 5.74 7.22 8.84 11.08 Zone 5 Waste Generation 4.23 5.33 6.52 8.17 Total Weight of waste 38.35 48.28 59.12 74.09 H Volume of non domestic waste (V) (Cmt/
day) = Total waste generated (Mt/day) / density (Mt/ Cmt)
153.44 193.16 236.52 296.44
{density of Non house hold MSW may be taken as 0.25 Mt/Cmt}
Zone 1Waste Generation 32.52 40.94 50.12 62.82 Zone 2 Waste Generation 9.84 12.38 15.16 19.01 Zone 3 Waste Generation 71.18 89.61 109.72 137.52 Zone 4 Waste Generation 22.95 28.89 35.37 44.33 Zone 5 Waste Generation 16.92 21.30 26.09 32.69 Total Volume of waste 153.41 193.12 236.47 296.37 I Supply of twin bin for each household
44701 Nos (projected 2017) 10 ltrs: one time supply
89402 Nil Nil Nil
J Twin Litter Bins 80 liter with stand on main commercial/market roads @ 250 m C/C (Main Road and Market=65 km)
260 260 260 260
K Calculation for 800 litres capacity and 700 liters filled up capacity E Rickshaw with Hydraulic tipping:
Nos. of E Rickshaw = [{House hold waste (E) X 1000 litre/ 800 litre]
Zone 3, Ward 19,20: (One trips of Domestic waste at 100% capacity and Two trip of Non-domestic waste)
11 13 15 18
Additional requirement of E Rickshaw considering breakdown at the rate of 10% 1.1 1.3 1.5 1.8
Total Vehicle required 12 14 17 20 L Calculation for 1000 litres gross
capacity three/Four wheelar auto tipper with Hydraulic tipping
Nos. of Auto Tipper = [{House hold waste (E) X 1000 litre/ 1000 litre]
106
Zone 1 (Two trips of Domestic waste at 100% capacity and one trip of Non-domestic waste
29 37 45 56
Zone 2 (Two trips of Domestic waste at 100% capacity and one trip of Non-domestic waste)
10 13 16 20
Zone 3 (One trips of Domestic waste at 100% capacity and Two trip of Non-domestic waste) 23 29 35 44
Zone 4 (One trips of Domestic waste at 100% capacity and Two trip of Non-domestic waste)
19 24 29 36
Zone 5 (Two trips of Domestic waste at 80% capacity and one trip of Non-domestic waste
16 20 24 30
Total Vehicle required 97 123 149 186 Additional requirement of Auto Tipper
considering breakdown at the rate of 10% 10 12 15 19
Total Vehicle required 107 135 164 205
M 7 CUM Truck mounted Compactor Zone 1 waste Generation 24.602 31 37.98 47.64
compated volume in compactor considering compacted density as 0.55 MT/Cum
44.73 56.36 69.05 86.62
Number of 7 cum Compactors required considering 3 Trips per day 2.13 3.13 3.84 4.81
Additional requirement of Compactor considering breakdown at the rate of 10% 0.213 0.313 0.384 0.481
Total Compactors Required for Zone 1 3 4 5 6 Zone 3 waste Generation 25.928 32.67 40.03 50.2
compated volume in compactor considering compacted density as 0.55 MT/Cum
47.14 59.4 72.78 91.27
Number of 7 cum Compactors required considering 3 Trips per day 2.24 3.3 4.04 5.07
Additional requirement of Compactor considering breakdown at the rate of 10% 0.224 0.33 0.404 0.507
Total Compactors Required for Zone 3 3 4 5 6
107
Zone 4 waste Generation 14.137 17.81 21.83 27.37
compated volume in compactor considering compacted density as 0.55 MT/Cum
25.7 32.38 39.69 49.76
Number of 7 cum Compactors required considering 3 Trips per day 1.22 1.8 2.21 2.76
Additional requirement of Compactor considering breakdown at the rate of 10% 0.122 0.18 0.221 0.276
Total Compactors Required for Zone 4 2 2 3 4 Zone 5 waste Generation 13.686 17.25 21.13 26.5
compated volume in compactor considering compacted density as 0.55 MT/Cum
24.88 31.36 38.42 48.18
Number of 7 cum Compactors required considering 3 Trips per day 1.18 1.74 2.13 2.68
Additional requirement of Compactor considering breakdown at the rate of 10% 0.118 0.174 0.213 0.268
Total Compactors Required for Zone 5 2 2 3 3 Total Compactors Required for Zone 1,2,3
&4 10 12 16 19
N Tractor Towable Container & Bin Lifter for Road side Bulk storage
Waste to be stored in road side containes (MT) 46.72
Volume of Stored waste considering density as 0.31 MT/Com 150.70
2.25 Cum containers for MSW storage at 80% filled capacity 54
Additional 2.25 cum bin as replacement over dumper placer 12
Total Bins required 66
Number of Tractor Towable Bin Lifter considering 5 Trips per day 5.4
Additional requirement of Bin Lifter considering breakdown at the rate of 10% 0.54
Total Vehicle required 6
108
N Tractor Towable Containers & Bin Lifter required during Mela Period
Maximum Additional Waste Generation during Shrawan Mela 46.88
Volume of Stored waste considering density as 0.31 MT/Com 151.21
2.25 Cum containers for MSW storage at 80% filled capacity 54
Additional 2.25 cum bin as replacement over dumper placer 12
Total Bins required 66
Number of Tractor Towable Bin Lifter considering 5 Trips per day 5.4
Additional requirement of Bin Lifterconsidering breakdown at the rate of 10%
0.54
Total Vehicle required 6 O Street Sweeping & Drain cleaning Mechanised Road sweeping Machine 1 1 1 1 Wheelbarrow drain desilting 34 34 34 34
Sweeping tools (Metal tray and metal plate, Long handled brooms, shovels and protective gears)
278 278 278 278
109
3.1.2.3 Vehicle & Trip Length Calculation 3.1.2.3.1 Trip Length for Primary Collection Vehicle Table 3.6: Trip Length of Primary collection Vehicles
Ward Total MSW Generation
(2017)
Household waste (2017)
Commercial waste (2017) Escalation @ 3.04792*1.3% Vehicle
No
Ward inner Rd Length
VTA to TP/LFS
Total Trip length (Kms)
Weight (MT)
Volume (cum)
Weight (MT)
Volume (cum) Ist Trip IInd Trip iiird trip ivth Trip
Total
Primary Collection & Transportation
Zone 1 Ward 1 3.133 1.326 4.277 1.807 7.229 TW1 7640.61 4099.7 15.8 15.80 10.5 42.10
TW2 15.8 15.80 10.5 42.10 TW3 10.5 10.5 10.5 31.50
TW12 From Ward 5 10.5 10.50
TW13 From Ward 6 10.5 10.50
Ward 2 2.467 1.305 4.211 1.162 4.646 TW4 21853.08 6784.5 24.5 24.5 24.5 73.50
TW5 24.5 24.5 24.5 73.50
TW14 From Ward 6 24.5 24.50
TW15 From Ward 6 24.5 24.50
Ward 3 1.866 1.376 4.439 0.490 1.959 TW6 7314.36 4705.9 13.1 13.1 13.1 39.30
TW7 13.1 13.1 13.1 39.30
110
Ward Total MSW Generation
(2017)
Household waste (2017)
Commercial waste (2017) Escalation @ 3.04792*1.3% Vehicle
No
Ward inner Rd Length
VTA to TP/LFS
Total Trip length (Kms)
Weight (MT)
Volume (cum)
Weight (MT)
Volume (cum) Ist Trip IInd Trip iiird trip ivth Trip
Total
Primary Collection & Transportation
Ward 4 1.715 1.352 4.361 0.363 1.453 TW8 11748.58 3000.1 11.9 11.9 11.9 35.70
TW9 11.9 11.9 11.9 35.70
Ward 5 2.048 1.413 4.559 0.634 2.537 TW10 19991.10 3342.7 14.7 14.7 13.3 42.70
TW11 14.7 14.7 13.3 42.70
TW12 14.7 14.7 To ward 1 29.40
Ward 6 1.535 1.415 4.565 0.120 0.479 TW13 11176.36 3752.8 12 12 To ward
1 24.00
TW14 12 12 To ward 1 24.00
TW15 12 12 To ward 1 24.00
Ward 8 2.351 1.353 4.363 0.998 3.994 TW16 10497.45 1065.2 7.4 7.4 4.8 19.60
TW17 7.4 7.4 4.8 19.60 TW18 7.4 4.8 4.8 17.00
Ward 9 2.163 1.393 4.492 0.771 3.083 TW19 15579.53 2926.1 13.6 13.6 11 38.20
111
Ward Total MSW Generation
(2017)
Household waste (2017)
Commercial waste (2017) Escalation @ 3.04792*1.3% Vehicle
No
Ward inner Rd Length
VTA to TP/LFS
Total Trip length (Kms)
Weight (MT)
Volume (cum)
Weight (MT)
Volume (cum) Ist Trip IInd Trip iiird trip ivth Trip
Total
Primary Collection & Transportation
TW20 13.6 13.6 11 38.20 TW27 11 11.00
Ward 10 2.008 1.381 4.455 0.626 2.506 TW21 13583.95 3267.1 13.3 13.3 11.1 37.70
TW22 13.3 13.3 11.1 37.70
Ward 11 1.681 1.375 4.436 0.306 1.225 TW23 8854.85 1832.8 8.1 8.1 8.1 24.30
TW24 8.1 8.1 8.1 24.30
Ward 33 2.135 1.382 4.459 0.752 3.010 TW25 10579.61 4572.8 14.4 14.4 6.6 35.40
TW26 14.4 14.4 6.6 35.40 TW28 6.6 6.60
Ward 34 1.500 1.401 4.520 0.099 0.396 TW27 12605.16 5276.3 15.6 15.6 To ward
9 31.20
TW28 15.6 15.6 To ward 33 31.20
TW29 15.6 15.6 31.20 Total Zone
1 24.60 16.47 53.14 8.13 32.52 151424.65
44625.91 389.00 386.40 332.70 1108.10
112
Ward Total MSW Generation
(2017)
Household waste (2017)
Commercial waste (2017) Escalation @ 3.04792*1.3% Vehicle
No
Ward inner Rd Length
VTA to TP/LFS
Total Trip length (Kms)
Weight (MT)
Volume (cum)
Weight (MT)
Volume (cum) Ist Trip IInd Trip iiird trip ivth Trip
Total
Primary Collection & Transportation
Zone 2
Ward 7 1.612 1.301 4.198 0.311 1.244 TW30 19869.86 6820.3 23.6 23.6 33.5 80.70
TW31 23.6 23.6 To ward 17 47.20
Ward 14 1.864 1.339 4.320 0.525 2.101 TW32 14194.54 7538.1 22.2 22.2 22.2 66.60
TW33 22.2 22.2 22.2 66.60
Ward 15 1.818 1.352 4.360 0.467 1.866 TW34 12422.80 6820.3 19.9 19.9 19.9 59.70
TW35 19.9 19.9 19.9 59.70
Ward 16 1.783 1.346 4.341 0.438 1.751 TW36 3654.07 5678.8 13.2 13.2 13.2 39.60 TW37 13.2 13.2 13.2 39.60
Ward 17 2.041 1.322 4.264 0.719 2.877 TW38 21907.83 5253.2 21.5 21.5 17.8 60.80
TW39 21.5 21.5 17.8 60.80 TW31 17.8 17.80
Total Zone 2 9.12 6.66 21.48 2.46 9.84 72049.0
9 32110.5
9 200.80 200.80 197.50 599.10
113
Ward Total MSW Generation
(2017)
Household waste (2017)
Commercial waste (2017) Escalation @ 3.04792*1.3% Vehicle
No
Ward inner Rd Length
VTA to TP/LFS
Total Trip length (Kms)
Weight (MT)
Volume (cum)
Weight (MT)
Volume (cum) Ist Trip IInd Trip iiird trip ivth Trip
Total
Primary Collection & Transportation
Zone 3 Ward 12 4.819 1.334 4.304 3.485 13.941 TW40 3387.05 2009.4 5.7 4.5 4.5 14.70
TW41 5.7 4.5 4.5 14.70 TW42 5.7 4.5 4.5 14.70 TW43 5.7 4.5 4.5 14.70 TW44 To ward 13 4.5 4.5 9.00 TW45 To ward 13 4.5 4.5 9.00 TW46 4.5 4.5 9.00
Ward 13 2.484 1.342 4.328 1.142 4.569 TW47 9765.41 1591.8 8.1 8.1 8.1 24.30 TW48 8.1 8.1 8.1 24.30 TW44 8.1 8.10 TW45 8.1 8.10
Ward 19 6.491 1.330 4.289 5.162 20.648 E1 6306.18 928.5 4.4 2.4 2.4 9.20 E2 4.4 2.4 2.4 9.20 E3 4.4 2.4 2.4 9.20 E4 4.4 2.4 2.4 9.20 E5 4.4 2.4 2.4 9.20 TW49 2.5 2.5 2.5 7.50 TW50 2.5 2.5 2.5 7.50
114
Ward Total MSW Generation
(2017)
Household waste (2017)
Commercial waste (2017) Escalation @ 3.04792*1.3% Vehicle
No
Ward inner Rd Length
VTA to TP/LFS
Total Trip length (Kms)
Weight (MT)
Volume (cum)
Weight (MT)
Volume (cum) Ist Trip IInd Trip iiird trip ivth Trip
Total
Primary Collection & Transportation
TW51 2.5 2.5 2.5 7.50 TW52 2.5 2.5 2.5 7.50
Ward 20 7.289 1.353 4.365 5.936 23.742 E6 4800.95 598.8 3.1 1.5 1.5 6.10 E7 3.1 1.5 1.5 6.10 E8 3.1 1.5 1.5 6.10 E9 3.1 1.5 1.5 6.10 E10 3.1 1.5 1.5 6.10 E11 1.5 1.5 1.5 4.50 TW53 1.5 1.5 1.5 4.50 TW54 1.5 1.5 1.5 4.50
TW55 1.5 1.5 To ward 21 3.00
TW56 1.5 1.5 To ward 21 3.00
TW57 1.5 1.5 To ward 32 3.00
TW58 1.5 1.5 To ward 32
Ward 21 2.469 1.428 4.606 1.041 4.163 TW59 3289.42 412.4 2.5 2.5 2.5 7.50
TW60 2.5 2.5 2.5 7.50 TW55 2.5 2.50
115
Ward Total MSW Generation
(2017)
Household waste (2017)
Commercial waste (2017) Escalation @ 3.04792*1.3% Vehicle
No
Ward inner Rd Length
VTA to TP/LFS
Total Trip length (Kms)
Weight (MT)
Volume (cum)
Weight (MT)
Volume (cum) Ist Trip IInd Trip iiird trip ivth Trip
Total
Primary Collection & Transportation
TW56 2.5 2.50
Ward 32 2.376 1.346 4.343 1.030 4.118 TW61 6073.88 2136.6 7.3 7.3 7.3 21.90 TW62 7.3 7.3 7.3 21.90 TW57 7.3 7.30 TW58 7.3 7.30
Total Zone 3 25.93 8.13 26.23 17.80 71.18 33622.8
9 7677.34 131.90 107.30 107.30 14.50 358.00
Zone 4
Ward 18 3.428 1.342 4.328 2.086 8.343 TW63 15094.44 422.9 8.4 4.2 4.2 16.80
TW64 8.4 4.2 4.2 16.80 TW65 8.4 4.2 4.2 16.80 TW66 8.4 4.2 4.2 16.80
Ward 22 2.122 1.393 4.495 0.728 2.913 TW67 16204.36 1029.1 8.5 8.5 7.5 24.50
TW68 8.5 8.5 7.5 24.50 TW69 8.5 7.5 16.00
Ward 23 2.042 1.432 4.618 0.611 2.442 TW70 8963.74 3158.7 9.9 9.9 9.3 29.10
116
Ward Total MSW Generation
(2017)
Household waste (2017)
Commercial waste (2017) Escalation @ 3.04792*1.3% Vehicle
No
Ward inner Rd Length
VTA to TP/LFS
Total Trip length (Kms)
Weight (MT)
Volume (cum)
Weight (MT)
Volume (cum) Ist Trip IInd Trip iiird trip ivth Trip
Total
Primary Collection & Transportation
TW71 9.9 9.9 9.3 29.10
TW72 9.9 To ward 24 9.3 19.20
Ward 24 2.590 1.431 4.616 1.159 4.634 TW73 11782.75 2933.9 10.6 10.6 9.4 30.60
TW74 10.6 10.6 9.4 30.60 TW75 10.6 9.4 9.4 29.40 TW72 9.4 9.40
Ward 25 2.002 1.423 4.592 0.579 2.314 TW76 9625.64 2199.1 8.2 8.2 7.6 24.00 TW77 8.2 8.2 7.6 24.00 TW78 8.2 7.6 15.80
Ward 26 1.955 1.380 4.451 0.575 2.299 TW79 18150.79 1314.7 9.9 9.9 8.7 28.50
TW80 9.9 9.9 8.7 28.50 TW81 9.9 8.7 18.60
Total Zone 4 14.14 8.40 27.10 5.74 22.95 79821.7
2 11058.4
0 184.30 120.40 144.30 0.00 449.00
Zone 5
117
Ward Total MSW Generation
(2017)
Household waste (2017)
Commercial waste (2017) Escalation @ 3.04792*1.3% Vehicle
No
Ward inner Rd Length
VTA to TP/LFS
Total Trip length (Kms)
Weight (MT)
Volume (cum)
Weight (MT)
Volume (cum) Ist Trip IInd Trip iiird trip ivth Trip
Total
Primary Collection & Transportation
Ward 27 1.713 1.353 4.365 0.359 1.438 TW82 18629.10 1804.6 12.9 12.9 12.9 38.70
TW83 12.9 12.9 12.9 38.70
Ward 28 1.781 1.300 4.193 0.481 1.924 TW84 15492.36 4017.5 15.8 15.8 15.8 47.40
TW85 15.8 15.8 15.8 47.40
Ward 29 2.210 1.412 4.556 0.798 3.192 TW86 7241.55 3407.4 9.7 9.7 11.6 31.00 TW87 9.7 9.7 11.6 31.00
TW88 9.7 To ward 36 11.6 21.30
ward 30 1.780 1.345 4.339 0.435 1.739 TW89 4851.02 4280.9 11 11 11 33.00
TW90 11 11 11 33.00
Ward 31 2.331 1.327 4.282 1.004 4.015 TW91 12679.67 4280.9 14.9 14.9 10.4 40.20
TW92 14.9 14.9 10.4 40.20 TW93 10.4 10.4 20.80
Ward 35 1.838 1.347 4.347 0.491 1.964 TW94 16372.48 5755.8 19.7 19.7 19.7 59.10
118
Ward Total MSW Generation
(2017)
Household waste (2017)
Commercial waste (2017) Escalation @ 3.04792*1.3% Vehicle
No
Ward inner Rd Length
VTA to TP/LFS
Total Trip length (Kms)
Weight (MT)
Volume (cum)
Weight (MT)
Volume (cum) Ist Trip IInd Trip iiird trip ivth Trip
Total
Primary Collection & Transportation
TW95 19.7 19.7 19.7 59.10
Ward 36 2.033 1.370 4.419 0.663 2.651 TW96 12706.51 1804.6 10 10 7.8 27.80
TW97 10 10 7.8 27.80 TW88 7.8 7.80
Total Zone 5 13.69 9.46 30.50 4.23 16.92 87972.6
8 25351.7
4 197.70 198.40 208.20 0.00 604.30
Total 87.472 49.121 158.455 38.351 153.406 424891 120824 1104 1013 990 15 3119
119
3.1.2.3.2 Trip Length for Secondary Transportation Vehicles Table 3.7: Trip length of Secondary Transportation
Zone Waste (MT) Vehicle
Type
Vehicles Required Number
of Trip
TP to LFS Distance
Total Trip
Length (KMs)
Refuse Compactors
1 24.60 R C 3 3 8786.383 158.155 3 25.93 R C 3 3 5604.950 100.889 4 14.14 R C 2 3 4615.509 55.386 5 13.69 R C 2 3 8053.456 96.641
Dumper placers DP 6 5 10000 600.000
3.1.2.4 Manpower calculation Table 3.8: Manpower Requirement for C&T, Road Seeping and Drain Cleaning
1 Major Road Length to be cleaned by Mechanized seeping (Km) 65.38 Labours Along with Mechanical sweeper 4
2 Labours for Manual Road Sweeping Length of Minor Roads to be swept manually (Km) 410.59
No. of sweepers required for road sweeping and door to door collection .
Sweepers required (Road Length criteria)
183.76Kms of Main Roads: Require daily cleaning. Cleaning yard stick 1000 m Road Length per labour
184
102.84 Kms of Roads : Roads to be cleaned once in three days. Cleaning yard stick 1000 m Road Length per labour
34
138.28Kms of Roads in suburban area: Roads to be cleaned once in Seven days. Cleaning yard stick 1000 m Road Length per labour
20
Total Sweepers 238
Relieving labour 40.00
Total Sweepers Required with Relieving Labour 278.00
120
3 Labours for Door to Door Collection No of House Holds (projected 2017) 10657
One Labour can collect waste from 120 to 150 houses in one trip of 2 Hrs.
Sweepers required for Door to Door Collection: 2 Labours with each Auto tipper/E Rickshaw 216
Relieving labour ( 17%) 37.00
Total Labours Required for Door to Door Collection 253.00
4 Labours required for drain cleaning @ 1 sweeper for 1.0 KM drain length. One stretch to be cleaned once a 15 days (=1.5X410.59*70%X1/15)
29.00
Relieving labour ( 17%) 5.00
Total Sweepers Required for drain cleaning 34.00
Total Sweepers Required for Door to door Collection, Road Sweeping and Drain Cleaning 569.00
5 No of drivers Required for Auto tipper, E Rickshaw, Compactor, bin Lifters & Mechanical sweeper 146.00
6 No of Sanitary Supervisor ( one per 20 labour) 28.00
7 No of Sanitary sub Inspector ( one per 80 Labour) 7.00
8 No. of metal trays, metal plates, long handled brooms, pairs of protective gears etc. 278.00
9 Seamless wheelbarrow/handcart for drain desilting 34.00
121
3.2 PROCESSING OF MSW
3.2.1 PROCESS DESIGN OF PROPOSED WASTE PROCESSING SYSTEM
3.2.1.1 Introduction
The process adopted for Processing of municipal solid waste at Deoghar involves
conversion of bio-degradable fraction of waste into compost through windrow
composting method and conversion of Fuel Grade fluffy material like soiled paper,
cardboard, dry leaves, packaging into Refused Derived Material.
3.2.1.2 System Design Considerations Considering the quantity of solid waste generation in the project area, It is proposed to
establish a 200 TPD waste processing including
a) 1 Number Pre-segregation unit of 200 TPD capacity to segregate waste into
two different stream i.e. compost and Refused Derived Fuel (RDF)
b) an aerobic composting plant to process 90 TPD of Bio-degradable material
c) A RDF processing plant of capacity 110 TPD
Apart from it, if a regional plan is developed to integrate nearby towns to form a cluster
to transport only recyclables and fuel grade material having size more than 50 mm to
Deoghar, a Regional plastic waste recycling unit and a 2MW captive power plant can be
also established at Deoghar.
General design considerations adopted are as under
Installed capacity of the plant would be around 200 TPD MSW handling. At
maximum supply of 200 TPD of MSW
Pre segregation of waste involves segregation into -75 mm fraction
(Predominantly bio-degradable) and + 75 mm (Pre-dominantly fuel grade
material). Approx. 55% of MSW will be of particle size more than 75 mm and
balance 45% of MSW will be of particle size less than 75 mm.
122
-75 mm fraction which is predominantly bio-degradable to be sent to Windrow
composting unit and +75 mm fraction which is predominantly recyclable and fuel
grade material to be sent to RDF section.
Compost section shall involve waste decomposition at windrow, processing of
decomposed waste in coarse segregation shed, Curing of waste in curing
section, fine refinement in through 6 mm sieve and density separators and finally
packaging of fine grade compost.
RDF section shall involve Manual sorting conveyor to recover recyclable and
sorting of large inerts, blower to separate fine inerts, Oil circulating Dryer to dry
the waste, Air Density separator to separate heavies and final shredder to shred
the fuel grade material to make it suitable for firing in Grate.
The plant will work for 8 hrs a day.
Arrangement will be made to spray culture on the garbage to eliminate insects,
flies & odour etc.
Provision is done to supply green waste to windrow composting plant and receive
non – biodegradable from composting plant
RDF Fluff produced can be sold to nearby industries or directly fed into the
Captive Power Plant.
Provision to receive dry Biomass waste without mixing with MSW will be made
Provision is made to accept & process street sweepings without mixing with
MSW
Manure (coming out from compost plant) drying, granulation and packing facility
can be added
Space provision for In-house utilization of rejects is considered.
3.2.1.3 Process Description of Waste Processing 1st step in waste processing is to receive waste and its segregation into two different
stream i.e. compost and Refused Derived Fuel (RDF). Detaile process flow and Mass
balance of entire waste processing plant/system is provided in Table 3.14. The process
detail and equipment details are provided in subsequent sections
123
3.2.1.3.1 Waste Receiving & Pre-Segregation
Inspection Inspection of the Fresh Garbage is required to ensure that only the specific
constituents of the waste are received at the Composing Facility. This helps in
production of the right quality Organic Manure. Furthermore, if the construction
debris and inert are coming with the Garbage, they will be directed to sanitary
landfill site without having to process them with rest of the garbage.
Weighing –
Once visually inspected and found OK, the vehicle containing fresh garbage will
be weighed. After unloading the garbage at the inspection platform, the same
vehicle will be weighed again to record the quantity of fresh garbage received.
3.2.1.3.2 Pre-processing Section Pre-processing Section is provided to remove large sized inorganic matter such as
tyres, plastics, rubber, boxes etc and to separate incoming waste into two different
processing lines one fraction of pre dominantly Bio-degradable and another of Pre-
dominantly fuel grade material (RDF).
a. Sorting Station – Here manual sorting (CPHEEO Manual) objects such as
recycleable tyres, boxes, plastics, glass, metals etc. A waste receiving cum manual
sorting platform is proposed for this activity
Civil Requirements
Requirement for inspection, waste receiving and Pre-sorting of waste is RCC platform
0.2m height from GL. Design calculations are as given in Table 3.15.
b) Pre-segregation Trommel: A pre-segregation Trommel is proposed with sieve
size of 75 mm to segregate material into +75 mm and -75 mm.
124
Civil Requirements
A Shed of size 45X10 m i.e.450 Sqm with 6.5 m high GI roofing and concrete flooring
is required for placement of Pre segregation equipment’s. The building must be properly
ventilated for sufficient light & air circulation. Proper side cuts are to be provided to allow
removal of rejects off – line.
Mechanical Requirements
The equipment’s required are as below:
1. Feeder conveyor
2. Trommel – 75 mm hole size
3. Rejection - 75 conveyor
4. Process conveyor
5. Hydraulic Power Pack
6. Skid steer Loader
3.2.1.3.3 REFUSED DERIVED FUEL
3.2.1.3.3.1 Process Description: RDF
The conversion process of Municipal Solid Waste (MSW) into Refuse Derived Fuel
(RDF) involves the following processes:
Homogenization
Size Reduction
Drying
Segregation
Densification (only for storage / transportation to long distance)
The particle size of MSW varies widely and it is difficult to handle MSW unless the
particle size is homogenized. The MSW after inspection is fed into a Pre-segregation
125
system to segregate waste into two different stream i.e. compost and Refused Derived
Fuel(RDF).
Pre segregation of waste involves segregation into -75 mm fraction (Predominantly bio-
degradable) and + 75 mm (Pre-dominantly fuel grade material). Approx. 55% of MSW
will be of particle size more than 75 mm and balance 45% of MSW will be of particle
size less than 75 mm.
Fraction#1 = - 75 mm,
Fraction#2 = + 75 mm
Fraction#1 ( - 75 mm) will primarily contain organic matter and would be carried away
to windrow composting section.
The Fraction#2 (+ 75 mm) fed to manual sorting Conveyor to remove large size objects
and subsequently fed to Dryer. MSW in the Deoghar has been generally found to have
high moisture content even during non-rainy days and requires drying to produce RDF
with reasonable heating value. MSW will be fed by conveyors into a Rotary Dryer where wet MSW will be dried by injecting hot air into it to reduce its moisture content
from 35 - 40% to 15-18%. The hot air is generated in a fixed grate specially designed
Hot Air Generator (HAG) where woody biomass extracted from MSW is combusted
with suitable pollution control equipment like cyclone separator and chimney.
MSW coming out of the Rotary Dryer is fed into the Rotary Trommel to separate the
fines below 5 mm particle size. The fine fraction separated with organic matter in it has
been found useful as garden manure.
The heavy non-combustible fractions of MSW like stones, glass etc. are separated by
passing through the specially developed Air Density Separator or Air Classifier in
which the light combustibles and dense fractions are separated. In the Dense fraction
stream, manual separation takes place to separate dense combustibles like woody
biomass, large textiles etc. for firing in the Hot Air Generator.
Before the MSW is fed into the Air Density Separator, one more Magnetic Separation
takes place to separate balance ferrous fraction from the feed.
126
After Density separation, the output is fed into in a Primary Shredder. Before the feed
goes into the Primary Shredder, it passes through a Magnetic Separator to separate
ferrous materials mixed with MSW.
The light combustible fraction (paper/biomass/textiles etc.) thus separated is called
Refuse Derived Fuel (RDF) Fluff having calorific value of 2500 kcal/kg with 15%
moisture and 15% ash and is ready for combustion in boiler of the Power Plant.
3.2.1.3.3.2 Properties of RDF Fluff
A. Physical Properties
Shape : Irregular
Size ` :100 x 100 mm
Bulk density : 80 -100 kg/m3
Proximate analysis
Moisture : 10 % - 20 %
Ash content : 10 % - 20 %
Volatile matter : 40 % - 60 %
Fixed carbon : 10 % - 20 %
Ultimate analysis
Moisture : 10 % - 20 %
Mineral matter : 15 % - 25 %
Carbon : 35 % - 40 %
Hydrogen : 5 % - 8 %
Nitrogen : 1 % - 1.5 %
Sulphur : 0.2 % - 0.5 %
Oxygen : 25 % - 30 %
127
Combustion Properties
Gross Calorific Value of RDF (Avg) 2,500 kcal/kg
Ash Fusion Temperature
Initial Deformation temperature 860 oC
Softening temperature 950 oC
Hemispherical temperature 1040 oC
Fluid temperature 1100 oC
Chloride Content 0.04 %
Elemental Ash Analysis (% of Oxides)
Silica 53.10%
Alumina 11.18%
Iron Oxide 4.87%
Titanium dioxide 0.89%
Calcium Oxide 13.15%
Magnesium oxide 2.90%
Sodium oxide 5.79%
Potassium oxide 1.56%
Sulphur trioxide 2.55%
Phosphorous pentoxide 1.43%
3.2.1.3.3.3 Plant and Machineries RDF Section
3.2.1.3.3.3.1 List of plant & machinery and others
128
Equip No 1.1.1 Equipment Name
Capacity per equip. (TPH)
1 Slat Conveyor 15
2 Inclined Conveyor 15
3 Manual Sorting Conveyor 15
3A Recyclable storage container/area 2
3B Bottle storage container 1
3C Heavy inert discharge 5
4 Blower
5 Slat Conveyor 15
6 Dryer feed inclined conveyor 15
7 Bio-clave type dryer 15
8 Slat Conveyor 15
9 Fine Trommel feed inclined conveyor 15
10 Fine Trommel (-10 mm) 15
11 Slat Conveyor 12
12 ADS feeding Inclined conveyor 12
13 ADS with Cyclone 12
13A Heavies discharge Conveyor 4
B1 Bin for collection
14 Fluff discharge Conveyor 6
11 Shredder feeding conveyor with magnetic separator 6
12 Shredder 6
13 Air Compressor
129
3.2.1.3.3.3.2 Details of plant & machinery and others
1. MANUAL SORTING CONVEYOR
Manual Sorting conveyor is 1.5 meter wide chain and sprocket type conveyor with MS
structure and platform so that waste pickers can stand over it. Platform is provided with
openings with prefabricated FRP hopper at a spacing of 1.5 meter center to center. Bins
are provided below these openings to collect the material picked and discharged by
waste pickers.
Plastics, Bottles and Large inerts are picked up by waste pickers standing at 1.5 meter
center to center on both side of conveyor. A blower is installed below the discharge end
of conveyor to further remove stone and other heavy inert.
2. ROTARY DRYER
This is state of the art equipment dries the waste before it is charged on for dust removal in a
vibrator or dust removal machine. Bio-clave is a three walled Circular vessel of length 5000mm.
In the gap between the inner wall and the center wall hot oil is rotated at a temperature of 120
degree centigrade. The inner wall attains a temperature of around 110-115 degree centigrade
which is enough to remove the moisture from the charged waste.
The gap between the center wall and the outer wall is stuffed with insulating material to keep the
skin temperature of the vessel to ambient conditions.
130
A rotating shaft is provided to rotate the waste in the chamber and bring the waste in contact
with the hot inner walls. The waste gets heated and all the moisture evaporates in the
atmosphere. A charge door at the top of the vessel is provided to load the waste. The vessel is
placed at an incline to move the waste due to gravity towards the discharge door. The rotating
arm is also designed to move the waste towards the discharge door.
The technical specifications of the Bio-Clave are as under:
1. Outer Diameter of the Chamber - 1525mm
2. Inner Diameter of the Chamber - 1200mm
3. Inlet Door Size - Diameter of 950mm
4. Discharge outlet size - Diameter of 1200mm
5. Length of the Chamber - 5080mm
6. Total length of the equipment - 6325mm
7. Height of the equipment - 3675mm
8. Height of the equipment - 42305mm
9. Motor Power - 25 HP for the rotor
10. Connecting load for Electrical Fired Boiler - 40 HP for electrical elements
Accessories
1. Electrically fired boiler
2. Input and Output conveyors
131
3. FINES REMOVAL TROMMEL
GENERAL
Waste coming out of dryer is mixed with fine inerts and after drying separation of inet is easy.
Separation of inert is done in fine removal Trommel. It consists of a rotary frame supported on
pedestals for smooth rotation. The hole size of the screen is 10 mm. Feed passing through the
holes mostly consists of small pieces of inert.
INPUT MATERIAL Mixed MSW with following characteristics: -
- Moisture average 20%, maximum 25%.
- Bulk density 400 – 600 kg/m3.
FEEDING MECHANISM Slat conveyor or belt conveyor of adequate capacity to feed the material into the screen
separator.
DISCHARGE MECHANISM
-10 mm fraction is rejected and collected by the conveyor. + 10 mm fraction is discharged at the
end of the Trommel and transported by a conveyor for feeding to the Air Density Separator to
remove relatively large inerts and stones.
TECHNICAL DETAILS
The Trommel is a Rotary cylinder built up with steel section having supporting rollers at both the
ends. Drive to screen separator is provided by motor and gearbox through girth gear and pinion.
Support rollers are of rubber construction to give smooth drive to the Trommel at a very low
cost.
The screening sections are covered with steel sheet. Material discharge from the Trommel is
connected at the outlets.
132
The Trommel has wide entry gate at discharge end for inside inspection of screen. Cleaning of
Jam can also be carried out through the gate. Material inlet to the Trommel is properly sealed to
avoid dust coming out.
BROAD SPECIFICATIONS
Capacity : 15 T/hr.
Type of Construction: Fabricated
Length : 6000 mm
Diameter : 1500 mm
Speed : 6 – 10 rpm
Drive : 15 HP Motor
4. AIR DENSITY SEPARATOR
GENERAL
Air Density Separator is non-moving equipment designed to separate out light combustible
fraction from heavy inert. It is a three-stage process. High-pressure, Air blast, de-agglomerate
the incoming materials and very light fraction are sucked. Further, the air blast from the bottom
moves the medium size fraction of the material up in the air. Heavies fall through the air curtain
and discharged.
SIZE & BULK DENSITY OF INPUT FEED
Material having - 75 mm size, consisting of following are put into the system through main air
lock.
Combustible fraction like paper, cloth, card board, twigs, biomass etc.
Heavies consisting of recyclable and inerts like stone, glass, leather, PVC. etc.
Sand grit and dust.
Incoming materials depending upon the moisture will have bulk density 400 – 600 kg/m3.
TECHNICAL DETAILS
133
Air density separator is a steel fabrication consisting of following welded sub assemblies bolted
together.
- Inlet rotary air valve
- Classifying section
- Inlet injector
- Feed box with air connection
- Intermediate section
- Outlet rotary valve
WORKING PRINCIPLE
The combustibles fraction with inert etc. is directed into the system by rotary air valve. High-
pressure air jet de-agglomerates the incoming materials and light fraction is sucked by the
system.
Further, down coming material is fed into the classifying section. Uprising air stream from the
intermediate section takes away light fraction material into the outlet section.
Air entering the feed box gets, effectively mixed with the down coming material and takes up
light fraction to outlet. It is possible to see the movement of the material from the sight glass at
the separation zone.
All heavy materials are rejected by the bottom airlock into the heavy reject conveyor.
Light fraction is carried to the cyclone and combustible fraction is collected into the main
system. Dust and very fine polythene etc are collected in the settling chamber.
BROAD SPECIFICATIONS
Capacity (input) 12 MT/Hour
Capacity (output) 8 MT/Hour,
134
Input material density 400 – 600 Kg/M3,
Combustible fraction below 300 kg/m3.
AIR LOCK DETAILS
Inlet airlock motor drive 5 Hp/1500 rpm
Outlet airlock motor drive 3 Hp/1500 rpm
Gear ratio 50:1
Drive mechanism Chain Sprocket
Support structure Civil foundation on base plate
Material construction MS
Static load 2.5 Tons
Dynamic load 5 Tons
DIMENSIONS
Length 1800 mm
Width 1500 mm
Height 6000 mm
INLET AIRLOCK
Diameter 1000 mm
Length 1200 mm
Gear box U 700
OUTLET AIRLOCK
Diameter 600 mm
Length 500 mm
Gear box U 287
AIR CLASIFIER PICK UP SYSTEM
To collect density separator material chip, collecting cyclone is provided.
135
CYCLONE
Length/Diameter 3500 mm/1400 mm
Inlet duct 300 mm
Outlet duct 350 mm
Height 6100 mm
ROTARY AIR LOCK
Non clogging type air lock is made in mild steel construction, inside of the body and six sectored
rotor, machined to very close tolerance, is placed on bearings to ensure complete seal for entry of
air and smooth running of rotor. Oil seals are provided on shaft to increase the life of the
bearings. Air lock is suspended from cyclones.
Length/Diameter 600 mm/800 mm
Drive motor & Gear Box 3 hp/25 rpm
Power transmission Chain sprocket
Rotor construction Non-clogging one directional
Rotor blade 6 sector closely machined
Gear Box SA – 337
FAN
Radial blade centrifugal fan dynamically balance impeller
Airflow 10,000 M3/hr
Pressure 250 mm WG
Drive rating 20 hp x 1400 rpm
Fan discharge Bottom horizontal
Bearing 1315 K, self aligning
Starter Star Delta
Static load 1.05 Ton
Dynamic load 1.50 Ton
136
Static/Dynamic load 2.0 MT/3.0 MT
5. SHREDDER
SALIENT FEATURES OF THE SINGLE SHAFT SHREDDER
The Single Shaft Shredder (Hammer Mill) for Pre-Treated MSW has been designed keeping the
following factors in mind:
1. The design of the shredder is such that it makes the conventional two shredder system(
primary and secondary) redundant. In this system 100mm+ material can be processed in
single stage only.
2. The Input Material although is not very large as it has already passed through a
Trammel but still it can have small batteries, stone and hard items. To ensure that there
is not breakage of the Hammers, it has been designed to also have high Impact strength
besides High Abrasion Resistance quality.
3. The machine is designed to process all types of plastic, cloth, vegetation etc.
4. The mesh is also made out of High Manganese Steel to have a very high wear life and is
also resistant to high Impact loads if any.
5. The machine is made out of thick Rolled Plates to carry the load of the Main Shaft along
with its accessories. The Base of the machine is made out of 32mm plates and helps in
transferring all the dynamic and static loads of the machine to the foundation.
6. A Flywheel is also provided to store the energy and use it when it is required most by the
machine.Three Nos. Double Taper Roller Bearings are provided to support the main
shaft.
7. The Main shaft houses 8 Nos. main discs, which supports pins which holds the
Hammers. All the shafts and the pins are made of High Quality alloy steel and are Heat
Treated as per the requirement of the design and the usage.
8. A Hydraulic System is provided to open the side panel of the machine. This helps in
reducing huge downtime which the present day machine faces in case of any blockage
or maintenance of the hammers.
137
SPECIFICATIONS OF SINGLE SHAFT SHREDDER FOR MSW (8 TPH)
1. DESIGN - Single Shaft
2. NO OF SECONDRARY PINS - SIX
3. QTY / SPEED OF MAIN SHAFT - ONE Nos. / 580-600 RPM
4. CAPACITY - 6 to 8 TPH
5. MESH AREA - 2.84 sq.mt. or 284000 sq.cm
6. LOADING AREA - 1.6 sq. mt or 16000 sq.cm
7. MESH HOLE - 60mm
8. NO. OF DISCS - 8 Nos.
9. NO OF HAMMERS - 108 Nos.
10. HAMMER DESIGN - Bell Shaped, Out Balanced
11. HAMMER - High Abrasion Resistant 400 BHN rolled plates.
12. MAIN MOTOR - 100HP/960RPM/50Hz
14. HYDRAULIC MOTOR - 5 HP/1440RPM/50Hz
15. FLYWHEEL - One for reducing the Power Requirement.
16. WEIGHT OF MACHINE - Appx. 16 Tons
OPERATIONS OF THE SINGLE SHAFT SHREDDER
The waste is charged into the shredder through a Side Top Door, the loading chute is designed
to enable the rotor of the machine to grab the material easily and the charged waste is not
pushed out of the shredder.
Once the waste is fed the rotor makes the material starts rotating inside the chamber and grinds
it on one of the side faces of the machine, the grinding face is made of High quality Abrasion
Resistant steel. After this the material comes in contact with the mesh which also grinds the
waste and breaks it further into smaller pieces.
The reduced size pieces falls through the mesh and any material which remains larger than the
mesh keeps revolving in the shredder till it is not smaller than the mesh holes.
138
The material gets shredded in the chamber due to the centrifugal action of the hammers. The
hammers are designed in a way that they are out massed and when they start rotating the
Hammers opens up like feathers into their maximum position and due to the centrifugal force
breaks the waste into smaller pieces. This design also gives a Hammering load which acts on
the waste to further break it. The flywheel action helps in reducing the power requirement of the
machine and provides the torque whenever required.
The Machine is provided with a Hydraulic system to open the top side cover. This makes the
operator access the chamber without removing any part of the machine. This helps the operator
to remove any blockage or maintain the rotor without dismantling the machine.
139
3.2.1.3.4 WINDROW COMPOSTING
Fraction#1 ( - 75 mm) will primarily contain organic matter and would be processed
through windrow composting section. Dtails of technology is provided in subsequent
paragraphs. 3.2.1.3.4.1 Accelerated Aerobic Bioconversion / Aerobic Windrow Composting:
This is the most practical, energy conserving and least cost technology option for
recovery of value added organic fertilizer from the biomass. The technology is suitable
for tropical, subtropical and arid climatic conditions.
The recovered products i.e. organic compost will be of special importance to improve
the productivity of soil and reduce incidence of insects and diseases in crop plants.
KEY FEATURES OF TECHNOLOGY:
1. Waste is sanitized with herbal extracts.
2. It is biostabilised with enzymes.
3. Rapidly fermented in compressed time cycle.
4. MSW is processed through mechanical methods.
5. Various grades of compost are recovered for use under different soil/crop
Conditions as per requirement.
6. Over 90% organic waste which is main pollutant is utilised fully.
7. The natural carbon energy is put to use for further plant growth.
8. Space required as per details given table.
The above Process will result into
In the simplified design, which has become increasingly popular in India as per
MSW Rule 2000, the steps are as follows:
Transportation of raw material / feed to the compost pad
Material after pre-sorting of recyclables is deposited directly in the
windrow area after inspection
Stacking of the material in windrows, hand sorting of large items
140
Regular turning of windrows (0-7 days interval) using front end loader or a
skid steer loader
Screening of the stabilized material after 35 days.
Curing for further 7 days.
Packing and Storage
Removal and disposal of residual waste at the designated site (this part is
still neglected resulting in an unclean surrounding at the compost plant)
Table: 3.9- Quality Standards of Compost Produced (as per SMW Rule, 2016)
Parameters Maximum Acceptable Concentration parts per million (PPM)
A *B
Arsenic 10.00 20
Cadmium 5.00 20
Chromium 50.00 300
Copper 300.00 500
Lead 100.00 100
Mercury 0.15 10
Nickel 50.00 100
Zinc 1000.00 2500
C / N ratio 20-40 15-20
pH 5.5-8.5 6.5 to 7.5
141
Compost (final product) exceeding the above stated concentration limits should not be
used for food crops. However, it may be utilized for purposes other than growing food
crops.
3.2.1.3.4.2 THE PROCESS IN BRIEF:
-75 mm Solid waste coming out of pre-processing section is sent to windrow pad for
decomposition than sprayed with inoculants and water (from maintaining desired
moisture level) and the treated garbage will be stacked in the form of a windrow.
Separate windrows will be formed for each day’s collection. The reject coming out of the
pre-cleaning section is passed on to a sorting belt. Where the organic material, if any
coming out with the reject is sorted and then sent back to windrow found with the
garbage. These windrows will turned once in a week for proper aeration, so that aerobic
process continues uninterrupted. First stage of composting will be completed within 30-
35 days.
After this the digested garbage is transferred to the rain shed where further digestion
will take place. From here the digested garbage will be fed by a feeder into the course
segregation section consists of series trammel which separate the digested garbage on
the basis of size. Each trammel is sent to landfill site directly. The reject coming out of
the second and third screen can be sent back to windrows for further digestion.
Material coming out of the last screen is transferred through a series of conveyor to
curing area, where further curing of the digested garbage (compost) lakes place.
Various nutrients such as rock phosphate etc. can be added to the compost therefore
enhancing the quality of the finished product. This material is then fed into a drag chain
feeder, which transfers it to a rotary screen through a bucket elevator, this rotary screen
separates the material on the basis of size. So that the digested compost coming out of
it is acceptable in the market.
Screened material coming out of the rotary screen is fed to a gravity separator, which
separates materials such as Glass, metal etc. from the compost.
142
The reject material coming out of the rotary screen can be sent back to the curing area
for further digestion, compost, free from all major external impurities will be lifted
through another bucket elevator and discharged into a add- mixer and inoculums
containing various useful microbes like Azetobactor, PSB, Rhizobium and micro
nutrients etc. will be sprayed into the mixer inquired proportion for enriching the
compost enriched organic manure, which will have 20 – 25% moisture, is then weighed
and packed and distributed. Samples will be drawn at regular intervals from different
stages for quality control.
Preferably as it is fast, exothermic and free form odour. Aerobic also help to eliminate
Pathogenic bacteria weed seeds, larvas etc. as a result of high temperature developed
during the process.
3.2.1.3.4.3 Design capacity of compost plant
Design capacity of compost plant is adopted as 90 TPD per day in 8 hours shift.
Gen. Technical Specification of Compost Plant
3.2.1.3.4.3.1 Windrow Platform
Appropriate yard management is the first important step towards successful operation of
compost plant.
a. Compost windrow Pad – It is a non-permeable concrete platform where
Windrows of the waste are formed to accomplish composting process. Waste
coming to the Compost Pad is sprayed with inoculums and water to accelerate the
digestion process. This waste is then stacked in a form of Windrows. The cross
section of the windrows is so adjusted that it would get optimum surface area to
volume ratio.
b. Digestion – A windrow will be kept at the same place for 7 days and aerobic
conditions will be maintained to aid in digestion process.
c. Turning – On every 7th day the windrow is turned to an adjacent location using
backhoe unit. After two turnings sanitisation and decomposition phase of the fresh
143
garbage is over. Every day there will be one windrow which requires shifting to
Monsoon Shed and two windrows which requires turning.
Civil Requirements as per Design Parameters
Windrow pad: - An impervious concrete platform of size 172X47 Sqm and including
3.0m wide peripheral road with proper gradient is required to accommodate fresh as
well as digested garbage. The concrete platform is provided with peripheral drain of size
0.15X0.2 m to collect the leachate and a peripheral drain of size 0.25X0.3 m on the
periphery of peripheral road to collect rainwater. Assessment of windrow size is done in
Table 3.16.
Mechanical Requirements as per Design Features.
The equipment required are as mentioned below :
1. JCB / back hoe loader
2. Water Tanker
3.2.1.3.4.3.2 Monsoon Shed
Material after digestion needs further stabilization and lose of moisture so that it can be
segregated in to different fractions. Also this shed protects feed material from rain. A
monsoon shed to accommodate the last seven days waste on windrow of size 168X10
m i.e. 1680 Sqm is required
Civil Requirements
A 7 mts. high open shed covered with GI sheet roof. It enables lot of storage of the
digested material, thus, allows operation of the plant during rainy season. The shed
must be open from all sides for easy vehicle movement
144
3.2.1.3.4.3.3 Coarse Segregation Section
Waste coming from the monsoon shed is lumpy, heterogeneous and slightly moist. This
section comprises of Trommel Screen which due to its cascading action helps loosening
the lumps and screen the waste efficiently.
a. Trommel- 35 – This is first screen in the section. It rejects the material having the
overall size of more than 35 mm. Organic material which is by now digested, break
down in to pieces and screen out of the Trommel . Screened material coming out of
the Trommel contains mostly organic material and small size inorganic material.
Rejection coming from Trommel Screen mainly consists of plastics, textile etc. The
rejected material coming out of the Trommel Screen is discharged at an suitable
height in order to facilitate material movement. Heap of the rejected material formed
on the rejection yard will be removed periodically and can be sent to the Landfill
site.
b. Trommel-16 – This screen further segregate the material having the overall size
more than 16 mm. Screened material coming out of this section is below 16mm,
uniform in texture and contains semi – stabilised organic compost . This material is
used for further processing in the refinement section but before that it is kept in the
curing section for further stabilisation. Rejection from Trommel mainly consists of
undigested organic matter and inert material .This material can be used as masks
145
on the fresh garbage windrows. This masking prevents bird attraction and also
assist in digestion process.
Civil Requirements
A RCC structure of size 45X7 m i.e. 315 Sqm with 6.5 m high GI roofing and concrete
flooring is required for placement of coarse segregation equipments. The building must
be properly ventilated for sufficient light & air circulation. Proper side cuts are to be
provided to allow removal of rejects off – line.
Mechanical Requirements
The equipments required are as below:
Feeder conveyor
Trommel – 35 mm hole size
Rejection - 35 conveyor
Process conveyor
Trommel – 16 mm hole size
Rejection - 16 conveyor
Transfer conveyor
Hydraulic Power Pack
Skid steer Loader
146
3.2.1.3.4.3.4 Curing Section
Material coming out of the coarse segregation section is semi-stabilized and it requires
further stabilization. Furthermore it contains certain amount of surface moisture which
needs to be removed before refinement of the product.
Material coming out of the Coarse Segregation Section is conveyed through conveyors
and dropped at different locations in curing area. These conveyors are kept at a suitable
height to allow heap formation below the drop point or the heaps can be formed by back
hoe loader/JCB. These heaps are kept in the area for 3 to 5 days for further stabilization
and are occasionally stirred to provide aeration. The temperature within the heap may
go upto as high as 650C, so moisture content of the material reduces and final
refinement becomes easier. Here some quality enhancing additives like Rock
Phosphate can be added to the material.
Civil Requirements
A RCC structure of size 45X7 m i.e. 315 Sqm with 6.5 m high GI roofing and concrete
flooring is required for storage of material. The building must be properly ventilated for
sufficient light & air circulation.
Mechanical Requirements
The equipments required are as below:
147
1. Storage conveyor
2. Loader
3.2.1.3.4.3.5 Refinement Section
Refinement section serves the purpose of final dressing of compost. Here we remove
fine impurities as sand pebbles small glass etc. This section includes ;
a. Trommel Screen 6/4 - This Screen rejects the material with overall size more
than 6-4 mm. Screened material coming out of the screen is sent ahead for
further processing whereas rejected material which contains some undigested
organic matter is sent to the Grinding section.
b. Gravity Separator - Screened material coming out of the Rotary Screen is sent
to the gravity separator which removes the impurities such as glass, metals,
sand, silica etc. from the organic manure.
Civil Requirements
A RCC structure of size 45X7 m i.e. 315 Sqm with 6.5 m high GI roofing and concrete
flooring is required for storage of material. The building must be properly ventilated for
sufficient light & air circulation.
Mechanical Requirements
148
The equipments required are as below:
1. Trommel screen – 6/4 m.m.
2. Gravity separator
3. Aspirator
4. Rejection conveyor
5. Packing spout
3.2.1.3.4.3.6 Packing & Storage
a. Packing – High quality organic manure is passed through a packing spout
and final packing of the product takes place. Material is packed in 50 kg bags
and then weighed. Bags are then stitched using a portable sewing machine.
b. Storage – Packed material is finally stacked in the finished goods godown
by using carts.
Civil Requirements
A steel framed structure with platform of size 5X6 m i.e 30 Sqm and 6.5 m high GI
roofing is required for storage of finished goods. Proper louvers must be provided to
have sufficient light and air circulation.
Mechanical Requirements
149
The equipments required are as below:
1. Electronic Weighing Scale
2. Portable Bag stitching machine
3.2.1.3.4.3.7 Testing Laboratory
To achieve efficient composting various process parameters must be periodically
monitored so that they may be controlled in time. A well equipped laboratory helps in in-
house testing of parameters such as temperature, moisture, C:N Ratio etc. For this
following equipments are required:
Table: 3.10- List of Laboratory Testing Equipment
S. No. Equipment Qty.
i) Kjeldahl's Apparatus 1 No.
ii) pH Meter 1 No.
iii) Weighing Balance (Digital - 300 Gm / 0.01 Gm ) 1 No.
iv) Oven (Electrical , 700 °C) 1 No.
v) Water Distillation Unit 1 No.
vi) Conical Flasks 1 Set
vii) Volumetric Flasks ( 50 , 100 Ml ) 1 Set
viii) Measuring Cylinder ( 50 , 100 Ml ) 1 Set
ix) Burette 1 Set
x) Pipettes ( Volumetric & Gravimetric ) 1 Set
xi) Beakers 1 Set
xii) China Dish 1 Set
xiii) Stirrers 1 Set
xiv) Chemicals & Reagents 1 Set
150
3.2.1.3.4.3.8 Other Miscellaneous Components
Leachate Drains & Tank:
For collection of Leachate and run – off water open peripheral drains are required which
are present on compost pad. Some extension is required and one RCC Leachate
collection tank is to be constructed for collection of all Leachate. The location of tank is
so positioned so as to allow easy removal of excess Leachate from site.
Green Belt:
To prevent air borne litter we need thick plantation.
3.2.1.3.4.3.9 SPECIFICATION AND CAPACITY OF MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT Separate machinery and equipment to suit the requirements for various sections of
compost plant like yard management, pre-processing, segregation, refinement and
packing have been given in this section. The details of machinery and equipment have
been detailed out in the table
A. Yard Management Equipment
Table 3.11 Details of Machinery and Equipment S.
No. Machinery & Equipment Quantity Details
1 Yard Management
i) JCB 1 No. Turning of Windrow / Material shifting
ii) Tractor with Tipping Trolly 4 No For shifting , stacking & loading of material in different sections
iii) Front End Loader attachment
4 No For loading material in different section
151
iv) Water Tank with slurry pump (30 KLD)
1 No. For sprinkling of water & slurry on garbage and other activity
v) Other Utilities like Sprayer, Wheel Barrows, etc
Lump Sum
B. Material Processing Equipment
The handling capacities of different sections has been logically selected to cope up with
shortfall in working days on annual basis. The compost plant is designed considering a
plant load factor (PLF) @ 75%.
Table: 3.12- LIST OF PLANT - MACHINE - EQUIPMENTS – COMPOST PLANT Sr. No
Particulars – Machines Remarks / purpose
A. BIO COMPOSTING
01 Chain belt conveyor for I trommel Screened material conveying
02 Rotatory trommel I 50 mm dia Further separation of medium size
03 Rejection conveyor I chain belt type To drop out rejects
04 Chain belt conveyor IInd trommel Screened material conveying
05 Rotatory trommel II 16 mm dia For semi-finished compost recovery
06 Rejection conveyor II chain belt type For dropping out of pebbles, stones, ceramics
07 Chain belt conveyor III rd trommel Screened material conveying
08 Rotatory trommel III 6 mm dia ( Hole size) For semi finished compost recovery
09 Rejection conveyor III belt type For dropping out of pebbles, stones, ceramics
152
Sr. No
Particulars – Machines Remarks / purpose
10 Magnetic separator with conveyor To remove Fe metals
11 Distribution chain conveyor to vibro sieves For regulated feeding to vibro sieves
12 Density separator/De-stoner To recover final product from semi- finished material
13 Rejection conveyor IV (electric power) For dropping outstand glass
14 Air separator – classifier along with electric power
To collect matter and discharge at batch mixer
15 Packing chute with hopper & belt feeding For filling compost in HDPE bags
16 Dust collection & discharge device to be fixed on major dust generations areas
ACCESSORIES
01 Electric panels with each trommel and attachment sets
Regulatory control of power at each trommel site
02 Hydraulic system 25 HP electrical moter
To provide power to entire trommel and attachment sets
03 Bag stitching machines (nylon thread cone operation)
For bag stitching
04 Automatic bag filling machine (to be decided with manufacturer / supplier for performance)
Automatic bag filling with weighing accuracy
05 Spray treatment motorized spray tanker of 3000 to 5000 lit capacity with stirrer – agitator
For treatment waste
153
3.2.1.4 Estimation of Design Capacities of Waste Processing Plant Table:-3.13
Waste Generation in Design Year (2032) 165.73 MT
Additional Waste Generation during Shrawan Mela on
Normal Days (Normal inflow of devotes=125000, waste
generation per person=250 gm) 31.25 MT
Additional Waste Generation during Shrawan Mela on
Peak Days i.e. Sunday and Monday (Normal inflow of
devotes=250000, waste generation per person=250 gm) 62.5 MT
Peak waste generation during Normal days of Shrawan
mela in 2037 196.98 MT
Maximum waste generation during Peak days of
Shrawan mela in 2037 228.23 MT
Adopted capacity of plant 200 MT
Note: To accommodate maximum waste generation in year 2037, Waste
receiving yard shall be provided with minimum two days storage capacity
Table:-3.13 Proposed system of Waste Processing
Proposed system of Waste Processing
Pre-sorting Unit 200 TPD
Refused Derived Fuel Plant 110 TPD
Windrow Composting Unit 90 TPD
Plastic Recycling Unit (Optional) 5 TPD
154
3.2.2 Mass Flow and Material Balance
Table 3.14 Mass Flow and Material Balance of processing plant
AS RECEIVED M S W 200
MOISTURE % 34%
B->BIOMASS/WOOD/PAPER/TEXTILE/organic 33% 66.00
R->PLASTIC/RUBBER/LEATHER/metal 12% 24.00
E->SAND/GRIT/EARTH
11% 22.00
S->STONES / CERAMIC / BRICKS
10% 20.00
MOISTURE 34% 68.00
TOTAL
100% 200.00
MULTI STAGE SCREENING
-75 MM MSW
+75 MM MSW
MOISTURE % 43.5%
MOISTURE 25.6%
SOLID (B) 34.32
SOLID (B) 31.68
SOLID (R) 1.20
SOLID (R) 22.80
SOLID (E) 15.40
SOLID (E) 6.60
SOLID (S) 2.00
SOLID (S) 18.00
MOISTURE 40.74
MOISTURE 27.27
TOTAL 93.66
TOTAL 106.35
MOISTURE 18.06
DIGESTION AT WINDROW
MANUAL SORTING AND AIR BLOWING
DRIED +75 MM MSW
MOISTURE % 5%
-75 MM MSW
+75 MM MSW
SOLID (B) 0.00
MOISTURE % 30.0%
MOISTURE % 29%
SOLID (R) 4.56
SOLID (B) 34.32
SOLID (B) 31.68
SOLID (E) 0.00
SOLID (R) 1.20
SOLID (R) 18.24
SOLID (S) 9.00
SOLID (E) 15.40
SOLID (E) 6.60
MOISTURE 0.71
155
SOLID (S) 2.00
SOLID (S) 9.00
TOTAL 14.27
MOISTURE 22.68
MOISTURE 26.55
TOTAL 75.60
TOTAL 92.07
+35 MM MSW
Segregation 35 mm
HOT AIR D R Y I N G
MOISTURE 14.99
SOLID (B) 4.62
SOLID (R) 0.00 SOLID (E) 0.00
-35 MM MSW
DRIED +75 MM MSW SOLID (S) 2.00
MOISTURE % 28.0%
MOISTURE % 15%
MOISTURE 4.67
SOLID (B) 29.70
SOLID (B) 31.68 TOTAL 11.29
SOLID (R) 1.20
SOLID (R) 18.24
SOLID (E) 15.40
SOLID (E) 6.60
SOLID (S) 0.00
SOLID (S) 9.00
MOISTURE 18.01
MOISTURE 11.56
TOTAL 64.31
TOTAL 77.08
-5 MM DUST
MOISTURE % 15%
+16 MM MSW
Segregation 16 mm
S C R E E N I N G
SOLID (B) 0.44
SOLID (B) 3.30
SOLID (E) 4.95
SOLID (R) 0.00
SOLID (S) 0.00 SOLID (E) 0.00
-16 MM MSW
SCREENED M S W
MOISTURE 0.95
SOLID (S) 0.00
MOISTURE % 26.0%
MOISTURE % 15%
TOTAL 6.35 MOISTURE 2.90
SOLID (B) 26.40
SOLID (B) 31.24
TOTAL 6.20
SOLID (R) 1.20
SOLID (R) 18.24
SOLID (E) 15.40
SOLID (E) 1.65
SOLID (S) 0.00
SOLID (S) 9.00
MOISTURE 15.11
MOISTURE 10.61
REJECTS FRACTION
TOTAL 58.11
TOTAL 70.74
MOISTURE % 15%
156
SOLID (B) 1.56
SOLID (R) 18.24
+6 MM MSW
Segregation 6 mm
AIR DENSITY SEPARATION
SOLID (E) 0.33
SOLID (B) 3.30
SOLID (S) 5.40
SOLID (R) 0.00
MOISTURE 4.51 SOLID (E) 4.40
-6 MM MSW
RDF FLUFF
TOTAL 30.04
SOLID (S) 0.00
MOISTURE % 20.0%
MOISTURE % 15% MOISTURE 6.28
SOLID (B) 23.10
SOLID (B) 29.67
TOTAL 13.98
SOLID (R) 1.20
SOLID (R) 0.00
SOLID (E) 11.00
SOLID (E) 1.32
SOLID (S) 0.00
SOLID (S) 3.60
MOISTURE 8.83
MOISTURE 6.10
TOTAL 44.13
40.70
FINE DUST
MOISTURE % 15%
+6 MM MSW
Density seperation
S I Z E R E D U C T I O N
SOLID (B) 0.89
SOLID (B) 3.30
SOLID (E) 0.19
SOLID (R) 0.72
MOISTURE 0.19
SOLID (E) 10.34
Compost - 4 to 5 mm
TOTAL 1.27 SOLID (S) 0.00
MOISTURE % 18.0%
MOISTURE 4.23
SOLID (B) 19.80
RDF FLUFF TOTAL 18.59
SOLID (R) 0.48
MOISTURE % 15%
SOLID (E) 0.66
COMBUST. 28.78
SOLID (S) 0.00
ASH 4.73
MOISTURE 4.60
MOISTURE 5.91
TOTAL 25.54
TOTAL 39.43
157
3.2.3 Waste Receiving Platform
Table: 3.15 Design Table of Waste Receiving Platforms
Unit weight of fresh MSW(a) Kg/Cum 300 Waste Receiving in 2032 MT 196.98
Storage days considered at Receiving & Sorting platform
days 2.00
Total capcity MT 393.96 Volume of Waste (V=W/d) Desity= 0.3 MT/cum cum 1313.20 Height of waste adopted M 1.00 Area Required for waste receiving sqm 1313.20
Provide 51X25 m platform plus 2.5m peripheral walkway so Total area of platform = 56X30 m
sqm 1680.00
3.2.4 Windrow Platform
Table: 3.16 Design Tables of Windrow Platforms
1 Unit weight of sorted MSW(a) Kg/Cum 415 2 Duration of one cycle (b) days 35
3 Number of windrow – days 7
4 Shape of windrow Parabolic
5 Windrows height (c) first day Meter 1.7 6 Windrow width (d1) first day meter 7 7 Windrow width (d2) after third week Meter 5.6
8 Clearance between windrows (e) meter 3
9 Volume of windrow per running meter (f) =3.14XcXd1/4
9.3415
I Windrow platform Length Calculation
3 Waste reaching composting unit (year 2032) MT 196.98 4 Refused Derived Fuel=60% MT 118.19 5 Arrival of fresh MSW per day at windrow(g) Tons 78.79
6 Total length of windrow required per day (h)= g/(fxa/1000) meter
20.32
7 Total number of windrow accommodated on liner leangth (L) Nos
7
8 Assume linear length of platform for number of day(k) Days
1
9 Total linear length of windrow (m)=kxh meter 20.32 10 Linear clearance between windrows (n) meter 3 11 Number of clearances (p) Nos 6
158
12 Assumed road width of 5 m and 2*0.5 m wide drain at both the sides Of platform (q) meter
12
13 Platform Length (I)=MXL+ (nxp)+q meter 172.24 Say meter 172 II Windrow platform Width Calculation
1 Number of windrows in platform width ( r ) Nos 5 2 Number of windrows of width 8m ( r1) Nos 2 3 Number of windrows of width 6 m ( r2) Nos 3
4 Total windrow length for one set (s)=(r1xd1)+(r2xd2) meter
30.8
5 6 Number of Clearances in one set (t) Nos 4 7 Total clearance width for one set ( u)=t x e meter 12 8 Number of windrow sets (v) Nos 1 9 Total width required for windrow (w)=(s+u) x v meter 42.8
10 Road for vehicle movement both side, so platform width (x) meter
4.2
11 Total Platform width (II)=w+x meter 47 Platform area A=I x II meter 8084 Platform area in Acres Acres 2
3.2.5 Compost & RDF storage Shed
Table: 3.17 Compost Bag Storage Calculation 1 Finished goods Quantity per day MT 25.54
2 Weight of finished product per bag KG 50 3 Length of bag M 0.9 4 Width of bag m 0.5
5 Consider 5 bags in row , 16 bags in column and 10 bags in height
6 Total length required for one set m 4.5 7 Total width required for one set m 8.5 8 Clearance between sets m 1.5 9 Total weight of finished product per set Tonnes 40 10 Total number of sets provided Nos 5 11 Area for bag storge Sqm 191.25
12 Size of Bag with 1.5 m Margin in one side and 1.5 m Margin in front and back
12.a Therfore Length of Bag Storage for compost m 31.5
12.b Width of Bag Storage m 10 13 Total weight of finished product stored Tonnes 200 14 Total no. of storage days days 8
159
Table: 3.18 RDF Storage Calculation 1 Finished goods Quantity per day MT 39.43
2 Weight of finished product per bale KG 400 3 Length of bale M 1 4 Width of bale m 1
5 Consider 8 bags in row , 8 bags in column and 4 bags in height
6 Total length required for one set m 8 7 Total width required for one set m 8 8 Clearance between sets m 1.5 9 Total weight of finished product per set Tonnes 102.4 10 Total number of sets provided Nos 3 11 Area for RDF storge Sqm 192
12 Size of Bag with 2.0 m Margin in one side and 1.5 m Margin in front and back
12.a Therefore Length of RDF Storage m 30 Say 31.5
12.b Width of Bag Storage m 10 13 Total weight of finished product stored Tonnes 307.2 14 Total no. of storage days days 8
3.2.6 Material Handling Equipment & Vehicle (Table: 3.19)
Actual quantity of waste 2022 MT/day 107.95 Number of shifts 1.00 Number of Processing units deployed Nos 1.00
B Calculation of JCB/Back Hoe Loader required per unit : Windrow operation 1.00
Per day waste processing (MT)/unit 43.18
Number of windrows shifted/turned per day 5.00 Per day waste processing (MT)/unit 215.90 working hours 7.00 Waste handling/hour 30.84 Bucket Capacity of one excavator (cum) 1.00 density of material(MT/Cum) 0.50 Equivalent tonnage handled/tip 0.50 operation time/ tip (minutes) 0.50 Capacity of Backhoe loader/JCB/Hrs 60.00 No of Backhoe loader/JCB Required 1.00 Total dozer required 1.00
160
C Calculation of Loader required per unit :
C1 Pre segregation unit 1.00 Per day waste processing (MT)/unit 107.95 working hours 7.00 Waste handling/hour 15.42 Bucket Capacity of one excavator (cum) 0.60 density of material(MT/Cum) 0.50 Equivalent tonnage handled/tip 0.30 operation time/ tip (minutes) 2.00 Capacity of Backhoe loader/JCB/Hrs 9.00
No of loader required for Pre-segregation section 2.00
C2 Coarse segregation and Fine refinement section 2.00
Per day waste processing (MT)/unit 36.70 working hours 7.00 Waste handling/hour 5.24 Bucket Capacity of one excavator (cum) 0.60 density of material(MT/Cum) 0.50 Equivalent tonnage handled/tip 0.30 operation time/ tip (minutes) 2.00 Capacity of Backhoe loader/JCB/Hrs 9.00
No of loader required for each Coarse segregation and fine refinement section 1.00
Total front end loader required 2.00
C2 RDF section (4 Sections) 4.00
Per day waste processing (MT)/unit 64.77 working hours 8.00 Waste handling/hour 8.10 Bucket Capacity of one excavator (cum) 0.60 density of material(MT/Cum) 0.50 Equivalent tonnage handled/tip 0.30 Operation time/ tip (minutes) 2.00 Capacity of Backhoe loader/JCB/Hrs 9.00 No of loader required in RDF Section 1.00 Total front end loader required 4.00
Total front end loader required for entire processing plant 8.00
D Calculation of Tractors required per unit Number of Tractors required for each Loader 8.00 D1 Operating hours for tractors to transport the
161
rejects Capacity of Tractor (Tons) 1.25 Trip distance (Km) 1.00 trips/Hour 3.00 Transporting capacity/hour/tractor 3.75 Quantity of Rejects for landfilling (MT) 26.99 Number of tractors 8.00 Operating hours Hrs 0.90
3.2.7 Power requirement
A. Power Requirement Pre-segregation unit
Equip No Equipment Name
Load in HP
1 Slat Conveyor 5
2 Inclined Conveyor 5
3 Pre segregation trommel 15
4 Bio-degradable discharge conveyor 5
5 RDF discharge conveyor 5
Total Load 35 HP or 26.5 KW
B. Power Requirement Compost Plant
Description Load in HP
Preparatory Section 27
Finishing Section 35
Pumping Station 2
Slurry Tank 1
Grinding unit 20
Leachate collection pump 2X5
lighting indoor including power Ioad 7.5
Street lighting 7.5
Total Load 110 HP or
162
72.5 KW
C. Power Requirement RDF Plant
Equip No Equipment Name
Load in HP
1 Slat Conveyor 5
2 Inclined Conveyor 5
3 Manual Sorting Conveyor 5
4 Blower 2
5 Slat Conveyor 5
6 Dryer feed inclined conveyor 5
7 Bio-clave type dryer 65
8 Slat Conveyor 5
9 Fine Trommel feed inclined conveyor 5
10 Fine Trommel (-10 mm) 10
11 Slat Conveyor 5
12 ADS feeding Inclined conveyor 5
13 ADS with Cyclone 20
13A Heavies discharge Conveyor 2
14 Fluff discharge Conveyor 5
11 Shredder feeding conveyor with magnetic separator 5
12 Shredder 75
Total Load 229 HP or 172.5 KW
General/ Lighting purpose 10000 W 10.0
Total Expected Load = 281.5 KW
163
01 Power transformer 350 KVA, 11 KV / 433 V
For electric connection distribution and regulation
02 Two Pole structure, 11 KV fuses etc. L&T switch boards, control system
As per requirement
-
03 HT cables As per site requirement
For power transmission
04 Diesel generator set 150 KVA Stand by power generation System
05 Vacuum circuit Breaker 350 A, 44 KA
164
3.3 DESIGN OF LANDFILL SITE
3.3.1 Approach and Methodology to Design Sanitary Landfill
The approach to the study is framed to meet the objective of preparing design and
drawings, technical specifications and cost estimates of sanitary landfill for
Deoghar. The entire study is organised into the following stages.
3.3.1.1 Reconnaissance Survey The proposed site for sanitary landfill development for disposal of municipal solid
waste from Deoghar Nagar Nigam was visited by the team comprising Landfill
design engineers. The team carried out a rapid appraisal of the site and study of
the site conditions.
The reconnaissance survey is conducted mainly to prepare an appraisal for the
proposed site and develop a concept plan for the landfill site. Reconnaissance
survey was carried out before carrying out the work at the site. The site is about 3.5
Km away from Deoghar College. The Proposed WPLFS for Deoghar is in Northern
side of City in Pachiyari Kothiya Village, Plot No: 723, 723/752, 701, 702, 720,
Rakba: 23.12 Acre, Thana number 242, Khata No 58 District- Deoghar. The area of
land is 23.46 Acres. Land is sufficient to develop a waste processing and landfill
site for Deoghar for 20 Years.
3.3.1.2 Development of Concept Plan The basic requirement before detailed design of sanitary landfill is development of
concept and finalising the lay out. The result of this task is evolution of footprint of
the landfill for further design. The basic inputs for developing concept plan are
reconnaissance survey carried out and discussions with the concerned authorities.
The concept plan, which represents the footprint of the landfill include, layout of the
main deposit area, infrastructure, office space, washing facility for outgoing
vehicles, shed for equipment, vehicle parking area, surface drainage, extraction
and use of landfill gas, control of airborne litter and pollution control measures as
165
per the SWM Rules 2016.
3.3.1.3 Assessment of Landfill Area Requirement Based on the future waste generation trends and topographical survey results land
requirements for disposal of Municipal Solid Waste is assessed. The land required
is assessed for the disposal of unusable portion of the waste and rejects of
processing plant. Landfill development is planned in for 20 years that is for period
2017 to 2037. Total area proposed for landfill cells is 61425 Sqm. Detailed
assessment of required capacity and subsequent area requirement is provided in
article 3.3.4.1.
3.3.1.4 Sanitary Landfill Design Design concepts of Central Public Health and Environmental Engineering
Organisation CPHEEO for different components of landfill are made basis for
design. Apart from CPHEEO guidelines other manuals like EPA Design Manual on
landfill design was also referred.
As a part of this task a complete and comprehensive design and drawings of
sanitary landfill are prepared. Under this task detailed site layout, details of access
roads, design of other facilities like buildings, storage facilities, etc. and
specifications for technical elements are also prepared.
3.3.2 Profile of Project site
3.3.2.1 Description of the Proposed Landfill Site The Proposed WPLFS for Deoghar is Pachiyari Kothiya Village, Plot No: 723, 723/
752, 701, 702, 720, Rakba: 23.12 Acre, Thana number 242, Khata No 58 District-
Deoghar. The site is observed to be an open land.
The land use around the site is observed to be Open land use. Few trees have
been observed within the site. Bushes and grass have been observed within the
site. The terrain is generally plain except a localised hump.
166
3.3.2.2 Site Suitability Analysis
The selection of a site for developing landfill is one of the most important decisions
to be made by the municipal corporations in developing and implementing its waste
management plan. Ultimate impacts of waste disposal on human life including
ecosystem and its causative factors necessitate identification and development of
site selection criteria. Hence site specific measures covering protection of quality of
adjoining environment, minimizing impact on nearby habitation, transport costs etc.
needs trade of analysis in the site selection.
3.3.2.2.1 Proposed Site Features The features of the site are presented in table 3.20
Table 3.20 Features of Proposed Site
Features Details
Climatic conditions Summer –temperature ranges from 260 to 390C
Winter – temperature ranges from 120 to 260 C
Average annual rainfall – 1212 mm with 50 to 65 days rains
Land area 23.12 acres
Land use Open land, Government Land
Present Land use Dry land with bushes & grass
Major crops in the study area
Seasonal crop like rice in near by area
Nearest Highway Deoghar Sultangunj Road 1.2 Kms
Access Road Approach road to the site is Murram road
Nearest Railway Station
Deoghar & Jasidih
Nearest Airport Ranchi 280 Kms away and proposed airport at Deoghar 11 Kms away
Nearest Town/City Pachiyari Kothiya –1.0 km
167
Features Details
Major Settlements Deoghar Town
Minor settlements Settlements of Pachiyari Kothiya 600 m
Water bodies and dams, canals
No water body
Hills and Mountains None
Ecologically sensitive zones
None
Monuments None
Sensitive Receptors No School
Socio-economic Predominantly agriculture based.
3.3.2.2.2 Site Evaluation and Proposed Site Assessment
The following table brings out the compliance of the proposed site at Deoghar with
regard to the requirements stipulated by the ‘Manual on Municipal Solid Waste
Management’ of Government of India for sanitary land fill facilities
Table 3.21 Compliance with the GOI Manual
Sr. No.
Criteria Screening criteria for land suitability ( MSW Rule 2016)
Compliance of proposed land to screening criteria
1 Lake/Pond 200 m away from the Lake/Pond
comply
2 River/streams 100 m away from the river/stream
comply
3. Flood plain No land fill within a 100 year flood plain
comply
4 Highway Away from 200 m NHAI/State comply
5 Public parks 200 m away from public parks comply
6 Wet lands No landfill within wet lands. comply
168
Sr. No.
Criteria Screening criteria for land suitability ( MSW Rule 2016)
Compliance of proposed land to screening criteria
7 Habitation 200 m away from the notified habitation area
comply
8 Ground water table
Ground water table not less than 2m.
comply
9 Critical habitat area
No landfill within the Critical habitat area.
comply
10 Air ports No landfill within 10 km comply
11 Water supply schemes/ wells.
Minimum 200 meters away comply
12 Coastal regulatory zone
Should not be sited comply
13 Unstable zone No landfill comply
From the above table it can be inferred that the site complies with most of the
requirements as given by CPHEEO manual.
3.3.3 Design concepts 3.3.3.1 Introduction This section provides a summary overview of the design concepts adopted for
sanitary landfill for Deoghar City. The basic proposals for site engineering
encompass,
• To develop site into sanitary landfill site
• To check the ground water contamination
• To ensure the safe disposal of municipal solid waste
This section follows the principal design considerations and design concepts,
where as the following chapters presents the design of sanitary landfill site
incorporating the containment engineering measures.
3.3.3.2 MoEF Guidelines for Landfill Design
As per the Solid Waste Management 2016 the sanitary landfill shall comply with the
169
following,
• The sanitary landfill shall be provided with fence, security gate,
approach and internal roads, waste inspection facility, weigh bridge,
equipment and machinery, infrastructure like water supply, lighting, etc.
and health inspection facilities.
• Waste shall be compacted adequately and provided with daily cover of
minimum 10cm of soil inert debris.
• Prior to commencement of monsoon intermediate cover of thickness
45cm has to be provided with proper compaction and grading to prevent
infiltration during monsoon. Proper drainage berms shall be provided to
divert runoff from the active cell of the landfill.
• The minimum bottom layer specifications shall be a composite barrier
having 1.5mm High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) geomembrane
overlying 90 cm of soil (clay/amended soil) having permeability
coefficient not greater than 1X10-7cm/sec. The highest level of water
table shall be 2m below the clay/amended soil layer.
• The final cover shall have a barrier layer comprising of 60 cm of
clay/amended soil with permeability coefficient not greater than 1X10-
7cm/sec. on the top of the barrier soil layer there shall be a drainage
layer of 15cm and on the top of drainage layer there shall be a
vegetative layer of 45cm thick.
• In order to prevent the pollution problems storm water diversion drains,
leachate collection and treatment system and preventive measures for
run – off from landfill area entering any stream, lake, river or pond shall
be provided.
• Buffer zone around the landfill site and a vegetative cover over the
completed site shall be provided.
• The post closure care of landfill site shall be conducted for at least
fifteen years and long-term monitoring plan shall be prepared.
3.3.3.3 Sanitary Landfill Design Concepts Landfill design involves development of concept, adoption of suitable procedure
and safety considerations. Landfill is a typical combination of different component
170
and each of these components has to be designed separately. Before generating a
complete design of sanitary landfill, design concepts for each component has been
developed. For this process standard design procedure by CPHEEO Manual on
Municipal Solid Waste Management, United States Environmental Protection
Agency’s Manual on Solid Waste Management (Subpart – D, Design Criteria) and
Municipal Solid Waste (Management & Handling) Rules have been adopted.
Design concepts for the following components have been developed.
• Design life • Assessment of landfill volume and area required
• Evaluation of concept development plan – Foot Print of Landfill Site
• Assessment of leachate quantity
• Design of leachate collection system
• Design of liner system
• Assessment of landfill gas generation
• Design of final cover system
3.3.3.4 Design Life The design life of the landfill for Deoghar City has been considered as 20 years.
3.3.3.5 Landfill Volume and Area Required The area required for landfill development at Deoghar is assessed based on the
method suggested in CPHEEO manual. Landfill development is planned in for 20
years that is for period 2017 to 2037.Total area proposed for landfill cells is 61425
Sqm. Detailed assessment of required capacity and subsequent area requirement
is provided in article 3.3.4.1.
3.3.3.6 Foot Print of Land Fill Site Based on the topography and shape of the site identified for landfill development a
broad concept for development of landfill was evaluated. The final shape and
internal cell arrangement was finalised after estimating the volume required for the
landfilling of waste from 20 years (design life). Final foot print of Landfill is
presented in Drawing No 5, 5A, 5B and 18 in Volume 3 of this DPR.
The basic cross-section of the landfill considered to be a trapezium with bottom
slope of 1:3 and depth of excavation 4.00 m below ground level. Peripheral bund of 171
height 1.0 meter is proposed to prevent the ingress of storm water in landfill cell.
The height of waste above bund level is kept at 9.0 meters. Side slope of waste
filling is kept at 1:3 and after 3 m vertical height a bench/terrace of 3 M is proposed
3.3.3.7 Assessment of Leachate Quantity Leachate refers to the liquid that has passed through or emerged from solid waste
and contains dissolved and suspended materials removed from the solid waste.
The leachate generation is primarily a function of precipitation and it is directly
proportional to rainfall intensity and surface area.
For computing the quantity of leachate generation, it is assumed that the design
rainfall intensity is equivalent to intensity of storm whose duration is equals to the
time taken by waste fill of 0.5 meters to reach saturation limit.
Leachate is basically generated by the following two means,
1. From active landfill area
2. After closure of landfill site
Leachate Generation Rate from Active Landfill Area
Leachate generation rate from active landfill area is estimated by the method
suggested by CPHEEO Manual.
Leachate Generation Rate, Qa = (C X I X A) / 1000 m3/day
Where, A = N X a
C = Coefficient of Runoff (0.95)
I = Rainfall Intensity
A = Effective Surface area of Operating Phase
N = Number of Days considered for Leachate Collection Sump Design
a = Surface Area of Exposed Area of Landfill
Leachate Generation Rate after Closure of Landfill Site After construction of final cover, only that water which can infiltrate through final
172
cover percolates through the waste and generates leachate. The major quantity of
precipitation will be converted to surface runoff. Leachate generation rate after
closure of landfill is estimated by the method suggested by CPHEEO Manual.
Leachate generation Rate, Qp = Vp – Vr – Ve – Vw m3/day
Where,
Vp = A X I
Vr = C X A X I
Ve = E x A and
Vp = Volume of Precipitation
Vr = Volume of Surface Runoff
Ve = Volume Lost through Evapotranspiration
Vw = Volume of Water Absorbed by the Waste
A = Exposed Surface Area of Landfill Site
C = Coefficient of Runoff
I = Intensity of Rainfall
E = Evapotranspiration Rate
Detailed calculation of Leachate generation from Landfill and compost windrow
area is provided in article 3.3.4.2. Peak leachate generation rate works out to
1186.23 m3 /day during monsoon period. The leachate should be collected in
‘leachate collection sump’ and will be partially recirculated to windrow and landfill
and balance pumped to leachate evaporation pond.
3.3.3.8 Design of Leachate Collection System
The primary function of Leachate Collection System is to collect and convey
leachate out of the landfill unit and to control the depth of the leachate above the
liner. The leachate collection system should be designed to meet the hydraulic
performance standard of maintaining less than 30cm depth of leachate or head
above liner, as suggested by USEPA Manual. Flow of leachate through
imperfections in the liner system increases with an increase in leachate head above
the liner. Maintaining a low leachate level above the liner helps to improve the
performance of the composite liners. The main components of leachate collection
173
system are,
• Feeder Pipes
• Header Pipes
• Leachate collection Sump
Leachate collection system is a network of pipes by which the leachate is collected
through feeder pipes and conveyed to header pipes. The design of pipes should
consider the following factors,
• The required flow using known percolation impingement rates and pipe
spacing
• Pipe size using required flow and maximum slope
• Structural strength of the pipes
3.3.3.8.1 Design Capacity of Leachate Collection Sump One leachate collection sump in each landfill cell and one sump for compost
windrow is proposed.
Leachate holding tank for Landfill is underground infiltration gallery type,
trapezoidal in shape and filled with rounded gravel to hold the collected leachate.
Rounded gravel layeris separated from overlaying waste by providing Geo-textile
and coarse sand filter. A submersible pump is provided in strainer pipe assembly to
pump the leachate out of Landfill cell. Size of LHT for landfill cell is estimated at
16X16X1.25 meter whereas the size of LHT for windrow is Calculated as 5X5X3 M,
rectangular in shape with RCC structure. Detailed design of LHT for Landfill Cell
and Windrow is provided in Table—and table—and respective drawings are
provided in Drawing Number 14 & 15 in Volume 3 of this DPR.
3.3.3.8.2 Spacing & size of Feeder and Header Pipes As suggested by USEPA Manual, the pipe spacing may be determined by the
Mound Model. In the Mound Model, the maximum height of fluid between two
parallel drainage pipes is equal to,
Where, c = e/k
+−+=
ke
ek
ek
keLh ααα 2
2
max tantan1tan
174
hmax = Maximum Hydraulic Depth (30 cm)
L = Distance between the Pipes
k = Permeability of Drainage Layer
q = Inflow Rate
= Slopee
.e= Leachate flow rate
Sizing of feeder and header pipes can be calculated by using hydraulic principle
and the equation is derived as,
Diameter of Pipe, D =
A = Area of Segment Considered for Design
Q = Leachate Flow Rate
N = Number of Pipes in each Segment
V = Velocity of Flow (allowable hydraulic velocity)
Spacing of feeder pipe to keep the maximum hydraulic depth equals to 30 cm is
calculated as 20 meters center by center. Size/Diameter of feeder and header pipe
is estimated as 150 mm and 200 mm respectively. Detailed design sheet to
calculate feeder pipe spacing is provided in article 3.3.4.2.2 and size of feeder and
header pipe is calculated in table 3.27.
3.3.3.8.3 Structural Strength of Pipes Perforated drainage pipes can provide long-term performance and these pipes
transmit fluids rapidly and maintain good service lives. The depth of the drainage
layer around the pipe should be deeper than the diameter of the pipe. The pipes
can be placed in trenches to provide the extra depth. In addition, the trench serves
as a sump (low point) for leachate collection. Pipes shall not be susceptible to
particulate and biological clogging and to deflection. A 6 Kgf pipe perforated HDPE
pipe is proposed for Deoghar. It is wrapped with geo-textile and proposed to be
placed in trench filled with rounded gravels so that it should be safe from particulate
and biological clogging and deflections.
(A X Q) / (∏ X N X V)
175
3.3.3.9 Design of Liner System Leachate control by liner system within a landfill involves prevention of
Percolation of leachate from waste in landfill to the subsoil by a suitable protective
system (liner system). The liner system is a combination of drainage layer and
barrier layers. As per CPHEEO manual a competent liner system should have low
permeability, should be robust and durable and should be resistant to chemical
attack, puncture and rupture. A liner system comprises of combination of barrier
materials such as natural clay, amended soils and flexible geomembrane.
As per CPHEEO “Construction of a non-permeable lining system at the base and
wall of landfill receiving residues of waste processing facilities or mixed waste
minimum liner specification shall be a composite barrier having 1.5mm High
Density Polyethylene (HDPE) geomembrane or equivalent overlying 90cm of soil
(clay/amended soil) having permeability coefficient not greater than 1X10-7cm/sec.”
Therefore for the landfill site composite liner of following specifications has been
recommended complying Municipal Solid Waste (Management and Handling)
Rules 2000.
• A 90cm thick compacted clay or amended soil (amended with bentonite)
of permeability not greater than 1X10-7 cm/sec
• A HDPE geomembrane liner of thickness 1.5mm
• A drainage layer of 300mm thick granular material of permeability not
greater than 10-2 cm/sec.
Main components of composite liner are clay/amended soil layer and
geomembrane liner and performance of landfill largely depends on this liner
system..
Geomembrane Liner Geomembranes are relatively thin sheets of flexible thermoplastic or thermo
polymeric materials. Because of their inherent impermeability, geomembranes are
proposed as barrier layer in landfill site. Even though geomembranes are highly
impermeable, their safety against manufacturing, installation, handling and other
defects is essential criteria in designing liner system.
176
Typical values for geomembrane measured in performance tests specified in
CPHEEO manual and presented in table given below.
Table 3.22: Typical Values for Geomembrane Measure in Performance Tests
Property Typical Value 1 Thickness 1.5mm (60mil)
2 Density 0.94gm/cc
3 Roll Width X Length 6.5m X 150m
4 Tensile Strength
A Tensile Strength at Yield 24kN/m
B Tensile Strength at Break 42kN/m
C Elongation at Yield 15%
D Elongation at Break 700%
E Secant Modulus (1%) 500MPa
5 Toughness
A Tear Resistance (initiation) 200N
B Puncture Resistance 480N
C Low Temperature Brittleness -940F
6 Durability
A Carbon Black 2%
B Carbon Black Dispersion A-1
C Accelerated Heat Ageing Negligible Strength Changes
after 1 month at 1100C
7 Chemical Resistance
A Resistance to Chemical Waste
Mixture
10% Strength Change Over
120 days
B Resistance to Chemical Reagents 10% Strength Change Over 7
days
8 Environmental Stress Crack Resistance 1500hrs
9 Dimensional Stability 2%
10 Seam Strength 80% or more (of Tensile
Strength)
Source CPHEEO Manual
177
3.3.3.10 Liner Puncture Protection
Determination of density of geomembrane is critical aspect in safety against
punctures. The following method referred in USEPA’s Design Criteria determines
the mass per unit area required against punctures.
F = (Pal / Pac)
F = Factor of Safety
Pal = Allowable Pressure for different Types of Geomembrane
Pac = Actual Pressure due to landfill = W X D
Pal = [50 + 0.00045(M/H2)] X [1/(MFs X MFp X MFa)] X [1/(RFcr X RFcbd)]
M = Geomembrane Mass per Unit Area
H = Height of protrusion above drainage layer
W = Unit Weight of Solid Waste
D = Depth of Fill
MFs = Modification Factor for Protrusion Shape
MFp = Modification Factor for Packing Density
MFa = Modification Factor for Arching in Solids
RFcr = Reduction Factor for Long-Term Creep
RFcbd = Reduction Factor for Long-Term Chemical/Biological degradation
Table 3.23: Modification and Reduction Factors for Geo membrane
MFs MFp MFa
Angular 1.00 Isolated 1.00 Hydrostatic 1.00
Sub rounded 0.50 Dense,
38mm
0.83 Geostatic, Shallow 0.75
Rounded 0.25 Dense,
25mm
0.67 Geostatic, Moderate 0.50
Dense,
12mm
0.50 Geostatic, Deep 0.25
178
Table 3.24: Reduction Factor for Long-Term Creep (RFcr)
Protrusion (mm)
38 25 12
Mass/Unit Area (g/m2)
270 NR NR > 1.5
550 NR 1.5 1.3
1100 1.3 1.2 1.1
> 1100 1.2 1.1 1.0
Table 3.25: Reduction Factor for Long-Term Chemical / Biological Degradation
Mild Leachate 1.1
Moderate Leachate 1.3
Harsh Leachate 1.5
3.3.3.11 Post Closure Leachate Leakage Post closure protection or safety is one of the most concerned areas of
landfill design. The liner system, especially geomembrane layer’s
performance after the closure of landfill site should meet the required
standards. Even though the percolation of leachate through geomembrane is
negligible, leakage through manufacturing, installation and other defects
cannot be ruled out. Therefore it is incumbent to check the safety of
geomembrane for post closure leakage.
The quantity of leachate leakage through geomembrane defects can be
calculated by the method suggested by USEPA’s Design Criteria.
Q = Leakage Rate through the Geomembrane Defect
Q = {N X 0.976 X C X [1 + 0.1 X (H/T)0.95] X D0.2 X H0.9 X K0.74} / A
179
A = Geomembrane Layer Area
N = Number of Defects per Geomembrane Layer
C = Contact Quality Factor (refer table 3.4)
H = Maximum Hydraulic Head on Top of the Geomembrane (30 cm)
T = Thickness of the Clay or Amended Soil Layer
D = Diameter of the Circular Defect / Length of Rectangular Defect
K = Permeability of Clay/Amended Soil Layer
Table 3.26: Contact Quality Factor
Contact Condition
Contact Quality Factor for Circular, Square or Rectangular Defect
Contact Quality Factor for Infinite Length Defect
Good Contact 0.21 0.52
Poor Contact 1.15 1.22
The leakage rate per year thus calculated would be compared with the maximum
allowable leachate leakage rate per year (3.4 X 10-5) recommended by USEPA. If
the calculated value is less than the recommended value then the geo membrane
is safe.
3.3.3.12 Assessment of Landfill Gas Generation Landfill gas is generated as a product of waste biodegradation. In landfill sites
organic waste is broken down by enzymes produced by bacteria in a manner
comparable to food digestion. Considerable heat is generated by these reactions
with methane, carbon dioxide, nitrogen, oxygen, hydrogen sulphite, carbon dioxide
and other gases as the by products. Methane and carbon dioxide are the principle
gases produced with almost 50 – 50 per cent share.
When methane is present in the air in concentrations between 5 to 15 per cent, it is
explosive. Landfills generate gases with a pressure sufficient enough to damage
the final cover and largely have impact on vegetative cover. Also, because only
limited amount of oxygen are present in a landfill, when methane concentration
reach this critical level, there is a little danger that the landfill will explode.
180
The quantity of gas generated from the landfill is estimated with the help of
method suggested in CPHEEO Manual,
Volume of Gas Generated, V = C X W X [P/100] m3/year
C = Coefficient of Generation (6 m3/ton/year)
W = Weight of Waste
P = Percentage of Organic Component
As suggested by CPHEEO Manual the gas management strategies should
follow the following three plans,
• Controlled Passive Venting
• Uncontrolled Release
• Controlled Collection and Treatment
For venting system number of vents required can be estimated by following
formula,
Number of Vents Required, N = V / R
V = Volume of Gas Generated
R = Rate of Gas Release per Vent (7500 m3/year)
For Deoghar, Controlled Passive Venting system in Final cover is proposed. Total
19 Number of gas vents are required for 4 cells of landfill. 3 vents are proposed for
cell 1 and 4 vents each are proposed for cell 2,3,4.
3.3.3.13 Design of Final Cover System
A final landfill cover is usually composed of several layers, each with a specific
function. The surface cover system must enhance surface drainage, minimise
infiltration, support vegetation and control the release of landfill gases. The landfill
cover to be adopted will depend on the gas management system.
As recommended by the MoEF and CPHEEO the final cover system must consist
of a vegetative layer supported by a drainage layer over barrier layer and gas vent 181
layer.
• Vegetative layer of 450mm thick with good vegetation supporting soil
• Drainage layer of 150mm thick granular material with permeability 1 X
10-2 cm/sec
• Barrier layer of 600mm thick clay/amended soil with permeability 1 X 10-
7 cm/sec
• Gas venting layer of 200mm thick granular material with permeability 1 X
10-2 cm/sec
3.3.4 Detailed Design of Components of Landfill
3.3.4.1 Capacity & Volume of Landfill Site
Waste Generation in different year in as under
Year 2017 - 87.48 MT / day
2022 - 107.95 MT / day
2027 - 134.86 MT / day
2032 - 165.73 MT / day
2037
206.03 MT / day Additional waste in
one Month of Srawan - 1375.00 MT
Calculation of Volume
For 1st 5 year period (Year 2017 to 2022)
=
(87.48 + 107.95) x 5 x 365 +5X1375 = 185204.9 MT
2
Say 185205 MT
For 2nd 5 year period (Year 2022 to 2027)
=
(107.95 + 34.86) x 5 x 365 +5X1375 = 228439.1 MT
2
Say 228440 MT
For 3rd 5 year period (Year 2027to 2032)
=
(134.86 + 165.7) x 5 x 365 +5X1375 = 281163.4 MT
2
Say 281164 MT
For 4th 5 year period (Year 2032 to 2037)
182
=
(165.73+206.03) x 5 x 365 +5X1375 = 346106 MT
2
Say 346106 MT
Volume of Ist 5 year period (Year 2017 to 2022)
Waste going to landfill = 20% of 185205 = 37041.0 MT
Daily cover @ 10%
= 3704.10
Total 40745.10 MT
Compacted volume of waste @ 850 kg/cm V1 = 47935 M3
Volume of 2nd 5 year period (Year 2022 to 2027)
Waste going to landfill = 20% of 228440 = 45688.0
Daily cover @ 10%
= 4568.80
Total 50256.80 MT
Compacted volume of waste @ 850 kg/cm V2 = 59126 M3
Volume of 3rd 5 year period (Year 2027 to 2032)
Waste going to landfill = 20% of 281164 = 56232.8 MT
Daily cover @ 10%
= 5623.28
Total 61856.08 MT
Compacted volume of waste @ 850 kg/cm V3 = 72772 M3
Volume of 4th 5 year period (Year 2032 to 2037)
Waste going to landfill = 20% of 346106 = 69221.2 MT
Daily cover @ 10%
= 6922.12
Total 76143.32 MT
Compacted volume of waste @ 850 kg/cm V4 = 89580 M3
Total volume required for 10 yrs = V1 + V2 + V3 + V4 = 269413 M3
Area provided in SFL
1 Below ground level
Depth Below bund top level – Side Slope 1: 3
183
Height of bund
– 1 m
Depth of excavation
– 3.75
Total height available
– 4.75
Out of that
Waste
– 3.00 m
Intermediate Cover
– 0.45 m
Clay Layer
– 0.90 m
Silt Layer
– 0.10 m
Drainage Layer
– 0.30 m
Total
4.75 m
A For Cell 1 ,2 &3
Outer dimension of SLF = 36432 Sqm
Number of cells
=3
Plan area at waste bottom level (PBL) A1 = 23237 Sqm
Plan area at top of waste level A2
= 30511.00 Sqm
Depth of filling
= 3.00 M
Volume V1 (cell
1,2,3) = (23237+ 30511)X 3.00 / 2
V 1 (cell
1,2,3) = 80622
deduction for internal bunds = (-) 1171.5
Volume cell 1,2,3 BGL V 1 = 79450.5
B For Cell 4
Outer dimension of SLF = 10143.6 Sqm
Plan area proposed at bed level (PBL) A1 = 4376.3 Sqm
Plan area at top of waste level A2
= 7409.00 Sqm
Depth of filling
= 3.00 M
Volume V1
(cell 1) = (4376.3+ 7409)X 3.00 / 2
V 1 (cell 1) = 17677.95
Vol below GL V1 = 97128.45
2 Above ground level
Height Above GL –
– Side Slope 1: 3
Waste
– 5.00 m
Vegetative Cover
– 0.45 m
Drainage layer
0.15
Barrier layer
– 0.60 m
Gas Collection Layer
– 0.20 m
6.40 m
A For Cell 1 ,2 &3
a Volume up to First Terrace Lvl (Ht 3.0 m)
184
Plan area of entire landfill at bund top level = 31652.00 Sqm
Area of Landfill at First Terrace Lvl (Outer) = 24292 Sqm
height
= 3.0 M
Volume V2 = (31652+24292) x 3/2
V
2(Terrace
1) = 83916 M3
b Volume up to First Terrace Lvl (Ht 3.0 m)
Plan area of entire landfill at bund top level = 21965.00 Sqm
Area of Landfill at First Terrace Lvl (Outer) = 15367 Sqm
height
= 3.0 M
Volume V2 = (21965+15367) x 3/2
V
2(Terrace
1) = 55998 M3
c Volume from First Terrace to top of waste Lvl
Area of Landfill at First Terrace Lvl (Inner) = 13292 Sqm
Plan area of Entire Landfill at top of waste Lvl = 7446 Sqm
height
= 3.0 M
Volume V2 = (13292+ 7446) x 3/2
V
2(Terrace
2) = 31107 M3
Volume V2 (Cell 1,2,3) = 171021
B For Cell 4 a Volume up to First Terrace Lvl (Ht 3.0 m)
Plan area of entire landfill at bund top level = 7919.00 Sqm
Area of Landfill at First Terrace Lvl (Outer) = 4791 Sqm
height
= 3.0 M
Volume V2 = (7919+4791) x 3/2
V
2(Terrace
1) = 19065 M3
b Volume up to First Terrace Lvl (Ht 3.0 m)
Plan area of entire landfill at bund top level = 3891.00 Sqm
Area of Landfill at First Terrace Lvl (Outer) = 1770 Sqm
height
= 3.0 M
Volume V2 = (3891+1770) x 3/2
185
V
2(Terrace
1) = 8491.5 M3
c Volume from First Terrace to top of waste Lvl
Area of Landfill at First Terrace Lvl (Inner) = 1292 Sqm
Plan area of Entire Landfill at top of waste Lvl = 310 Sqm
height
= 3.0 M
Volume V2 = (1992+ 310) x 2.5/2
V
2(Terrace
2) = 2403 M3
Volume V2 (cell 4) = 29959.5
Vol above GL V2 = 200980.5
Total volume provided in SLF = V1 + V2
= 298109 M3
Say 298109 M3
Against a requirement of 269413 cum, volume provided is 298109 cum and hence the landfill area is sufficient for 22 yrs
3.3.4.2 Design of Leachate Collection & Removal System 3.3.4.2.1 Leachate Generation
Calculation of Design Rainfall intensity
Kothyari & Garde (1992), Rainfall intensity-duration-frequency formula for india, Journal of Hydraulics Engineering, ASCE, 118 (2)
C = 9.1 for eastern India
R224 = 110 mm T 1 Years t 5.34 hour ITt = 13.07 mm/hour
Calculation of time taken by waste to reach saturation Assumed water holding capacity of MBT waste = 25%
Volume of leachate to reach waste at saturation limit =9600X0.5X25%
1200 cum
186
Area of Fill 9600 sqm
Discharge/unit area 0.125 Cum/sqm
Permeability of MBT waste 6.5E-06 m/sec
Time to saturate 19230.77 sec or
5.34 Hrs
A Leachate generation from active landfill
C = Coefficient of Percolation 0.95
I = Rainfall Intensity (Duration 5.34 hrs rainfall, frequency once a yr)
13.07 mm/day
Duration of rainfall 5.34 Hrs
Effective Surface area of Operating Phase i.e. one cell area (Inside of bund center line)
9600.00 Sqm
Leachate geneartion/day 636.33 Cum/day
B Leachate generation after closure
Area of Landfill Site 9600.00 Sqm
Coefficient of Runoff 0.95
Intensity of Rainfall 13.07 mm/day
Duration of rainfall 5.34 Hrs
Percentage Volume Absorbed by the Waste 2
peak leachate generation rate 12.73 Cum
C Windrow area
Waste receiving Area (58X30) 1740.00 Sqm
Windrow area (172X37) open 6364.00 Sqm
Total 8104.00 Sqm
Coefficient of Runoff 0.95
Intensity of Rainfall 13.07 mm/Hour
Duration of rainfall 5.34 Hrs
peak leachate generation rate from windrow 537.17 Cum
Total leachate generation per day
1186.23 cum
3.3.4.2.2 Design of Leachate Removal System
i) Calculation of Feeder pipe spacing 187
Max permissible Hydraulic Depth 0.3 m
A ------ Moore Eq
Permeability of drainage layer 'K' (at 80% clogging) = 10-2X20% 0.002 M/sec
Leachate Flow Rate 'e' 7.672E-07 M3/m2/sec
e/k 0.0003836
Slope Tan (1 IN 50) 0.02 %
Proposed Spacing of Feeder pipe "L" (meter) 25 m
Hydraulic Depth with moore Eq for above spacing (hmax) 0.286 m
------ straight surface drainage B
Proposed Spacing of Feeder pipe "L" (meter) 20 m
Hydraulic Depth flat drainage surface for above spacing (hmax) 0.277 m
Allowable Hydraulic depth 0.3 m
Since Hydraulic depth so obtained is less than allowable hydraulic depth i.e 30 cm, spacing of 20 m adopted between feeder pipes are OK
Table: 3.27 Size of Leachate pipe
Pipe detail
Actual Discharge Total
discharge
Size of
pipe Area Wetted Perimet
er R Slope
Velocity
(m/sec)
Design discharge (Q) Cumec add D(m)
Feeder pipe 0.007 0 0.007 0.15 0.0059 0.157 0.04 1
/ 50 0.020 1.22 0.007
Header pipe 0.0137 0 0.0137 0.2 0.0157 0.314 0.05 1
/ 100 0.010 1.04 0.016
3.3.4.2.3 Design of Leachate Holding System A. Hydraulic Design of Leachate Holding Tank For Landfill Cell
Leachate generation from active Landfill Cell
= 636.3 m3 / day
Providing 3 Hrs retention period, capacity = 636.3 x 3 / 24 = 79.54132 Cum
Holding Capacity of Gravels
= 30%
Volume of LHT required ( M3)
= 265.14
188
Provide a tank of top Size with side slope 1:1
= 16.0 m x 16.0 m
Available volume with 1.25 m storage
= 273.91 cum
Depth of sump
Liquid depth = 1.25
Free board = 0.10
Dead Storage = 0.40
1.75
Suction Head = 1.75
Depth of excavation = 4.00
Total Head = 5.75
Design of Pump
It is proposed that 10 cum will be pumped in 10 minutes,
therefore flow rate will be = 10000/10
= 1000 LPM
BHP =
1.05 x6.0 x 1000
= 3.35
4500 x 0.40
Add 10% extra
= 0.34
Total
= 3.69 HP
Providing 5 HP capacity leachate pumps.
B. Hydraulic Design of Leachate Holding Tank for Windrow pad
Leachate generation
= 537.17 m3 / day
Providing 2 Hrs retention period, capacity = 537.17 x 2/24 = 44.76409 Cum
Keeping 2.1 M depth below I.L of pipe, plan area required
= 21.32 m2
dimension proposed
= 5X5 M
Depth of sump
Liquid depth = 2.80
Free board = 0.20
Dead Storage = 0.30
3.3
Design of Pump
It is proposed that 10 cum will be pumped in 10 minutes,
therefore flow rate will be = 10000/10
= 1000 LPM
189
BHP =
1.05 x 3.3 x 1000
= 1.93 4500 x 0.40
Add 10% extra
= 0.19
Total
= 2.12 HP
Providing 3 HP capacity leachate pumps.
3.3.4.3 Impermeable Base Liner System
landfill site composite liner of following specifications has been recommended
complying Municipal Solid Waste (Management and Handling) Rules 2000.
• A 90cm thick compacted clay or amended soil (amended with bentonite)
of permeability not greater than 1X10-7 cm/sec
• A HDPE geomembrane liner of thickness 1.5mm
• A drainage layer of 300mm thick granular material of permeability not
greater than 10-2 cm/sec.
3.3.4.4 Gas Removal system
The quantity of gas generated from the landfill is estimated with the help of method suggested in CPHEEO Manual,
Coefficient of Generation (C ) = 6 m3/ton/year Weight of Waste filled in 20 Yrs (W)= 234206 Tons
Percentage of Organic Component in waste landfilled (P) = 10% Rate of Gas Release per Vent (R ) 7500 m3/year
Volume of Gas Generated V = C X W X [P/100] 140524 m3/year Number of Vents Required, N = V / R 18.7365
Say 19
3.3.4.5 Summary of Design
This section of the chapter presents the summary of the design as worked out in
the earlier sections. The details of design summary are presented in table 6.9
190
Table 3.28: Summary of Landfill Design
Landfill Component Design Specifications Design Life 20 years
Area & No of cells 61425 Sqm, 4 cells
Leachate Generation Rate from Active Landfill Area
636.33 m3
Leachate Generation Rate after Closure of Landfill Site
12.73 m3/day
Leachate from windrow and waste receiving area
537.17 m3/day
Leachate Collection Sump 16X16X1.24 M capacity for landfill & 5X5X3 M for windrow
Feeder Pipes
Spacing
Size
20 m
150 mm diameter
Header Pipe
Size
200 mm diameter
Feeder and Header Pipe Material
HDPE perforated pipes with sufficient strength
Liner System A 90cm thick compacted clay or amended soil (amended with bentonite) of permeability not greater than 1X10-7 A HDPE geomembrane liner of thickness 1.5mm and with minimum density of 0.94 gm/cc A drainage layer of 300 mm thick granular material of permeability not greater than 1X10-2 cm/sec.
Number of Gas Vents Required
4 in each cell
Final Cover System Vegetative layer of 450mm thick with good vegetation supporting soil Drainage layer of 150mm thick granular
191
material with permeability 1 X 10-2cm/sec Barrier layer of 600mm thick clay/amended soil with permeability 1 X 10-7cm/sec Gas venting layer of 200mm thick granular material with permeability 1 X 10-2cm/sec
3.3.5 Sanitary Landfill Operation
3.3.5.1 Formation of Working Area Working areas are constructed with in a larger area and a number of daily
cells will be placed at bottom level over which cells are formed one above
the other to cover the total lift of one phase. An intermediate cover has to
be constructed over the completed cells before monsoon to reduce
infiltration of storm water.
3.3.5.2 Waste Unloading, Spreading and Compaction
Unloading of waste from delivery vehicles is a potentially hazardous
operation. It is imperative that all drivers are fully aware of the site rules
governing the unloading of waste and obey instructions issued by site
operatives. Waste should be unloaded at discrete discharge points as
directed by site operatives.
A minimum of two discharge points should be maintained at all times.
Control should be exercised over the number of vehicles permitted in to the
discharge area at any one time. Comprehensive sign – posting should
direct all drivers to the specific discharge point they should take the waste
to. The designed tipping slopes should be maintained during tipping
operation.
The waste is then pushed to the cell area, spread in layers not exceeding
50cm and should be compacted by the compactor. The subsequent loads
are pushed above the initial layer to form the design cell height of 3m and
to attain the design slopes. 192
Considerable care should be exercised when placing the initial lift of waste
above the landfill lining and leachate collection layer. Individual items of
wastes may be deemed to be unsuitable if these are large or bulky and
likely to penetrate or deform the basal engineering measures. All such
unsuitable wastes should be stockpiled and, as soon as the initial lift
becomes of sufficient extent, should be incorporated in to an early second
lift.
Maximum compaction of the waste should be undertaken on the landfill site
in order to achieve the following objectives,
• Maximising the in-situ waste density and optimising use of the available
void space
• Assisting in the amelioration of potential odor problems
• Reducing potential environmental problems associated with infestation
by vermin, flies, birds and other pests
• Minimising the daily cover requirements, by maintaining a well-
compacted and tightly knitted surface through which cover material will
not penetrate
3.3.5.3 Daily Cover
At the end of each working day the cell should be finally compacted to
provide a smooth surface and covered by cover material. Placing the cover
materials can be accomplished by dumping at the top and/or toe of the
active area and spreading with the compacting equipment or dozer blade of
JCB. The cover material shall be spread evenly to a thickness of 15 cm to
cover the entire exposed face including flanks and working face.
3.3.5.4 Intermediate Cover
Daily cover fulfils only transient function and an intermediate cover should
be provided at the end of each lift. Apart from this intermediate cover is
proposed prior to onset of monsoon over the active area. An intermediate
cover of 45 cm thick is proposed using low permeable soil, which will be
193
compacted with compactor providing 3 to 5 per cent gradient for surface
water runoff.
3.3.5.5 Final Cover The construction of final cover is similar to bottom liner and drainage layer
construction. The layer on the top of waste will be high permeable gas
venting layer and above that low permeability hydraulic barrier layer should
be laid. Over the barrier layer a drainage layer of 6 – 10mm grade gravel
has to be laid as drainage layer to increase run off and to reduce infiltration.
A vegetative layer should be provided immediately above the drainage
layer. The vegetative layer should be laid at a slope not steeper than 1:3
and moderately compacted.
3.3.5.6 Environmental monitoring plan
In order to ensure the optimal performance of the landfill site, checking the
environmental pollution and complying with the regulatory requirements is
essential. The following environmental parameters shall be monitored on a
regular basis.
Quality of Leachate after Treatment
Surface Water Quality
Ground Waste Quality
Quantity and Quality of Gas Generated
Ambient Air Quality
The above parameters shall be monitored as per the standards stipulated
in MSW Rules 2000. The number of samples and location specifications for
monitoring are presented in table 3.29.
Table 3.29: Sampling Specifications for Environmental Monitoring
Description Sampling Specifications Quality of Leachate after One grab Sampling at out let of the
194
Treatment treatment plant every month
Surface Water Quality One grab sample at up stream side and
one grab sample at down stream side for
water bodies near the landfill site every
month
Ground Waste Quality One sample at upstream side and three
samples at down stream side of the landfill
site every month
Quantity and Quality of Gas
Generated
24 hours continuous stack monitoring at
selected vent on every month
Ambient Air Quality 48 hours continuous ambient air quality
monitoring at one location in upwind and
three locations in downwind directions
every month
The leachate quality after treatment should meet the standards
recommended by CPHEEO in Soil Waste Management Rules, 2016 and
presented in table 3.30.
Table 3.30: Disposal Standards for Treated Leachate
S. No Parameter Standards (Mode of Disposal)
Inland Surface Water
Public Sewers
Land Dispos
al
1 Suspended solids, mg/1, Max 100 600 200
2 Dissolved solids (inorganic) mg/1 2100 2100 2100
3 pH 5.5 to 9.0 5.5 to
9.0
5.5 to
9.0
4 Ammonical nitrogen (as N), mg/1 50 50 -
195
5 Total Kjeldahl nitorgen as N,mg/1 100 - -
6 BOD in mg/1 (3 days @ 27°C) 30 350 100
7 Chemical oxygen demand, mg/1 250 - -
8 Arsenic (as As), mg/1 max 0.2 0.2 0.2
9 Mercury (as Hg) mg/1, max 0.01 0.01
10 Lead (as Pb), mg/1, max 0.1 1.0
11 Cadmium (as Cd) mg/1 max 2.0 1.0
12 Total chromium as Cr, mg/1 2.0 2.0
13 Copper as Cu, mg/1 3.0 3.0
14 Zinc A as Zn, mg/1 5.0 15
15 Nickel as Ni, mg/1 3.0 3.0
16 Cyanide as CN, mg/1 0.2 2.0 0.2
17 Chloride as CI, mg/1 1000 1000 600
18 Fluoride as F, mg/1 2.0 1.5 -
19 Phenolic compounds (C6H5OH)
mg/1
1.0 5.0 -
Source SWM Rules, 2016
The groundwater quality within 50 m of the periphery of landfill site shall be
periodically monitored to ensure that the groundwater is not contaminated
beyond acceptable limits as decided by the Ground Water Board or the
State Board or the Committee. Usage of ground water in and around the
landfill site for any purpose (including drinking and irrigation) is to be
considered after ensuring its quality. The monitoring results of surface and
ground water quality shall meet the drinking water quality standards as
196
presented in table 3.31
Table 3.31 : Water Quality Standards for Surface and Ground Water Quality Monitoring
S. No.
Parameter IS 10500: 1991 Desirable Limit
1 Arsenic, mg/1 0.05
2 Cadmium (as Cd) mg/1 0.01
3 Chromium, mg/l 0.05
4 Copper as Cu, mg/1 0.05
5 Cyanide as CN, mg/1 0.05
6 Lead (as Pb), mg/1, 0.05
7 Mercury (as Hg) mg/1 0.001
8 Nickel as Ni, mg/1 -
9 Nitrate as NO, mg/l 45
10 pH 6.5 – 8.5
11 Iron, mg/l 0.3
12 Total Hardness (as CaCO3), mg/l 300
13 Chloride as CI, mg/1 250
14 Dissolved solids, mg/1 500
15 Phenolic compounds (as
C6H5OH), mg/1
0.001
16 Zinc A as Zn, mg/1 5
17 Sulpahte (as SO4), mg/l 200
Source MSW (Management and Handling) Rules, 2000
197
Ambient air quality at the landfill site and at the vicinity shall be monitored
to meet the prescribed standards as presented in table 3.32.
Table 3.32: Ambient Air Quality Standards
S. No
Parameters Acceptable Levels
1. Sulfur dioxide 120 µg/m 3 (24 hours)
2. Suspended particulate
matter 500 µg/m 3 (24 hours)
3. Methane ≤ 25 % of the lower explosive limit(650
mg/m3)
4. Ammonia ( 24 hour
average) 0.4 mg/m3 (400 µg/m 3)
5. Carbon Monoxide 1 hour average: 2 mg/m3
8 hour average: 1 mg/m3
Source SWM Rule 2016
198
3.4 SPECIFICATION OF VEHICLE, EQUIPMENT AND T&P 3.4.1 Electronic Weigh Bridge Avery/Jyoty / Mettler
• General: Fully electronic, pit type 30 ton capacity weigh bridge with P-IV
computer, coloured monitor, 80 column matrix printer, digitiser with one inch
display and RS-232 port serial communication, necessary software as per
requirement, online UPS & CVT for constant power supply.
• Load Cells: Unit shall have 4 nos. load cells of compression type (Avery /
Revere / Mettler / Make), meeting I.P. 68 Environmental sealing standard
and certified from Govt. recognized laboratory.
• Platform: Platform shall be 10ft x 20ft a shall be made of mild steel
fabrication, the main longitudinal members being R.S.J. section. The
platform plates shall be provided with antiskid strips.
• Warranty: The equipment should have a minimum warranty of two years
including the warranty for load cells.
• Stamping: The supplier will get the stamping done of the Weigh Bridge from
Weights and Measurement Department of the concerned State
Governmentinitially as well every year during warranty period.
3.4.2 TRACTOR FOR TROLLEY & Loader Tractor shall be rugged and durable and shall comply with the general
specifications given below. Suppliers are advised that the specifications /
dimensions shown here are indicative only.
• Minimum flywheel horsepower shall be minimum 52 HP at manufacturers rating.
• Minimum Number of cylinders shall be 4
• It shall be diesel fuel feed with direct injection fuel system, individual and adjustment face fuel injection pumps and nozzles.
• Liquid – cooled cooling system.
• Dual clutch of diameter 275mm x 275mm to 305 x 254mm
• Power take off (PTO) – No. of splines shall be 6, operation speed 583 rpm, PTO speed @ 1787 ERPM (engine speed) to 2110ERPM
• Brake shall be high-speed multi disc wet brakes / Hydraulic Shoe type brakes.
199
• Steering shall be hydrostatic power steering.
• Front tyres shall be of 6.0 x 16, 8 ply /6.5 x 20, 8 ply rating and rear tyres shall be 14.90 x 28, 12 ply rating.
• Battery shall by 80 AH, to 90 AH 12 V maintenance free battery.
• Alternator shall be 36 Amp.
• Headlight, plough lamp and halogen bulb shall be provided
• Under carriage shall be semi-rigid.
• Track roller frame to be box-section, high tensile steel construction.
General Requirements:
The suppliers are required to furnish complete Technical Specifications
supported with product / manufacturer’s catalogue (originals) along with the
offer.
3.4.3 Custom Trolley Attachment To Be Fitted With Tractor For Inert Transportation
A trolley is to be fabricated to serve as attachment for the tractor, suitable for
lifting of carcass and transportation. The trolley shall conform to the following
requirements. Prior to supply, supplier / fabricator shall be required to submit
detailed shop floor drawings for approval.
• The clear dimensions of the trolley shall be 3650(L) x 1980 (W) x 760mm (H)
• Cattle Lifting Platform shall be made from 2mm thick MS Sheet, Cold formed MS channel sections to withstand 750 Kgs of load.
• Platform railing should be made from 40 x 40 x 2mm thick square pipe. Two sides should be hinged to the floor and rear side should be removable for easy entry of animal. The complete railing should be collapsable.
• The under structure of floor should be of channel sections 100x50x3 mm thick. The floor deck sheet should be 2mm thick corrugated (cold formed). The side walls should be 1.6mm thick MS corrugated panels supported by 3mm thick sections. The lower sub-frame should be ISMC 150 x 75mm
• Hydraulic Cylinders shall be 2 No. Hard Chromed with stoke length suitably designed
200
• Minimal loading time shall be 30 seconds
• Minimal unloading time shall be 30 seconds
• Closing / opening of tail gate shall be semi-automatic
3.4.4 Technical Specification for Front End Loader Attachment
Tractor Model - Any Model – Min. 50hp
(Power steering Tractor)
Effective lift height - 11 ft.
Tilted Bucket at - 45PPP
0PPP (8.8 ft.)
Working depth - 150 mm
Bucket return to ground (DPPP
0PPP) - 45PPP
0
Bucket unloading (EPPP
0PPP) - 90PPP
0
Max. Bucket capacity - 900 kg.
Dismantling Provision - With Easy dismantling Jockey
Unloading (fork opening) - By hydraulic cylinders
3.4.5 Four Wheeler Auto Tipper for Door To Door Collection and Transportation of Waste The Four Wheeler Auto Tipper shall conform to the following technical
specifications. The suppliers are advised that the specifications / dimensions
shown here are only indicative.
Technical specifications: S. No.
Particulars BParameters 1
7B7B 7BEngine Type Two cylinder, four stroke, direct injection,
Diesel Engine
Displacement 900cc – 920 cc
Maximum Power 26 BHP @ 3600 rpm
Torque 28 NM @ 2000 rpm
Starting Self start
201
Cooling
Capacity
Forced Air Cool / Water cooled
1800 cum
2 9B9B 9BTransmission Four forward, one reverse,
3 11B 11B11BSuspension
Front Dual action hydraulic telescopic shock absorber with helical springs
Rear Independent suspension triangular arm, rubber compression spring and dual action hydraulic shock absorber / Solid tension bar with independent swing arms
4 13B 13B13BWeight
Kerb weight 1100 Kg
Gross weight 1800Kg
5 15B 15B15BTyres 4J x 12, 30.5 cm 8PR
6 17B 17B17BBrakes Hydraulic brakes shall be provided
7 19B 19B19BElectricals
System voltage 12 V DC
Battery voltage 12V 50 AH
8 21B 21B21BDimensions
Wheel base 1950 mm
Overall length 3800 mm
Width
Height
1540mm
1900 mm
9 Axles Rear wheel drive by two propeller shafts
Min ground clearance 160mm – 165mm
Front axle Non-driven stub axle
202
Rear axle Independent drive
24B 24B24B10 25B 25B25BFuel tank 30.0 lts – 35lts.
Further the auto tipper shall conform to the following requirements:
• Be designed and fabricated that they can be cleaned and drained in a
manner that waste matter do not get trapped on edges or crevices, so
as to avoid harboring of insects or vermin.
• Allow waste to be loaded, secured and unloaded and should not
contain any seepage from damaged containers.
• Be steam cleaned and clinically disinfected once in a week.
• Shall comply with the latest emission norms in force at the time of
registration.
3.4.6 Three Wheeler (Auto) Tipper for Collection and Transportation of Waste The Three Wheeler (Auto) tipper shall conform to the following technical
specifications. The suppliers are advised that the specifications / dimensions
shown here are only indicative.
Technical specifications: S. No.
2Particulars BParameters 1
Engine Type Single cylinder, four stroke, direct injection,
Diesel Engine
Displacement 390cc – 520 cc
Maximum Power 8BHP – 10.2 BHP @ manufacturer’s rpm
Torque 16.7NM – 26NM @ manufacturer’s rpm
Starting Self start
Cooling Forced Air Cool / Water cooled
203
2 0BTransmission Four forward, one reverse,
3 Suspension
Front Dual action hydraulic telescopic shock absorber with helical springs
Rear Independent suspension triangular arm, rubber compression spring and dual action hydraulic shock absorber / Solid tension bar with independent swing arms
4 BWeight
Kerb weight 440 kg – 760 Kg
Gross weight 975 kg – 1350Kg
5 Tyres 4.5 x 10, 8PR
6 Brakes Hydraulic brakes shall be provided
7 Electricals
System voltage 12 V DC
Battery voltage 12V 50 AH
8 Dimensions
Wheel base 1900mm – 2100mm
Overall length 2900mm – 3500mm
Width Approximately 1500mm
9 44BAxles Rear wheel drive by two propeller shafts
Min ground clearance 160mm – 165mm
Front axle Non-driven stub axle
Rear axle Independent drive
10 Fuel tank 10.0 lts – 10.5lts.
Further the three wheeler auto tipper shall conform to the following requirements:
204
• Be designed and fabricated that they can be cleaned and drained in a
manner that waste matter do not get trapped on edges or crevices, so
as to avoid harboring of insects or vermin.
• Allow waste to be loaded, secured and unloaded and should not
contain any seepage from damaged containers.
• Shall comply with the latest emission norms in force at the time of
registration.
3.4.7 Technical Specification for Bins a) Material specifications & Body Construction: Table-3.33
The body of the bins shall be made of special grade of moulded polyethylene,
absolutely non-toxic, free from contamination, chemical resistant & blended with
special grade stabilizers of approximately 0.25% and confirming to the following:
BSl No.
1B1B 1BProperty 2B2B 2BTesting Method 3B3B 3BUnit 4B4B 4BValue
1 Density IS-7328-1992 gm/cm2 Greater than 0.930
2 Melt Flow Index IS-2540-1963 gm/10min 1.5 to 5
3 Tensile Strength IS-8543
Part-4/Sec 7
1984
Kg/cm2 120
4 Flexural
Modulus
IS-13360
Part 5/Sec 7
1996
Kg/cm2 3000
5 Hardness (Shore) IS-13360 Part
5/Sec 1 1992
D Scale > D 50
6 Vicat Softening
Temp
IS-13360
Part 6/Sec 1
Deg. C > 90
205
BSl No.
1B1B 1BProperty 2B2B 2BTesting Method 3B3B 3BUnit 4B4B 4BValue
1992
7 Impact Strength
(2.5kg/1 mts)
IS-12701-1996 J/mm2 No sign of cracking,
puncture, /damage
of sample
8 Weathering IS-22530-1963 - No 4 gray scale
9 Colour fastness
to Artificial
light/Rating
IS 2454 : 1985 As per guidelines of IS 2454(using
sun test)CPs + Instrument
10 Accelerated
Ultra Violet Test
(QU.V)
ASTM-G-53,
(500C)
Should be tested with QUV test
type accelerated weather meter
for 200 hours.
Tensile strength & flexural
modules should each be not less
than 70% of the values before
exposure.
b) General Requirements: In addition, the bins shall conform to the following:
• The internal form and surface of the container shall be such that it will not trap the
contents.
• There shall be no sharp edges anywhere on the container
• The internal & external surfaces shall be smooth and non-porous, free from
cracks, splits, dents, distortion, blisters, voids, air bubbles and other surface
blemishes or defects.
• The bins are expected to be used in outdoor conditions. They should be able to
withstand outdoor weather conditions in India.
206
• The test certificate of U.V. stabilization from original manufacturer of
polyethylene is to be supplied with bins. The approved make of the polythene
material shall be any of IPCL/ GAIL / Reliance.
• The moulded plastic container shall be made from one-piece roto/blow moulded
process with top rim outside.
• The bins shall conform to the colour code and have embossment of Urban Local
Body of town or any other markings, labeling in vernacular
language/Hindi/English as approved by Nagar PaliKa Parishad.
• The handle shall be made from 8mm chrome plated MS bar. The fixing
arrangement shall be such that it can hold handle firmly and easily so that tilting
and lifting can be easily done.
• The bins shall be provided with adequate stiffeners/ribs on all sides and at
bottom for enhancing the structural strength of the bin
3.4.8 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR NON-SCHEDULED ITEMS 3.4.8.1 GRANULAR DRAINAGE LAYER
The granular drainage layer consists of graded stone aggregate (Gravel). The gradation
requirements of granular drainage layer (stone aggregate) shall conform to relevant BIS
code.
3.4.8.2 HDPE Geo Membrane The High Density Polythene (HDPE) geo-membrane shall have a minimum thickness of 1.5
mm is to be laid over the compacted amended soil mixed with Bentonite with no gaps
along the surface of contact. The geo membrane shall be impervious and have adequate
strength to withstand sub-grade deformations, necessary anchoring, construction loads,
adequate durability and longevity to withstand loads at sanitary landfill site. The
joints/seams must perform as well as original material. The geo-membrane shall be
procured by the contractor in sizes as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. The membrane
sheets shall be laid and joints welded with (double seam) adequate overlaps as approved
by Engineer-in-Charge. The overlaps shall not be measured for payment and only the net
quantity laid shall be measured for payment. Scope of work also includes welding by
double seam and air testing for leakage as per manufactures specifications:
The Geo-Membrane shall conform to the following Specifications 207
Table: 3.34- HDPE Geo- Membrane Sheet Technical Parameters
Sl. No.
Property Test Method Frequency Values
1 a) Thickness
b) Density
ASTM D 5199
ASTM D 1505
Every Roll
Every 5th Roll
1.5mm
(60 mil.)
0.94 gm/cc
2 Tensile Strength
a) Tensile Strength at yield
b) Tensile strength at break
c) Elongation at yield
d) Elongation at Break
ASTM D 6693
Type IV
Dumbbell, 2 ipm
GL 33mm (1.3 in)
GL 51mm (2.0 in)
Every 5th Roll
29 KN/m
53 KN/m
17%
800%
3 Toughness
a) Tear Resistance
b) Puncture Resistance
c) Low temperature
brittleness
ASTM D 1004
ASTM D 4833
Every 5th Roll
225 N
680N
-340C
4 Durability
a) Carbon Black Content
b) Carbon Black Dispersion
c) Accelerated Heat Ageing
ASTM D 1603
ASTM D 5596
Every 5th Roll 2%
+ Note 1
Negligible
strength changes
after 1 month at
110 0C
5 Chemical Resistance
a) Resistance to chemical
waste mixture
10 % strength
change over 120
days. 10%
208
Sl. No.
Property Test Method Frequency Values
b) Resistance to Pure
chemical reagents
strength change
over 7 days.
6 Environmental stress crack
resistance
ASTM D 5397
(App)
1500 hours
7 Dimensional stability +/- 2%
8 Seam strength 80% or more
(or tensile
strength)
9 Roll length (Approximate) m 140
10 Roll width, m ASTM D 1593 7.0
11 Roll area, M2 980
3.4.8.3 NON-WOVEN NEEDLE PUNCHED POLY-PROPALENE GEO TEXTILE (195 GSM)
The Non-woven Geo-textile (195 GSM) shall be of needle-punched type and
conform to the following.
Property/Test Method Unit Value
Weight (EN 965) g/m2 195
Thickness (EN 964) 2 kPa Mm 1.5
Tensile Strength
(EN ISO 10319)
MD KN/M
15.1
CD 15.1
Elongation at break (EN ISO 10319) % 50
209
Static Puncture Resistance- CBR (EN ISO 12236) N 2500
Dynamic Cone Drop (EN 918) Mm 21
Protection Efficiency N 176
Characteristic Opening Size (EN ISO 12956) μ m 100
Permeability (EN ISO 11058) m/s 100 x 10-3
Water flow normal to the plane (EN ISO 11058) I/m2/s 100
Water flow in the plane 20 kPa (EN ISO 12958) m2/s 7 x 10-6
Standard Width M 5.25
Standard Length M 100
3.4.8.4 INSTALLATION
(A) HDPE GEOMEMBRANE (1.5 MM)
Preparation for HDPE liner deployment:
• Prior to commencement of HDPE liner deployment, layout drawings shall be
prepared to indicate the panel configuration and general location of field seams for
the project. The actual panel layout may vary in order to accommodate field
conditions. Each panel used for the installation will be given a number that will be
correlated with a batch or roll number.
• Overlap the panels of geo-membrane approximately six (6”) inches prior to
welding. Clean and free of moisture, dirt or debris of any kind. No grinding is
required for fusion welding.
• Adjust the panels so that the seams are aligned with the fewest possible number
or wrinkles and “fish mouth”.
• Grind seams overlap prior to welding within one (1) hour of the welding operation
in a manner that does not damage the geo-membrane. Grind marks should be
covered with extruded whenever possible. In all cases, grinding should not extend
210
more than one quarter inch (1/4”) past the edge of the covered by the extrude
during welding.
Sub-base Preparation:
• The sub-base must be properly prepared and compacted for installation of HDPE
liner. The sub-base must not contain any particles. The sub-base must be checked
for footprints, cracks or similar depressions before laying the liner. The seaming
equipment tends to get caught in such small depressions, causing burnout and
subsequent repair. A small piece of the synthetic membrane placed below the
membranes that are being seamed (this piece is moved forward along with the
seaming equipment) may reduce burnout due to small depressions.
Field Panel Placement:
• HDPE deployment will generally not be during any precipitation, in the presence of
excessive moisture, in an area of standing water, or during high winds.
• Installation of field panels shall be done as indicated on the approved layout
drawings. If the panels are deployed in a location other than that indicated on the
layout drawings, the revised location will be noted in the field. Information relating
to HDPE panel placement including date, panel number, and panel dimesions may
be maintained on a site-specific basis. If a portion of a roll is set aside to be used at
another time, the roll number will be written on the reminder of the roll at several
places.
• The method and equipment used to deploy the panels must not damage the HDPE
or the supporting sub grade surface. No personnel working on the HDPE engage in
actions that could result in damage to the HDPE. Adequate temporary loading
and/or anchoring, (i.e. sandbags, tires) which will not damage the HDPE, will be
placed to prevent uplift of the HDPE by wind.
• The HDPE will be deployed with adequate allowance for typical thermal expansion.
Any area of a panel seriously damaged (torn, twisted, or crimped) will be marked
and repaired.
211
HDPE Field Seaming
• In general, seams shall be oriented parallel to the slope, i.e. oriented along, not
across the slope. Whenever possible, horizontal seams should be located on the
base of the call, not less than five (5) feet from the toe of the slope. Each seam
made in the field shall be numbered. Seaming information shall include seam
number, welder ID, machine number, temperature setting and weather conditions.
• All personnel performing seaming operations shall be trained in the operation of
the specific seaming equipment being used and will qualify by successfully welding
a test seam as described below in this chapter.
Equipment:
• Fusion Welding: Fusion Welding consists of placing a heated wedge, mounted
on a self propelled vehicular unit, between two (2) over-lapped sheets such that
the surface of both sheets are heated above the polyethylene’s melting point.
After being heated by the wedge, the overlapped panels pass through a set of pre-
set pressure wheels, which compress the two (2) panels together to form the weld.
The fusion welder is equipped with a device, which continuously monitors the
temperature of the wedge.
• Extrusion Filet Welding: Extrusion filet welding consists of introducing a ribbon of
molten resin along the edge of the overlap of the (2) HDPE sheets to be welded. A
hot air preheat and the addition of molten polymer causes some of the material of
each sheet to be liquefied resulting in a homogeneous bond between the molten
weld bead and the surfaces of the overlapped sheets. The extrusion welder bead
and the surface of the overlapped sheets. The extrusion welder is equipped with
gauges giving the temperature in the apparatus and a numerical setting for the
pre-heating unit.
(B) NON- WOVEN GEO-TEXTILE
Handling and Placement of Geo-textile
• All geo-textiles shall be handled in a manner to ensure that they are not damaged.
212
• In presence of wind, all geo-textiles shall be weighted with sandbags or the
equivalent.
• Geo-textiles shall be cut using a standard cutter. If the material is being cut in
place, special care must be taken to protect other material from damage.
• Care shall be taken not to entrap stones or excessive dust that could damage or
result in clogging of geo-textile.
Seams and Overlaps
• Geo-textiles may be seamed by thermal bonding or by sewing on bottoms and
slopes. The geo-textile shall be overlapped a minimum of three (3”) inches prior
to seaming.
3.4.8.5 HDPE PIPES
The HDPE Pipes wherever specified shall conform to IS 14333 – 1996.
3.4.8.6 SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS AND MOTOR
3.4.8.6.1 Leachate pumps
One number 5 HP submersible non-clog type pumps shall have a discharge capacity of 2.5
liters/sec with a head of 9.0 m. the pumps shall be capable of handling solids of 75mm size
with a delivery pipe size of 150mm.
Capacity of Pump 2.5 LPS @ 9.0m head.
Delivery pipe size 150mm
The pump shall be non-clog type, which permits free passage to long fibre solid admixes,
sludges, liquid containing air and gases. The pumps set is lowered or raised on guide
pipe/wire and interlocked with delivery flange through special automatic coupling device
without disturbing discharge pipe.
The material of construction of pump shall be follows: Table: 3.35
S.No. Property Values
1 Casing C.I. IS: 210 Gr Fb 220
213
2 Shaft/impeller SS 410 Grade
3 Fastener SS/MS
4 Auto coupling Cast iron Fg. 260
5 Auto coupling with integral bend Cast iron Fg 260
6 Seals
a) Motor side
b) Pump side
Carbon vs Chrome steel
Silicon carbide vs Silicon carbide
The motor should be enclosed totally with IP 68 enclosure “F” class insulation winding
permitting 1000C temp rise. Thermostats are to be embedded in stator winding for thermal
protection. Moisture sensor is to be provided in oil chamber to give early warning of liquid
getting mixed with oil. Solid handling capacity of pump shall be 75 mm.
3.4.8.6.2 Tube well Pump
The fully submersible type multistage tube well pump with stainless steel body/impellers
and water cooled motor suitable for 400/440 Volts, 3 phase 50 cycles AC supply complete
in all respects
Capacity of pump = 6 cum/hr (100 LPM)
Head = 60 meters
3.4.8.6.3 HORIZONTAL CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS
Two number (1 working = Standby) horizontal centrifugal pumps has been given for
pumping ground water from underground sump. Each pump will have discharge capacity
14 LPS at 10 meter head.
Type Horizontal Centrifugal pumps
Capacity 14 LPS
Head 10 meter
214
Speed (to be given by manufacturer)
Efficiency of pump > 75% (to be given by manufacturer)
Motor rating (to be given by manufacturer)
Suction Negative Suction
NPSHR (to be given by manufacturer)
Material of Construction Bronze fitted as per IS : 318
Casing Cast Iron
Impeller Bronze
Shaft Steel
3.4.9 LIST OF APPROVED MAKES/MATERIALS (Table: 3.36)
a) Civil Works
S.No Items Description
List of Approved Manufacturers /
Brand/Applicators
1 Cement Vikram, ACC, L&T Ultratech, Gujrat Ambuja
Cement, Grasim Cement, Birla corp. Ltd. J.K.
Laxmi Cement, Binani Cement, Mangalam
Cement,
2 Anti-Termite Treatment Pest Control India Ltd., Pest Control
Services, Pest India Corpn.
3 Veneered Particle Board, Particle
Board
Kitply, Anchor, Duro, Century
4 Paneled and Glazed Shutter
(i) Delhi Construction Eqpt., (Wood
works), Sadar Bazar, Delhi Cantt.
215
S.No Items Description
List of Approved Manufacturers /
Brand/Applicators
Delhi
(ii) Pioneer Timber Products, 22
Madhya Marg, Sec 7-C, Chandigarh
(iii) Goyal Industrial Corporations,
152/5 Mathura Road, Faridabad
(iv) Jain Wood Industries, New Delhi
Jain Door Pvt. Ltd., Sonepat
5 PVC Door Sintex, Hindopan, Duroplast, Rajshri
Plastiwood
6 Steel Reinforcement
a) Main Producer
b) Secondary Producer for TMR only
Sail, Rashtriya Ispat Nigam, IISCO, TISCO
Barnala Steel Industries, U.P. Guardian
Steels Pvt. Ltd. Rathi Udyog Ltd., Ghaziabad,
TK Ispat Pvt. Ltd. Faridabad, Usha Martin
Constr, Steel Ltd., Agra
7 Steel Window, Vents and pressed
steel frame
i) AGEW steel manufacturing Ltd.
ii) Sen Harvic, Mumbai
iii) Ashwani & Sons, Ghaziabad
iv) Metal Window Corp., Delhi
v) Loyal Safe Works, Mayapuri, New Delhi
vi) Vardhman Precision Tubes & Profiles (P)
Ltd., New Delhi – 1
8 Rolling Shutter i) Rama Rolling Shutter Industries, MM
Road, Paharganj, New Delhi – 50
ii) Prakash & Co., 48-M Road, Pharganj,
New Delhi -50
216
S.No Items Description
List of Approved Manufacturers /
Brand/Applicators
iii) Ishwar Industries, Bombay Bazar,
Meerut (U.P.)
9 Geomembrane Tulfex, Garware, DP Wire, Climax, GSE or
equivalent as approved by EIC,
10 HDPE Pipes
(As per IS 4984-1995)
i) Reliance Industries
ii) Dura Line
iii) Phoel Industries Ltd.
iv) Himalayan Plastic Ltd.
v) Parixit Industries Ltd.
11 White cement Birla, J.K.
12 Precast Terrazo Tile Nitco, Nimco, Modern
13 Ceramic floor tiles Nitco, Orient, Somany, Kajaria, Johnoson,
Spartek
14 Ceramic tiles for dado Nitco, Orient, Somany, Kajaria, Johnson,
Spartek
15 Chequered tiles Nitco, Basant Betons, Bezelal
16 Ironmongery Subject to prior approval of NBCC
17 Exterior type acrylic based paint Nerolac, Weathercoat of berger, Sintexmatt
or equivalent
18 Oil Bound Distemper Asian Paint, Berger, ICI, Nerolac, Shalimar
Pains, Jenson & Nicholoson Paint
19 Plastic emulsion paint Asian Paint, Berger, ICI, nerolac, Shalimar
Paint, Jenson & Nicholson Paints
217
S.No Items Description
List of Approved Manufacturers /
Brand/Applicators
20 Synthetic paint Asian Paint Berger, ICI, Nerolac, Shalimar
Paints, Jenson & Nicholson paints
21 Cement bases paint Super Snowcem, Durancem, accrocem
22 Zinc chromate primers Shalimar, Asian Paint, Berger, ICI
23 Flush door/Block board/Ply Kitply, Sarda Ply, Kutty, Greenply, Tower
24 Glass Modiguard, Saint Gobin, Asahi, Atul
25 Chemical/Mechanical anchor fastners Hilti, Fischer
26 Hydraulic door closer Hardwyn make (Eddy) or equivalent
27 Night Latch Hardwyn make (Eddy) or equivalent
28 Fitting for aluminum doors and
windows Godrej, Harrison
29 Water proofing compound
/admixtures
Choksey, Sika Qualcrete, Deguassa, Fosroc,
Roffe, Cico, Impermo, ACCO proof, Overseas
Waterproofing Corpn., India Waterproofing,
Hindustan Waterproofing.
30 Epoxy paints Choksey, Dr. Beck, Asian Paint, Garwara
paints
31 Extruded aluminum section Indal, Jindal, Hindalco
32 Concrete interlocking paver block Frenco Cement Works (Const.) Pvt. Ltd. S.E.
Tiles Pvt. Ltd., Stylish Interlocking pvt. Ltd.
33 Dash fasteners Hilti, Fischer
218
S.No Items Description
List of Approved Manufacturers /
Brand/Applicators
34 Concrete Admixtures Sika, Fosroc, STP, CICO
35 Stainless Steel, screws for Fabrication
and Fixing of window Kundan. Puka, Atul
36 Mirror Modiguard, Atul, akoi, Silver, Fish, Jolly
37 Adhesive for Woodwork Dunlop, Fevicol, Vamicol
b) Sanitary Works
S. No Items Description List of Approved Manufacturers / Brand / Applicators
1 Vitreous China sanitary Hindware, Parryware, Neycer, Cera, Hindustan
2 Plastic W.C. seats Commander, Diplomat, Parryware, Johnson
Poddar
3 Plastic Flushing Cistern Commander, Hindware, Parryware, Johnson
Poddar
4 G.I. pipes Tata, Jindal, Nezone, Prakash
5 G.I. pipes HB, Zoloto, K.S.
6 Stainless steel sink Neelkanth, AMC, Jayana, Diamond, Nirali, Kobra
7 Mirror Akoi, Atul, Silver, Fish, Jolly, Modiguard
8 C.P. Pillar cock, Bibcock,
Stopcock and other CP
fittings
Essco, Parko, GEM, Jaquar, Kingston, Soma
9 Brass Bib & Stop cock GPA, Sant, L&K
219
S. No Items Description List of Approved Manufacturers / Brand / Applicators
10 Gun Metal Valves Leaders, Kent, Zoloto
11 Soil, Waste and rainwater
pipe and fittings
Neco, Anand, Ashutosh Casting
12 Unplasticised PVC pipes Superme, Finolex, Prince, Ori-Plast, Reliance
13 Sand cast RIF, Big, Neco
14 Stoneware pipes and gully
traps
Perfect, Burn, R.K.
15 RCC Pipes Laxmi, Sood & Sood, Jain & Co.
16 RCC Hume Pipes Indian Hume Pipe, Pragati Concrete Udyog
17 C.I. S/S Pipes IISCO, Kesoram, Electro Steel
18 C.I. manholes Kiriosker, IVC
19 C.I. Double flanged non-
return
Kiriosker or equivalent
20 PVC Tank Sintex, Pattern or equivalent
21 C.I. Sluice Valves (Fullway,
Check and Globe Valve)
Leader, Kirloskar, Upadhyay
22 Water Meters Capstan, Krant, Annad
23 Ball Valve with Plastic Float Leader, Zoloto
24 CI Manhole Covers and
Frame
Neco, RIF, SRIF
25 Overhead HDPE Water Tank Sintex, Sheetal, Polywell, Rotex
220
S. No Items Description List of Approved Manufacturers / Brand / Applicators
26 SFRC manhole Cover and
Frame
K.K. Manhole
27 Centrifugal Pumps Beacon, Kirloskar, KSB, Cromption
28 Non Clog Centrifugal Pumps Johnson, Kirloskar
29 Turbine Pump Jyoti, KSB, Worthington
30 Submersible pump KSB, Kishore, Kirloskar
31 Motors Kirloskar, Seimens, AGEF
32 Chlorinator Envorotech Utility, Asia LMI
33 Filtration Plant/Softening
Plant
Ion Exchange, Thermax, Envorotech Utility
34 Water Heaters Recold, Bajaj, Usha Lexus
3.4.10 ELECTRICAL WORKS – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION AND SCOPE OF NON SCHEDULE
ITEMS
3.4.10.1 General
The electrical installation work shall be carried out in accordance with Indian Standard
Code of practice for Electrical wiring installation IS: 732-1989 and IS: 2274-1963. it shall
also be in conformity with the current Indian Electricity rules and regulations and
requirements of the Local Electricity supply authority and fire insurance regulation.
Electrical work in general shall be carried out as per following CPWD specifications with
upto date amendment.
General Specification for Electrical Works:
(Part I – Internal) – 1994.
(Part II – External) – 1994. 221
(Part IV – Substation) – 1982.
Wherever this specifications calls for a higher standard of materials and or workmanship
than those required by any of the above mentions regulations and specification then the
specification here under shall take precedence over the said regulations and standards.
3.4.10.2 Scope Work
The scope of work shall cover internal and external electrical works for proposed Solid
waste management Scheme for Latehar, Jharkhand.
The item / activities covered under internal electrical works shall include the following:
• Distributions Boards. Switch fuse unit/MCB.
• Cables from Main Panel to Sub Distribution Boards. Submain wiring from
main/sub Distribution Boards to various final Distribution Boards. Power wiring
for equipment etc. complete in all respects.
• Point wiring of all lights points, Ceiling fan points, exhaust fan points, & socket
outlet points etc. including supply and fixing of light & power accessories etc.
complete in all respects.
• Light fixtures, ceiling fans, exhaust fans and cabin fans.
• Provision for telephone system consisting of conduit and cabling for telephone
distribution board upto each outlet including main & sub tag blocks, telephone
outlets incoming GI/RCC pipe etc. complete in all respect.
• RCC/GI pipes for cables, manholes, cable tray and other items required to
complete with electrical installation work in all respects.
• Earthing of electrical installation complete in all respects.
• Scope of Work shall include supply installation, testing and commissioning of
complete electrical installation as described above.
• Receipt of Power supply from J.S.E.B. at 11 kv 3 PH 50 Hz AC and connected to
sub-station.
• Substation work covering 11 kv Boards, 11 kv cables, 100 KVA Transformer, in LT
panel with Capacitor control.
222
• Providing stand by power by installing 1 No. 30 KVA D.G. Set and Emergency Panel
complete as required.
• Providing External lighting.
3.4.10.3 Standard and Regulations.
All equipment, switchgear, cables and other items of work shall conform to Indian
Standard specifications.
The installation shall conform in all respects to Indian Standards, Code of Practice for
Electrical wiring installation IS: 732 – 1989. it shall also be in conformity with the current
Indian Electricity Rules and the Regulations and requirements of the Local Electric Supply
Authority, Local laws/ by laws in so for as these become applicable to the installation.
Wherever these specifications call for a higher standard of materials and/or workmanship
than those required by any of the above regulations, these specifications shall take
precedence over the said regulations and standard. In general, the materials, equipment
and workmanship shall conform to the following Indian Standards, unless otherwise called
for.
Specification for DG Set, 415V 3 Phase 4 Wire, 50 Hz. IS 4722 – 1922
BS 5514
Transformer 11 KV/0.433 KV IS 2026 – 1977
XLPE cables IS 7098 Part – I & II 1988/1985
PVC insulated (heavy duty) electric cable Part – I for
voltage upto 1100 volts.
IS 1554 – 1988
Marking and arrangements for Switchgear: Bus bars, main
connection and auxiliary wiring
IS 375 – 1963
Specifications for normal duty air break switches and
composite units for air break switches and fuses for
voltage not exceeding 1000 volts.
IS 13947 – 1993 (Part-I to V)
223
Specifications for low voltage switchgear and controlgear
assemblies
IS 8623 – 1993 (Part-I to III)
Specifications for enclosed distribution IS 2675 – 1983
Installation and maintenance of Switchgear IS 10118 – 1982 (Part-I to IV)
HRC Fuses IS 9224 – 1979
specifications for rigid Steel conduits for electrical wiring. IS 9537 – 1981 (Part – III)
Specifications for accessories for rigid steel conduits for
electrical wiring
IS 3837 – 1976
3 pin plugs and socket outlets IS 1293 – 1988
General & safety requirements for electric light fittings IS 1913 – 1978
Electric ceiling fans and regulators IS 374 – 1979
Code of practice for earthing IS 3073 – 1987
Current transformers IS 2705 – 1992 (Part-I)
Shut capacitors for power system IS 2834 – 2986
Exhaust Chimney IS 6533 – 1989 (Part-II)
HSD Storage Tanks IS 803/864
Bus bar truking IS 8623 (Part 1 & 2)
Inspection and approval of the work by local authority: On completion of this work, the
contractor shall obtain and deliver to the Client al the certificates of inspections and
approval by the electrical inspectorate as required. The client shall have access to the
manufacturer’s premises for inspection of any item of the tender for which contractor has
to make arrangement with different manufacturers.
224
3.4.11 LIST OF APPROVED MAKES / MATERIALS (Table: 3.37)
S.
No.
Items Description List of Approved Manufactures/Brand/Applicators
1 Transformer Kanohar, Voltamp, Kirloskar as approved by MSEB.
2 Vaccum Circuit Breaker Siemnes, Alsthom, BHEL, ABB
3 Moulded Case Circuit Breaker & Air Circuit breaker
GE, MDS, Schneider, L&T, Siemnes, ABB, Schneider (MG)
4 Relay Alsthom, GE, L&T, Control Group, Siemens
5 Main LT Panel, Main & Sub Distribution Boards
CPRI Tested vendor
6 Miniature Circuit & MCB distribution boards
MDS, Merlin Gerin, Elecon/Gerard, L&T, Hager, Siemnes, Havels, Legrand, Schneider (MG)
7 Earth Leakage Current circuit breaker +23++
MDS, Merlin Gerin, Elecon/Gerard, L&T, Hager, Siemnes, Legrand, Schneider (MG)
8 Power Factor Correction Relay Syntron, Neptune, G.E. Power
9 CTS & PTS Kappa, Automatic Electric, Control Switchgear AE.
10 HRC Switch Fuse Unit/Fuses Siemens, General Electric, L&T, Schneider, Control Switch Gear
11 AC Power Contractor Siemnesn, L&T, General Electric, Schneider
12 DC Power Contractor Bhartia Cutler Hammer, BHEL
13 Overload Relay cum Singe Phase preventor
Bhartia Cutler Hammer, Siemns, L&T
14 Control Switch / Toggle Switch General Electric, Kaycee, L&T
15 Push Button Siemens, L&T, Bhartia Cutler Hammer, Vaishno.
16 Indicating Lamps L&T, Siemens, Vaishno
225
S.
No.
Items Description List of Approved Manufactures/Brand/Applicators
17 Timer/Time Switches L&T, Seimens, MDS
18 Terminal Blocks Elmex, Lupco, Jainco, Phoenix
19 GI Pipes Tata, Jain Tubes, Jindal, Prakash Tube
20 Battery Charger Statcon, Voistat, Amara Raja
21 Battery Exide, Standard, AMCO, Prestolite
22 Cables Gland Comet, HMI, Jainco
23 HT/LT Jointing Kits Birla – 3 M, Denson, Raychem
24 Cable Lugs Dowel, Lotus
25 XLPE Cable 11 KV Nicco, Universal, Polycab, CCI
26 LT Cables Nicco, Finolesx, Universal, Havells, Gemscab
27 Alternator Kirloskar, Standar, AVK
28 Engine Kirloskar Cummins, Greaves
29 Anti Vibroation Pad Dunlop, Resisto Flex, Gerb
30 PVC, Steel Conduit AKG, BEC, Kalinage Nic
31 PVE Insulated Copper Wires 650/1100 Volts
Finolex, Polycab, Skytone, Havell’s Gemscab HENLAY
32 Wiring Accessories (Switches, sockets, telephone sockets)
Ellora Leader, Anchor (Dyna/SSK), Plaza
33 Light Fixtures Philips, Bajaj, Wipro, Crompton
34 Light Fixtures (Decorative) Prakash, Vikash Jemco
35 Ceiling Fan Usha, Cropmton, Polar, bajaj
36 Exhaust Fan Aistom, Crompton, Bajaj
37 HPSV Fitting Crompton, Bajaj, Philips
38 MS Pipes Jindal, TAta, Bhart Tubes
226
S.
No.
Items Description List of Approved Manufactures/Brand/Applicators
39 Lamps & Tubes Osram, Philips, General Electric
40 Compact Flourescent Lamps Osram, Philips GE Power Havells
41 Changeover Switch Havell’s, Control & Switchgear, L&T
42 Isolators L&T, Generals Electric, Control & Switchgear
43 PCC Poles Concrete Udyog, Mohan Concrete Udyog
44 Steel Tubular Poles National Tubing Company, united Engineers
45 TPN switch fuse unit/ Switch disconnector fuse board with HRC fuses
Siemens, L&T, GE, Schneider, Power Control, Gerard
46 DP/SPN SFU/SDFU with HRC fuse Havells, L&T, Siemens
47 All moulded fuse with HRC fuses/distribution fuse board with HRC fuses
Siemens, L&T, GE, Schneider (MG)
48 KWH Meter Alstom, L&T, Schneider (CG), GE, T&C
49 Motor Starter Siemens, L&T, Schneider (CG), GE, T&C
50 Rewireable type porcelain Switchgear, fuse fitting
Anchor, GE, Standard, Havells
51 Changeover Switch L&T, Clecon/Gerard, Havells, Ido Asian
52 Metal clad socket and plug having scraping earth arrangement
Hager, Schneider (CG), MDS, L&T, Indo Asian, Ellora
53 Clock switch/time switch L&T, MDS, Hager, GIC, Indo Asian
54 ‘Clip on’ Terminal assembly Tosha, Elmex
55 Measuring Instrument (Ammeter, Voltmeter, P.F. meter)
Automatic Electric, Industrial Meter (I.M.P)
Universal Electric, L&T, Rishab, Nercon
56 On/off Rotary Switch/Selector Switch/programme switch
Siemens, Hager, L&T, Kaycee
227
S.
No.
Items Description List of Approved Manufactures/Brand/Applicators
57 Busbar Trunking/Rising Main Control & Switchgear (C&S), Zeta
58 Ammeter/Voltmeter selector switch
Kaycee, L&T, Switron
59 Capacitor L&T, Manual EPCOS, NEPINE, MEHER
60 11 KV Switchgear MEI, Crompton Greaves, GEC, L&T, Alstom
228
CHAPTER-4: ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 4.1 Social and Environmental Screening of Proposed Options Table:4.1 Social and Environmental Screening of Proposed Options
Sl. No Social Screening Questions Probable social Impacts Yes No Comments/Remarks
1
Is land in the possession of Municipality? What is the area?
Yes
2
Is the current ownership status of the proposed site clear? Who is the current owner?
Yes
3 Is there any land transfer formalities to be completed before using the site for proposed function?
No
4 Will there be loss perennial crops (yielding and/or fruit bearing and other trees?
No
5 Will the project displace residential structures (Houses)?
No
6 Will the project displace commercial structures (shops workshops, factory and other establishments)?
No
7 Will there be loss of structures other than buildings? (Compound wall/gate/water tanks/ slabs/ wells/ septic tanks, etc.
No
8
Are any cultural properties (place of worship, religious structure, memorial, monument, cemetery, etc.) affected or displaced?
No
9 Are any community properties (hand pump, well, tap, chabutra, community hall etc.) affected or displaced?
No
10 Are any tenants running enterprises or operating from the structures that would be displaced?
No
11 Are there any tenants residing in the structures that would be displaced?
No
12 Are there residential squatters within the proposed site boundary?
No
13 Are there commercial squatters/vendors/Hawkers within the proposed site boundary?
No
14 Will there be loss of incomes and No
229
Sl. No Social Screening Questions Probable social Impacts Yes No Comments/Remarks
livelihoods of employees of affected establishments/ structures?
15 Will people lose access to common facilities, services, or natural resources?
No
16 Will there be loss of existing access to private properties and services?
No
17 Is there any Tribal community members residing in group/cluster in close proximity to the site?
No
18 Is there possibility of any conflict/Grievances by the surrounding land users due to proposed activities on the site?
No
Sl. No
Environmental Aspect Possible Impacts Yes No Possibl
e Comments/Remarks
19 Is the sub project in an eco-sensitive area or adjoining an eco-sensitive area? If Yes, which is the area? Elaborate accordingly.
No
20 Are there any cultural heritage sites; known heritage sites in the project area, or broader area of influence?
No
21 Are there any sensitive human receptors within close proximity of the site? E.g. school or hospital
No
22 Will the project involve significant removal of vegetative cover/tree cutting?
Possible Approximately 2000 to 2100 small Palash tree (Butea monosperma) exists at site that need to be removed but project plans to plant approximately 6000 trees periphery of site to check the adverse impact of removal of vegetation. The vegetation/Tree can be rehabilitated in site
230
Sl. No
Environmental Aspect Possible Impacts Yes No Possibl
e Comments/Remarks
periphery if possible.
23 Will the activities proposed at the site impact water quality and water resource availability and use?
Possible Primary discharge from Waste processing and Landfill site is leachate. Installation of leachate collection & Removal system will prevent the percolation of Leachate into underground water.
24 Does the project have the potential to pollute the environment, or contravene any environmental laws and regulations?
Possible Whereas the project is conceived to improve overall environment of Deoghar city, It can pollute the local environment around waste processing and landfill site only if project components, at any stage of project (Either construction or O&M), do not follow the rules & regulation prescribed in CPHEEO manual and SWM Rules.
25 Will the project cause increased disruption to traffic movements and/or possible conflicts with and/or disruption to local community within the urban area?
No
26 Will the project require prior environmental clearance either from the MoEF or from a relevant State Government Department E.g. SPCB for establishment of STP/ State Forest Department for either the conversion of forest land or for tree-cutting.
Yes As per EIA Notification 2006 Project falls under ‘B1’ Category and prior environmental clearance is required from SPCB. Project Requires prior Environmental clearances
231
Sl. No
Environmental Aspect Possible Impacts Yes No Possibl
e Comments/Remarks
for setting up waste Processing and landfill site (Consent to establish & consent to Operate). Permission is also Required from forest department for tree cutting
4.2 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT 4.2.1 Introduction The present scenario of Solid Waste Management in the city of Deoghar is not up to the mark and need substantial improvement. Solid Waste Management is a responsibility of the concerned local bodies but in spite of the substantial expenditure incurred on it, proper sanitary condition is not achieved. No Special efforts are made by the Municipal Authorities to educate the citizens to segregate recyclable waste. System of primary collection of waste from the doorstep has not been introduced in Deoghar. In absence of the facility of doorstep collection, most of the citizens continue to throw the waste on the streets, open space, drains, water, body etc. City does not have any facility for processing of municipal solid waste. The entire waste is disposed off untreated, at the dumping grounds. In view of above, any improved facility to handle and manage the municipal wastes is an altogether beneficial option and provide positive impact then maintaining the status quo. Moreover, since the site is Government land and had already been earmarked for the development of waste processing and Sanitary Landfill, there would not be any hassle in the land acquisition process and rehabilitation and resettlement issues do not arise. Proposition of a green belt of at least 3-4m around the entire facility nullifies the impacts of clearing of the bushes or small trees otherwise present in the area and would have net positive impacts on the area in return. The project proposes to generate compost from waste which will be used to increase the fertility of soil. All this and more, increases the weight of the direct and indirect positive impacts of the project. 4.2.2 Preliminary evaluation of Site
The evaluation of site has been carried out based on primary knock down criteria and secondary criteria described in table 4.2. The analysis indicates that site is suitable for
232
developing landfill facility. However the site evaluation on secondary criteria indicates requirement of further investigations in hydrology/geo hydrology and ecology Table 4.2: Site Evaluation of Proposed SLF
Sr. No.
Criteria Screening criteria for land suitability ( MSW Rule 2016)
Compliance of proposed land to screening criteria
1 Lake/Pond 200 m away from the Lake/Pond comply 2 River/streams 100 m away from the river/stream comply 3. Flood plain No land fill within a 100 year flood plain comply 4 Highway Away from 200 m NHAI/State comply 5 Public parks 200 m away from public parks comply 6 Wet lands No landfill within wet lands. comply 7 Habitation 200 m away from the notified habitation
area comply
8 Ground water table Ground water table not less than 2m. comply 9 Critical habitat area No landfill within the Critical habitat area. comply 10 Air ports No landfill within 10 km comply 11 Water supply
schemes/ wells. Minimum 200 meters away comply
12 Coastal regulatory zone
Should not be sited comply
13 Unstable zone No landfill comply 4.2.3 Identification of Impact All activities related to Planning, Construction, Operation and Maintenance and even Closure of any plant or facility has Environmental and Social impacts associated with each of its stages and sub stages. Some of these impacts can be highly significant as they may be irreversible or they may have long term impacts. Some other significant impacts may arise due to site-specific complexities. For impacts with high significance, mitigation options and alternates become a priority. There are some other impacts on the physical, biological and social environments that are not so significant because they are short term and reversible. Then again these impacts can be positive or negative. An infrastructure program that has more positive impacts for the society is generally encouraged if the other impacts are mitigated properly. The following sections deal with the impacts related to the particular project activities. The impacts have been categorized in the following categories:
Air environment • Impact on ambient air quality Water environment • Impact on surface water quality • Impact on ground water quality
233
Land environment • Impacts on land use • Impacts on soil fertility Ecological Impacts • Impact on trees/vegetation • Impacts on flora and fauna Socio‐Economic Impacts • Impacts on employment • Impacts on public health and safety • Impacts on aesthetics
4.2.4 Prediction of Impacts Analysis of environmental impacts is carried out with respect to various stages based on the proposition of various alternatives, options, stages, activities scenarios and applicable time horizons. At first evaluation of site has been carried out in the context of location, further the environmental impacts have been discussed for each group of activities categorized by distinct stages of the SLF project. Based on this categorization macro and micro level impacts have been assessed. The evaluation of site has been carried out based on primary knock down criteria and secondary criteria. The analysis of both the tables indicates that site is suitable for developing landfill facility. At first macro level impacts have been identified based on the specific activity during various stages of the SLF project. These impacts have been classified below. Major impacts are classified as primary impacts and minor impacts are classified as secondary and tertiary impacts based on macro level impact predictions.
Table 4.3 Macro level Impact assessment IMPACTS DURING
CONSTRUCTION OPERATION STAGE
CLOSURE
MAJOR MINOR MAJOR MINOR MAJOR MINOR
Land Environment / Biological environment / Ecology (Geology/Soil/Land Use)
√ √ √
Air Environment √ √ √
Water Environment (Drainage/Hydrology/Ground water)
√ √ √
Socio-economic environment √ √
Miscellaneous attributes √ √ √
234
(Noise, Others)
Landfill gases like methane, co, co2 and fugitive dust during screening activity are major source of air pollution. Micro level impacts have been assessed through air environment and water environment through predictive modeling using Landfill Gas Emission Model (LandGEM). Air quality modeling studies showed that all the major receptor locations e.g. vegetation patch, major settlements are located well beyond the impact zone for each attribute. Waste processing in closed environment is adopted as mitigation major for fugitive dust. Leachate generation is an integral part of waste processing and landfill operation. Leachate migration is a major threat to ground wate contamination. The Basic geological formation of the area is Chotanagpur granites and gneissic complex. The granite and gneiss is hard and compact in nature with negligible primary porosity and permeability. Weathering, fracturing and jointing have introduced secondary porosities in these hard rocks and these govern the occurrence and movement of groundwater in these rocks. In these formations groundwater occurs under unconfined condition in the weathered mantle and under semi-confined to confined conditions in the fractures underneath. Hydraulic gradient is moderate in the area, but fractures can increase the risk of ground water contamination if proper base liner system and leachate collection system is not installed. The provision of waste treatment (composting & RDF) will reduce the severity of leachate from Landfill, whereas HDPE lining in SLF will make the migration of the leachates insignificant. The nearest habitation is about 650 m from the landfill site and with proper mitigation measures there is no likelihood of getting it affected. The other nearest habitation is Ghormara, which is at about 1.0 km from the landfill site and has no likelihood of getting affected.
The impact assessment is carried out for the following phases and presented in the following paragraphs.
• Impact during development phase
235
• Impact during operation Phase
4.2.4.1 Impacts during development phase Construction phase works include site clearance, site formation, building works, infrastructure provision and any other infrastructure activities. The impacts due to construction activities are short term and are limited to the construction phase. The impacts will be mainly on air quality, water quality, soil quality and socio-economics. 4.2.4.1.1 Impact on Air Quality 4.2.4.1.1.1 Impacts The principal potential source of air quality impact arising from the construction of the proposed project is fugitive dust generation. The dust, measurable as Suspended Particulate Matter and Respirable Suspended Particulates would be generated as a result of construction activities. The construction program of the projects shall commence immediately after obtaining statutory clearances. The potential dust sources associated with construction activities are loading and unloading of the materials, top soil removal, travel over unpaved roads and wind erosion etc. The construction works associated with the proposed development are broadly given below.
1. Site development and foundation works 2. Dust generation due to vehicles bringing raw materials 3. Un loading of raw materials, removal of un wanted waste material from site 4. Civil constructions and provision of infrastructure required for various activities proposed
Among all the construction activities, site formation has the highest potential for causing dust nuisance to the nearby air sensitive locations. During the construction of the project, existing houses nearby may be subject to the potential dust impacts. Exhaust emissions from vehicles and equipment deployed during the construction phase is also likely to result in marginal increase in the levels of SO2, NOX, SPM, CO and un-burnt hydrocarbons. The impact of such activities would be temporary and restricted to the construction phase. The impact is generally confined to the project area and is expected to be negligible outside the plant boundaries. 4.2.4.1.1.2 Mitigation Measures proposed – Air Quality
For the proposed project site levelling and grading will be carried out, where ever possible to maintain the natural elevations they will not be disturbed, only levelling activity will be carried out for providing roads, sewage network, storm water system, and places required for providing buildings for administrative and plant shed erection. According to the engineering assessment;
236
most of the excavated material shall be reused within the project boundary. The movement of cut and fill material will be limited. During construction phase, the main air emissions anticipated is dust. To mitigate effects of dust as SPM the following measures are recommended for implementation. ‐ A dust control plan ‐ Procedural changes to construction activities. Most of the construction dust will be generated from the movement of construction vehicles on unpaved roads. Unloading and removal of soil material shall also act as a potential source for dust nuisance. The control measures proposed to be taken up are given below.
1. The important dust suppression measures proposed will be regular water sprinkling on main haul roads in the project area, this activity will be carried out at least twice a day, if need arises frequency will be increased on windy days, in this way around 50% reduction on the dust contribution from the exposed surface will be achieved.
2. The duration of stockpiling will be as short as possible as most of the material will be used as backfill material for the open cut trenches for road development.
3. Temporary tin sheets of sufficient height (3m) will be erected around the site of dust generation or all around the project site as barrier for dust control.
4. Tree plantations around the project boundary will be initiated at the early stages by plantation of 2 to 3 years old saplings, regular watering will be done, so that the area will be moist for most part of the day.
5. To reduce the dust movement from civil construction site to the neighbourhood the external part of the building (administration, canteen, etc) will be covered by plastic sheets
Furthermore, incoming loads could be covered to avoid loss of material in transport, especially if material is transported off‐site. It is also suggested to follow the following procedural changes to construction activities: Idling Time Reduction ‐ Construction equipment is commonly left idling while the operators are on break or waiting for the completion of another task. Emissions from idling equipment tend to be high, since catalytic converters cool down, thus reducing the efficiency of hydrocarbon and carbon monoxide oxidation. Existing idling control technologies, which automatically shut the engine off after a preset time can reduce emissions, without intervention from the operators. Improved Maintenance ‐ Recognizing that significant emission reductions can be achieved through regular equipment maintenance, contractors will be asked to provide maintenance records for their fleet as part of the contract bid and at regular intervals throughout the life of the contract. A monetary incentive / disincentive provision will be established to encourage contractors to comply with regular maintenance requirements. Reduction of On‐site Construction Time – Rapid on‐site construction would reduce the duration of traffic interference and therefore, reduce emissions from traffic delay. Off‐site
237
fabrication of structural components can also enhance the quality of work, as the production takes place in controlled settings and external factors such as weather and traffic do not interfere. Given the implementation of proper control measures for dust suppression, no adverse impacts are expected and compliance with the Ambient Air Quality is achieved at ASR’s (Air Pollution Sensitive Receivers) at all time. 4.2.4.1.2 Impacts on Water quality
4.2.4.1.2.1 Impacts
The proposed project will involve various construction activities. The following section summarizes the activities likely to be undertaken during the proposed development and describes the potential impacts on water quality from each activity.
i. Additional water required for construction work may be drawn from ground water hence
ground water may be depleted temporarily. Water needed for compaction, covering with soil and other activities has to be met from the ground water, therefore, demand for ground water will be more in the area and may deplete the ground water table, if recharge measures are not undertaken
ii. Site formation: Preparation of designated area of land for subsequent development activities involves levelling of the ground surface, removal of vegetation, stockpiling and generation of construction waste. Construction of temporary infrastructure such as drainage culverts may be required. The site formation may produce large quantities of run-off with high suspended solids loading in the absence of appropriate mitigation measures. This potential problem may be aggravated during rainy season.
iii. Construction of Building: In rainy season during the construction phase due to construction of various civil structures site runoff results significant pollution in the receiving water bodies. And washing of various construction equipments will also result in water pollution.
iv. Site workshop: The used engine oil and lubricants, and their storage as waste materials as the potential to create impacts if spillage occurs. Waste oil may infiltrate into the surface soil layers, or runoff into local watercourses, increasing hydrocarbon levels. Proper precautionary measures should be taken to prevent any spillage of the above materials and their subsequent runoff into the water bodies.
v. Presence of worker: During construction, impacts from the workers include waste and wastewater generated from eating areas, and sewage from temporary sanitary facilities. Sewage is characterized by high levels of BOD, ammonia and E.Coli. Significant water quality impact will happen only if the sewage is discharged directly into the receiving waters without any prior treatment.
4.2.4.1.2.2 Mitigation Measures – Water Quality
238
During site development necessary precautions will be taken, so that the runoff water from the site gets collected to working pit and if any over flow is, will be diverted to near by greenbelt/ plantation area. During construction activity all the equipment washed water will be diverted to working pit to arrest the suspended solids if any and the settled water will be reused for construction purposes, and for sprinkling on roads to control the dust emission, etc. Following mitigation measures can be adopted
• Avoid excavation during monsoon season • No discharge of wastewater to soil and ground water body • Check dams shall be provided to prevent construction runoff from the site to the
surrounding water bodies. • Pit latrines and community toilets with temporary soak pits and septic tanks will
be constructed on the site during construction phase to prevent wastewater from entering the ground water or surrounding water bodies.
• To prevent surface and ground water contamination by oil/grease, leak proof containers will be used for storage and transportation of oil/grease. The floors of oil/grease handling area will be kept effectively impervious.
• All stacking and loading areas should be made impervious and provided with proper garland drains equipped with baffles to prevent run off from the site to contaminate surface or ground water resources.
4.2.4.1.3 Impact on Noise environment
4.2.4.1.3.1 Impacts
Noise is perceived as one of the most undesirable consequences of construction activity. Though the level of discomfort caused by noise is subjective, the most commonly reported impacts of increased noise levels are interference in oral communication and disturbance in sleep. Due to the various construction activities, there will be short‐term noise impacts in the immediate vicinity of the project site. The construction activities include:
• Operation of DG sets, concreting and mixing • Excavation for foundations with driller; • Construction plant and heavy vehicle movement
4.2.4.1.3.2 Mitigation Measures – Noise Quality
During construction, the machinery used will be of highest standard of reputed make and will adhere to the international standards. Proper enclosures and noise shields will be used for reduction in noise levels. Also, since the project site is sufficiently away from habitation, there will not be any significant increase in the impact of the noise generated from the site. However, impact due to noise pollution can be minimized by ensuring that no noise generating activity is carried out during night hours. All vehicles entering into the project will be informed to maintain speed limits, and not blow horns unless it is required.
239
Noisy construction equipment should not be permitted during night hours. Job Rotation and Hearing Protection – Working hours of the workers employed in high noise areas will be rotated. Earplugs/muffs, or other hearing protective wear will be provided to those working very close to the noise generating machinery. 4.2.4.1.4 Impacts due to Solid Waste 4.2.4.1.4.1 Impacts This category of waste generation in the proposed project is due to different types of raw materials being used during construction stage in general may comprise the following.
• Cement concrete • Bricks, tiles, • Cement plaster • Steel (RCC, door/ window frames, roofing support, railings of staircase etc) • Rubble, sand, Stone (Marble, granite, sand stone) • Timber/wood • Paints/varnishes
Besides above there are some major and minor components namely conduits, pipes, electrical fixtures, panels, etc. all the above items will be segregated and stored at the site and once the facility established will be process the same in respective treatment facilities within the site.
4.2.4.1.4.2 Mitigation Measures – Solid Waste The solid waste generated during this period being predominantly inert in nature. Hence maximum effort would be made to reuse and recycle them. The most of the solid waste material can be used for filing/ levelling of low-laying areas with in the site. All attempts should be made to stick to the following measures.
a. All construction waste shall be stored within the site itself. A proper screen will be provided so that the waste does not get scattered.
b. Attempts will be made to keep the waste segregated into different heaps as far as possible so that their further gradation and reuse is facilitated.
c. Materials, which can be reused for purpose of construction, levelling, making roads/ pavement will also be kept in separate heaps from those which are to be sold or land filled.
d. The local body or a private company may be arranged to provide appropriate number of skip containers/ trolleys on hire.
The use of the construction material basically depends on their separation and conditions of the separated material. A majority of these materials are durable and therefore, have a high
240
potential for reuse. It would, however, be desirable to have quality standards for the recycled materials. Construction waste can be used in the following manner.
a. Reuse of bricks, tiles, stone slabs, timber, piping railings etc to the extent possible and depending upon their conditions.
b. Sale/ auction of materials which cannot be used at the site due to design constraint
c. Plastics, broken glass, scrap metal etc will be stored and processed with in the site premises.
d. Rubble/ brick bats can be used for building activity, such as levelling, under coat of lanes where the traffic does not constitute heavy moving loads.
e. Larger unusable pieces can be sent for filing up low laying areas. f. Fine material such as sand, dust, etc can be used as cover material g. The unearthed soil can be used for levelling as well as for lawn development h. The broken pieces of the flooring material can be used for levelling in the
building or can be disposed off i. The unused or remaining paints/varnishes/wood can either be reused or can
be disposed off 4.2.4.1.5 Impact on Flora and fauna One portion of Land (Approximately 20% of total Land) have small Palash tree (Butea monosperma). This is only predominant vegetation at site. There are no other plants or trees endemic to the area and also, there are no endangered species found on the site. The fauna present is also characteristic of the dry decidious regions and comprises of common mammals, reptiles and birds. Therefore land clearing activities will not result in any adverse impact on the biodiversity of the area. The project operations will be carried out in a manner as to minimize any disturbance of ecology in the area. Moreover, development of a green belt with varied variety of trees would have a net positive impact. 4.2.4.1.6 Health Impacts Suitable drainage and waste management measures will be adopted during construction and phase which will restrict stagnation of water or accumulation of waste. This will effectively restrict the reproduction and growth of disease vectors and hence would not cause any negative health impacts on the people in the vicinity. 4.2.4.1.7 Social Impacts The construction phase can have both positive and negative impacts. The positive impacts can be in the form of generation of employment for the locals and the negative impacts can be the settlement of migrant workers. As far as possible local labour within the project influence area shall be utilized for the construction purpose. Since all the activities related to construction workers shall be confined to the project site, no adverse social impacts are envisaged due to the proposed project.
241
4.2.4.1.8 Impact on Land Use Permanent change in land use and topography will occur due to the proposed project as the open land will be used for Development of Integrated Municipal Solid Waste Processing and Engineered Sanitary Landfill facility. But land acquisition will not be a problem as the entire project area have no habitation and is already earmarked for waste processing and landfill site. 4.2.4.2 Impact during Operation Phase During the operation of project, there would be impact on air, water, land environment and socio‐economic aspects. The following sections present the impacts envisaged during the operation phase. 4.2.4.2.1 Impacts due to Collection and Transportation of wastes to processing site The proposed system is a totally bin‐free system and requires having a dedicated fleet of vehicles to collect and transport wastes from the selected areas. Movement of vehicles creates air pollution in terms of gaseous emission and rise in SPM level. However, the business as usual scenario generates more pollution as waste is thrown in Nalla, open areas without any treatment which generates methane and causes health problem. Door to Door collection of waste will have net positive impacts by improvement of overall health and hygiene standards of residents. Use of vehicles complying with latest norms for gaseous emission, proper maintenance and phasing out old vehicles are few adopted mitigate measures by which emissions can be controlled. Moreover use of large capacity compactor vehicle is proposed to transport waste from Transfer Points to WPLFS. Compaction will increase the density of the waste. Uncompact waste would require numerous rounds of the vehicles to the site whereas by using bigger compacters, the number of rounds of the vehicles wil be reduced, hence leading to reduction in negative impacts on air quality. 4.2.4.2.2 Impacts on traffic The project envisages unidirectional pathways for both incoming and outgoing waste trucks/vehicles to avoid traffic congestion. There will be dedicated corridors of specific pathways for the incoming and outgoing vehicular traffic for meeting the movement of finished product. Therefore, there will not be any significant impacts on traffic in the area and on the site. 4.2.4.2.3 Impacts due to stacking of wastes on the site Although sorting and segregation is encouraged on the generator level, but still the wastes coming to the processing site needs to be segregated. For that they are stacked temporarily in the project site. This may have two major impacts: • Foul odour • Attraction of birds
242
However this is mitigated by spray of herbal sanitizers and inoculums. Also immediate segregation and further processing is done to avoid foul odor. 4.2.4.2.4 Impact Due To Composting The process used is aerobic composting where the organic material present in MSW will be converted in to stable mass by aerobic decomposition. For this process the organic section of the waste is formed into windrows everyday. There can be three potential impacts of the process of composting: 1) Impact on the soil quality Placement of waste on ground leads to soil contamination. To avoid contact with the soil, concrete platforms are made over which windrows would be made. Due to this the soil properties do not get altered. 2) Impact of Foul odor and dust Foul smelling gases like CH4 and H2S creates major impact if windrow operation is not done properly. To mitigate the foul odor emanating from the wastes, the windrows will be punctured Beforehand so that foul smelling gases like CH4 and H2S get slowly released. This would reduce the intensity of foul smelling gases at the time of first turning. Spray of herbal sanitizers and inoculums will be done to remove odour. The compost facilities, roads, equipment and the surrounding area shall also be cleaned regularly to remove the odor generating wastes. The processed compost is stored in sheds so as to avoid attraction to birds and runoff due to rain or windblown entrainment of particles. Emission of dust is eminent part of composting process. By processing and screening in covered shed and dust suppression system can prevent the emission of fugitive dust into atmosphere. 3) Impact on Ground Water To avoid contamination of ground water from leachate generated from the compost windrow, a concrete windrow platform and an appropriate drainage system is envisaged for continuous draining of Leachate generated. Also, it will be treated in the Leacchate evaporation pond and reused for maintaining moisture in composting, rather than being discharged. Therefore, there are no impacts on the ground water quality due to composting. The quality of the compost produced will be maintained as specified under MSW (Management & Handling) Rules, 2000, as per the latest FCO order. 4) Impact on Noise
243
During operation phase, there are a number of sources of noise pollution such as truck traffic, Screens, and shredders. Where necessary, enclosures would be provided to ensure that noise levels do not exceed the prescribed standards (85 dBA at 1 m distance from the equipment). For the workers’ safety, earplugs would be provided and equipment’s would be maintained to ensure optimum working conditions. Further, green belt development around the project will further reduce noise pollution, and the following species can be used in a greenbelt to serve as noise breakers:
• Butea monosperma (Palash); • Leucana leucocephala (Su‐babul);and • Dalbergia Sissoo (Shisham).
5) Social Impacts The proposed project has a net positive social impact as it helps in the following ways:
• It promotes sustainable agriculture in the nearby villages due to production of organic fertilizer
• compost • It has long term effects on increasing the fertility of the soil • It helps in employment generation • It generates an opportunity for organic market
4.2.4.2.5 Impacts due to Landfilling The primary objective of land filling is the safe long‐term disposal of wastes, both from health and environmental view point. Ultimate solution for Waste Disposal is engineered Sanitary Landfill. All the inert material during segregation and rejections from compost will be streamed to Landfill. It has been estimated that approximately 20 TPD of inert rejects will go for landfilling. Landfill will have following impacts: 1) Impact of foul odor and impact on aesthetics: Although the odor emanating from a landfill is an inescapable problem, but the problem can be mitigated if proper measures are taken. The proposed project proposes to cover the wastes with daily and intermediate covers of soil on a regular basis to ensure that odor generation is minimized. Odor controlling products of biological origin will also be used for spraying on the piles of MSW regularly for control of the odor. Land filling is generally taken up in a phased manner (Cells), when all the cells are full, capping of the landfill is taken up at the recommended slope and with the recommended layers. This capping is provided to ensure that there are minimum impacts on the aesthetics of the area. 2) Miscellaneous Impacts: Birds may be attracted if wastes are exposed all the time. It may have adverse impacts for the residents, industrial and commercial complexes in the vicinity. Therefore, to minimize
244
the exposure of wastes, daily and intermediate soil covers are applied over the wastes in the landfill. It also helps to avoid rainwater seepage into the landfill. 3) Impact on ground water:
Leaching may occur and ground water may get contaminated if proper mitigation measures are not taken to avoid the contact of Leachate with ground water. The base of the landfill shall be a minimum of 2m above the highest groundwater level in order to mitigate any plausible contamination of water. Proposed project proposes to establish an impermeable base liner system.
• Clay liner of low permeability of 10‐7 m/s shall be placed in layers not exceeding 300
mm and then compacted to the desired permeability and then raised to a total thickness of 90 cm.
• The top of the clay liner, as well as the base of the landfill shall be effectively graded to attain a clear slope of 1 to 2% towards the Leachate collection sump.
• A HDPE liner shall be placed over the clay liner to ensure maximum impermeability. Proposed project proposes to establish an elaborate leachate collection system comprising a network of drainage pipes laid directly over the liner system and covered with a sand/gravel drainage layer. Leachate shall be collected by a network of lateral and header pipes embedded in a drainage layer, all of which shall eventually drain into a leachate collection sump. It is required to ensure there is no more than a limited head of pressure above the base liner to cause leakage of liquid from the base of the landfill. The key features of a leachate collection system comprise the following :
• A network of semi perforated HDPE pipes laid out directly over liners and graded towards the collection sump at no less that 2% slope, with a slotting area of 100 Sq. Cm per running meter of the pipe.
• A drainage layer 300mm thick of graded sand/gravel placed over the entire base of the landfill, covering the pipe network (16‐32mm graded material).
• A geo‐textile placed over the primary liner serving the purpose of filter/ barrier between the waste and the drainage media.
245
Figure 4.2: Leachate Collection System according to ground water flow There is also an elaborate system of treatment of the leachate in an Effluent Treatment Plant. The treated leachate is then reused rather than discarded. Leachate will be reused for maintaining moisture levels in the windrows. Due to such an elaborate system of leachate collection, there is no impact on the ground water quality of the area. 4) Impact on surface water Storm Water Management: Adequate storm water will be generated from the project site. Contamination of storm water is possible from the following sources:
• Leachate generated from the waste and SLF. • Diesel and oil spills in the Diesel Power Generator & fuel storage area. • Waste spills in the solid/ hazardous waste storage area. • Oil spills and leaks in vehicle parking lots and washing area.
A detailed “Storm Water Management Plan” is developed after considering the above sources. The plan incorporates best management practices which include the following:
• Regular inspection and cleaning of storm drains. • Cover waste storage areas. • Avoid application of pesticides and herbicides before wet season. • Secondary containment and dykes in fuel/oil storage facilities. • Conducting routine inspections to ensure cleanliness. • Preparation of spill response plans, particularly for fuel and oil storage areas. • Good housekeeping in the above areas.
Effluent Treatment for Leachate Waste water will be generated from the following sources:
• Leachate from Landfill • Leachate from Compost plant • Waste water from Floor Wash • Waste water from Domestic Demand
In order to provide effective treatment, a two stage biological treatment has been suggested for the leachate treatment. In the first stage anaerobic treatment system followed by aerobic treatment activated sludge process in extended mode has been provided. The disinfection will be carried out with the help of UV treatment. The leachate and other wastewater generation has been estimated to be about 1100 m3 per day. An Leachate Evaporation pond of 700 Cum is proposed and balance leachate will be recirculate to landfill and compost windrow. 5) Impact on Air:
246
The wastes on decomposition inside the landfill produce certain gases which are collectively known as Landfill Gas. The gas is predominantly methane and carbon dioxide and gives out a foul smell due to hydrogen‐sulphide. The project considers the life of the landfill to be 20 years. Accordingly modeling of the amount of these gases that will emanate from the area of the landfill is required. Two scenario has been adopted for the modeling. The Scenario 1 represents the business as usual scenario wherein waste is being dumped without processing whereas Scenario 2 represents the scenario when waste is processed first in controlled environment and rejects upto 25% is allowed for landfilling. The model used for the purpose is LandGEM Version 3.02. The Landfill Gas Emissions Model (LandGEM) is an automated estimation tool with a Microsoft Excel interface that can be used to estimate emission rates for total landfill gas, methane, carbon dioxide, nonmethane organic compounds, and individual air pollutants from municipal solid waste landfills. Scenario 1 The Entire solid waste generation of 20 years from 2015 to 2035 (Concession period/till the landfill will be operational) is considered as input to landfill. Gases CO2, CH4, H2S, and total landfill gas emissions have been modeled. The detailed results of the modeled emissions are present in annexure 13. The graphical representation of the model output is presented here in figure below.
Scenario 2 The Inert and process residue from waste processing plant (maximum 25%) of 20 years from 2015 to 2035 (Concession period/till the landfill will be operational) is considered as input to landfill. Gases CO2, CH4, H2S, and total landfill gas emissions have been modeled. The graphical representation of the model output is presented here in figure below.
0.000E+00
5.000E+02
1.000E+03
1.500E+03
2.000E+03
2.500E+03
3.000E+03
Emis
sion
s
Year
Megagrams Per Year
Total landfill gas Methane Carbon dioxide NMOC
247
All the emissions peak around 2035‐36. After that there is a significant decline in the emissions. Carbon dioxide is the most predominant emission followed by methane and hydrogen sulfide. We can see that even if we do not consider the reduction in biodegradable fraction (considering only reduction in waste quantum with same waste characteristics as in incoming waste), there is substantial reduction in emission of landfill gas in Scenario 2 in comparison to Scenario 1. Therefor proposed project envisage substantial reduction in emission of landfill gases in project area. 4.2.4.3 Impacts on Closure of Landfill: On closure of landfill there can be following impacts: The soil cover may get eroded in the rainy season exposing the underlying layers of wastes. In order to avoid that a vegetative cover shall be provided over the completed site in accordance with the SWM 2016 Rules:
1. Selection of locally adopted non‐edible perennial plants which are resistant to
drought and extreme temperatures. 2. Plants grown should be such that their roots do not penetrate more than 30 mm.
This condition shall apply till the landfill is stabilized 3. Selected plants should have ability to thrive on low‐nutrient soil with minimum
nutrient addition
0.000E+00
1.000E+02
2.000E+02
3.000E+02
4.000E+02
5.000E+02
6.000E+02
7.000E+02
8.000E+02
Emis
sion
s
Year
Megagrams Per Year
Total landfill gas Methane Carbon dioxide NMOC
248
Figure 4.3: Vegetation on a completed section of a landfill
• Groundwater monitoring and soil monitoring systems should be there otherwise, deterioration of ground water and sub‐soil may occur and may go undetected and contaminate the ground water and soil.
• Surface drainage system may break during rainy season. This may contaminate the surface water & may deposit on land and finally contaminate the land as well as ground water.
• Leakage in leachate collection system may contaminate the land and the sub surface water.
• To mitigate the above two possible impacts, the landfill site has shall be divided into parts and wastes will be covered with tarpaulin to avoid such run‐off.
4.2.4.4 Impact on Ecology: The project proposes to have a Green belt designed primarily for effective control of pollution within the tolerant limit, having tremendous sink capacity, which can help contain and attenuate pollutant concentration in air and thereby restore and revitalize the stressed and impaired environment on long term basis. It also serves to cool the atmosphere by transpiration from the leaf surface and also provide habitat for birds, reptiles and insects. About 2.5 acres area has been proposed to be reserved for green belt development. The proposed green belt around the site will be designed taking into consideration the availability of space, as the efficiency of green belt in mitigating environmental impact mainly depends on the width of green belt, distance from source and tree height. Locally useful species should be selected in consultation with forest departments. It would mitigate any negative impact on the ecological conditions because of the project. As much as possible native species should be used which are suitable for the the area to have positive impacts on the ecological conditions and are fast growing with excellent canopy cover. The advantages of a green belt are given below:
• Greenbelt helps to restore the ecological balance. • Greenbelt helps in prevention of soil erosion. • Greenbelt helps to improve the aesthetics in the area. • The greenbelt also diminishes noise pollution by absorbing high degree of noise due
to 249
• their spongy foliar crown.
Selection criteria of Plant species for Green belt development: The selection of plant species for the development depends on various factors such as climate, elevation and soil. The list of plant species that can be suitably planted and having significant importance are provided in Table 5.5.The plants should exhibit the following desirable characteristic in order to be selected for plantation.
• The species should be fast growing and providing optimum penetrability. • The species should be wind‐firm and deep‐rooted. • The species should form a dense canopy. • As far as possible, the species should be indigenous and locally available. • Species tolerant to air pollutants like SPM, SOx and NOx should be preferred. • The species should be permeable to help create air turbulence and mixing within the
belt • There should be no large gaps for the air to spill through. • Trees with high foliage density, leaves with larger leaf area and hairy on both
the Surfaces. • Ability to withstand conditions like inundation and drought. • Soil improving plants (Nitrogen fixing, rapidly decomposable leaf litter). • Attractive appearance with good flowering and fruit bearing. • Bird and insect attracting tree species. • Sustainable green cover with minimal maintenance
Table 4.4 Suggested trees for peripheral green belt development
S No Scientific N me Standard Name Time when flowering‐
1. Ailanthus excels Maharuk January‐March
2. Albizia lebbeck Sirish January‐March 3. Albizia procera Safed Sirish January‐March 4. Azadirachta indica Neem June‐July 5. Bauhinia variegate Kanchan May‐June 6. Butea monosperma Palash February‐April 7. Cassia fistula Amaltas March‐June 8. Emblica officinalis Amla January 9. Erythrina indica Dadap July‐August
10. Grevillea robusta Silver oak February‐April 11. Leucaena leucocephala Subabul February‐May 12. Mangifera indica Aam April‐July 13. Nyctanthes arbortristis Harsingar Throughout the year
250
14. Pongamia pinnata Karanj February‐May 15. Syzygium cumini Jamun June‐July 16. Terminalia arjuna Arjun April‐July
4.2.4.5 Social Impacts of the Project The overall social impacts of the project will be positive. The following are the anticipated impacts:
• better municipal solid waste infrastructure. • increased hygiene due to better and efficient system of waste collection from homes
and from streets • better health due to lesser litter on roads more employment opportunities for locals • opportunity for sustainable agriculture due to production of organic fertilizer‐ compost
source of systematically segregated material for recycling industry • lesser pressure on conventional natural resources
4.2.4.6 Summary of Impacts and Mitigation Measures A summarized table of the project activities, resultant impacts, mitigation measures taken and impact significance is given hereunder: Table 4.5 Impact Matrix
Activity Impact Mitigation measure Significance
Land Acquisition None. as the land is earmarked as a landfill site
Site Location None
Site Location Air pollution strategic planning of transport routes away from sensitive area
Low
Water Pollution no discharge of wastewater in water bodies
Low
Ecological Disturbance
None
Land use Change in land use land not being used for any other purpose so no change expected
None
Vegetation no impact on biodiversity
None
Archeological property None as no such site is close to project site
None
251
Table 4.5A: Impacts and Mitigation Measures: Construction Phase: Activity Impact Mitigation measure Significance
Construction of concrete platforms, landfill and offices
Soil Contamination Not much use of paints and corrosives on site. Material stored under shed
low
Surface Water Pollution
Avoiding any runoff from site to open drains
Low
Ground Water depletion
Use of temporary check dam to store water
Moderate
Air pollution Water sprinkling and Taurpolin coverage. Idling time reduction Improved maintenance Construction time reduction
Moderate
Noise pollution Use of High grade machinery (Hydraulic operated) and regular maintenance No noise generation activity in night
Low
Social Impact Employment to local labours
Vehicles for construction material
Air Pollution Regular Maintenance of vehicles & Equipment’s
Moderate
Noise pollution Proper planning of routes to avoid sensitive areas
Moderate
Site clearing Impact on flora & founa
No endemic or endangered species in the area so no impact on bio-diversity Development of Green belt with native species
none
Generation of construction waste
Will be used as daily cover over landfill
None
252
Table 4.5 B Impacts and Mitigation Measures: Operation Phase: Activity Impact Mitigation Measure Significan
ce
Collection and Transportation of Wastes
Air pollution Traffic Congestion near site
Traffic congestion in the vicinity
Use of Bigger Compacters to ensure lesser number of rounds where lead distance is more. planning routes of vehicles to avoid sensitive areas. uni-directional pathways for incoming and outgoing vehicles roads in the vicinity are of sufficient capcity.
Moderate low
moderate
stacking of wastes on site
Foul Odor Bird Menace
waste stacking in sheds and immediate segregation of wastes, Spray of sanitisers
moderate
Composting Soil Contamination
Odor generation
Ground water pollution Ground Water depletion
windrows made on concrete platforms Inoculum spread over heap, Regular windrow Puncturing, Regular cleaning of compost facilities, roads, equipment and surrounding area, storage under shed. Continuous draining of Leachate, treatment and re‐use
Recirculation of leachate in composting Reuse of water from ETP Development of Green belt
None moderate
none
Waste segregation
Soil Contamination
windrows made on concrete platforms
none
253
Landfilling Odour generation Ground water pollution
Daily and intermediate covering of waste by soil and construction debris. Covering by tarpaulin. Spray of biological odour killing agents. Provision of base line system, leachate collection and removal system
Moderate
Closure of Landfill
Soil Erosion Provision of Vegetative Cover None
Development of Green Belt
Positive impacts on Flora, Fauna, Biodiversity, Ground water table, hydrological cycle & ecology
Use of DG Sets
Air Pollution Noise Pollution
Use of control equipment like acoustic enclosure Use limited to instances of power unavailability No activity during night hours
Low Low
Table 4.5C: Miscellaneous Impacts
Activity Impact Mitigation Measure Significance
Entire Project
Social Impacts
(all positive)
• Better municipal solid waste infrastructure
• Increased hygiene due to better and efficient system of waste collection
• Better health due to lesser litter on roads • More employment opportunities for
locals • Opportunity for sustainable agriculture
due to production of compost • Source material for recycling industry • Alternative clean fuel for industry in the
form of RDF
254
4.3: PERMISSIONS/ CLEARANCES REQUIRED As per EIA Notification 2006 Project falls under ‘B1’ Category and prior environmental clearance is required from State Pollution Control Board. Project Requires prior Environmental clearances for setting up waste Processing and landfill site (Consent to establish & consent to Operate). Permission is required from AAI as the site is at 11 kms away from proposed Deoghar airport. However site does not fall in air funnel. Permission is also required from forest department for tree cutting 4.4 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT AND MONITORING PLAN 4.4.1 Introduction Environment Management Plan (EMP) is a site specific plan developed to ensure that the project is implemented in an environmentally sustainable manner. EMP also ensures that project implementation is carried out in accordance with design by taking appropriate mitigation measures to minimize impacts on the environment during construction and operational phase. EMP will outline Environmental aspects of concern as well as their level of risk and environmental protection measures to diminish this risk. It emphasizes how the development may impact relevant environmental aspects and mitigated and managed so as to be environmentally acceptable. how these impacts may be Environment Management Plan (EMP) plays a vital role in safeguarding the environment and ensures, where all contractors and subcontractors including consultants, understand the potential environmental risks arising from the proposed project. Environmental monitoring, mitigation program and implementation arrangements are dealt with in the subsequent section. 4.4.2 Environment Management Plan & Implementation Mechanism EMP for the project is developed for two different phases
i. Construction/Development phase ii. Operation phase
Responsibility to implement the EMP shall rest with PPP operator however its monitoring shall be done by municipal corporation and project monitoring agency.
255
4.4.2.1 EMP during Construction Phase: Table 4.6 EMP during construction phase
Activity Possible Impact
Significance Mitigation measure Implementing agency
Construction of concrete platforms, landfill and offices
Soil Contamination
Low Limited use of paints and corrosives on site. Material stored under shed
Private Operator
Surface Water Pollution
Low Avoiding any runoff from site to open drains
Private Operator
Ground Water depletion
Moderate Use of temporary check dam to store water
Private Operator
Air pollution Moderate Water sprinkling and Taurpolin coverage. Idling time reduction Improved maintenance Construction time reduction
Private Operator
Noise pollution Low Use of High grade machinery (Hydraulic operated) and regular maintenance No noise generation activity in night
Private Operator
Social Impact Employment to local labours
Vehicles for construction material
Air Pollution Moderate Regular Maintenance of vehicles & Equipment’s
Private Operator
Noise pollution Moderate Proper planning of routes to avoid sensitive areas
Private Operator
256
Site clearing Impact on flora & fauna
None No endemic or endangered species in the area so no impact on bio-diversity Development of Green belt with native species
Private Operator
Generation of construction waste
None Will be used as daily cover over landfill
Private Operator
257
4.4.2.2 EMP during Operation Phase: Table 4.7: EMP during Operation phase
Activity Possible Impact Significance Mitigation measure Implementing agency
Collection and Transportation of Wastes
Air pollution Traffic Congestion near site
Traffic congestion in the vicinity
Moderate low
moderate
Use of vehicles following latest standards of emission norms. Regular maintenance and phasing out of old vehicles. Use of Bigger Compacters to ensure lesser number of rounds where lead distance is more. Planning routes of vehicles to avoid sensitive areas. Route rotation and identification of alternate routes Uni-directional pathways for incoming and outgoing vehicles Roads in the vicinity are of sufficient capacity.
Private Operator
stacking of wastes on site
Foul Odor Bird Menace
Moderate waste stacking in sheds and immediate segregation of wastes Spray of sanitizers Development of green belt
Private Operator
258
Composting Soil Contamination
Odor generation
Ground water pollution Ground Water depletion
None moderate
none
windrows made on concrete platforms Inoculum spread over heap, Regular windrow Puncturing, Regular cleaning of compost facilities, roads, equipment and surrounding area, storage under shed. Development of green belt Continuous draining of Leachate, treatment and re‐use
Recirculation of leachate in composting Reuse of water from ETP Development of Green belt
Private Operator
Waste segregation Soil Contamination
None windrows made of concrete platforms
Private Operator
259
Landfilling Odor generation Landfill gas Ground water pollution Bird Menace
Moderate High low
Daily and intermediate covering of waste by soil and construction debris. Covering by tarpaulin. Spray of biological odour killing agents. Development of green belt Provision of base line system, leachate collection and removal system Laying of ground with CCL and HDPE liner Elaborate system of Leachate collection Treatment facilities for leachate Emissions of CH4 will be controlled by flaring of CH4 to produce CO2 which has lesser GWP
Private Operator
Closure of Landfill
Soil Erosion None Provision of Vegetative Cover Private Operator
Development of Green Belt
Positive impacts on Flora, Fauna, Biodiversity, Ground water table, hydrological cycle & ecology
Private Operator
260
Use of DG Sets Air Pollution Noise Pollution
Low Low
Use of control equipment like acoustic enclosure. Sufficient stake height Use limited to instances of power unavailability No activity during night hours
Private Operator
261
4.4.3 Environmental Management System and Monitoring Plan For the effective and consistent functioning of the project, an Environmental Management System (EMS) should be established at the site. The EMS should include the following:
• An Environmental management cell • Environmental Monitoring • Personnel Training • Regular Environmental Audits and Corrective Action • Documentation – Standard operating procedures Environmental Management Plans and
other records
4.4.3.1 Environmental Management Cell Apart from having an Environmental Management Plan, it is also necessary to have a permanent organizational set up charged with the task of ensuring its effective implementation of mitigation measures and to conduct environmental monitoring. The major duties and responsibilities of Environmental Management Cell shall be as given below:
• To implement the environmental management plan, • To assure regulatory compliance with all relevant rules and regulations, • To ensure regular operation and maintenance of pollution control devices, • To minimize environmental impacts of operations as by strict adherence to the
EMP • To initiate environmental monitoring as per approved schedule. • Review and interpretation of monitored results and corrective measures in case • monitored results are above the specified limit. • Maintain documentation of good environmental practices and applicable
environmental • laws as ready reference. Maintain environmental related records. • Coordination with regulatory agencies, external consultants, monitoring
laboratories. • Maintain of log of public complaints and the action taken
4.4.3.2 Environmental monitoring Monitoring of the Municipal Solid Waste operations i.e. the physical environment and the public health in the vicinity of the Integrated Municipal Solid Waste Management Facility is an integral part to design, construction and operation of the facility. The purpose of environmental monitoring is to evaluate the effectiveness of implementation of Environmental Management Plan (EMP) by periodically monitoring the important
262
environmental parameters within the impact area, so that any adverse affects are detected and timely action can be taken.
4.4.3.2.1Air Environment For the proposed project, the air emissions are from windrow process, DG sets and vehicular movement. DG set is proposed as standby to use during power failure for emergency needs using diesel as fuel and hence are not expected to contribute emissions to the environment on regular basis. Ambient air quality in and around the project site (nearby villages) will be monitored for important parameters 4.4.3.2.2 Noise Environment Monitoring of the noise levels and exposures is essential to assess the Environmental Management Plan implemented to reduce noise levels. A good quality integrated sound level meter and noise exposure meter may be procured for the same. Audiometric tests will be conducted periodically for the employees working close to the noise sources. Noise levels will be monitored within the project site on regular intervals. 4.4.3.2.3 Water Environment Leachate, domestic sewage, water from peizometers, nearby bore wells, nearby surface waters will be analyzed regularly for the parameters given below. They are as follows:
• pH & EC • Suspended Solids • Dissolved Solids • Oil and Grease • Chloride • Sulphide • COD and BOD • Nitrates • Phosphates
4.4.3.2.4 Land Environment The soil in the neighboring areas will be analyzed for the relevant parameters. The average canopy height of the greenbelt, number and types of plant species will be monitored. Air and noise pollution attenuation achieved by the greenbelt will also be evaluated. It would be ensured that trained and qualified staff supervises the monitoring of ambient air, stack gases, effluents, noise etc. to see that prescribed standards laid down are obtained. The post project monitoring schedule/plan is given in Table 4.8.
263
Table 4.8 Environmental Monitoring Plan Environmental
Component Locations Frequency Parameters
Ambient Air Quality Nearby habitations, upwind, downwind, crosswind
Thrice a year, Three samples
PM10 , PM2.5 SO2, NOx, CH4 , CO, Ammonia, Odour
Noise Within site ( DG set, Compost yard, SLF area) and nearest habitation
Thrice a Year, Three samples
Noise Levels
Ground water / surface waters
Piezometers around the landfill, groundwater & surface water from nearby villages
Monthly Once
IS 10500:1991 drinking water Parameters
Leachate Windrow, compost plant, Secured landfill,
Monthly once
SS, TDS, pH, BOD, COD, As, CN, Cl
Landfill gas Landfill area Included in air
Methane & CO2
Plantation Greenbelt Half yearly Survival of plants and replacement of immature plants
Compost Final product Monthly Once
As, Cd, Cr, Cu, Pb, Hg, Ni, Zn, C/N ratio, pH
4.4.3.3 Record keeping and reporting Record keeping and reporting of performance is an important management tool for ensuring sustainable operation of the proposed facility. Records should be maintained for regulatory, monitoring and operational issues. Typical record keeping requirements for the proposed facility is summarized in Table 4.9. Table 4.9: Record keeping requirements
Parameter Particular
Solid Waste Handling and Disposal
Daily quantity of waste received Daily quantity treated and recycled Daily quantity sent for landfill
Waste Water Daily quantity of treated sewage received Daily quantities of treated effluent recycled Quantity and point of usage of treated wastewater
264
Regulatory Licenses (Environmental)
Environmental Permits / Consents from JSPCB
Monitoring and Survey
Records of all monitoring carried out as per the finalized monitoring protocol.
Accident reporting Date and time of the accident Sequence of events leading to accident Chemical datasheet assessing effect of accident on health and environment
Other Log book of compliance Employee environmental, health and safety records Equipment inspection and calibration records
4.4.3.4 Environmental Audits and corrective action plans To assess whether the implemented EMP is adequate, periodic environmental audits will be conducted. These audits will be followed by Corrective Action Plans (CAP) to correct various issues identified during the audits. 4.4.4 Cost implication of Environment Management Plan and Environmental Monitoring
265
Table 4.10: Cost Implication for EMP during Construction Phase: Activity Possible
Impact Mitigation measure Cost
included in DPR or not
Cost in Rs Remark
Construction of concrete platforms, landfill and offices
Soil Contamination
Limited use of paints and corrosives on site. Material stored under shed
Yes Yes
Surface Water Pollution
Avoiding any runoff from site to open drains
Yes
Ground Water depletion
Use of temporary check dam to store water
Yes
Air pollution Water sprinkling Idling time reduction Improved maintenance Construction time reduction
No Yes Yes Yes
Rs 378000.00
It is assumed that at any time 2000 sqm are will remain under construction for 6 months. One water tanker of 1000 ltr enough for 500 sqm area Labour cost = Rs. 225/day + Rs 300/tanker = Rs. 525/500 sqm area
Noise pollution Use of High grade machinery (Hydraulic operated) and regular maintenance No noise generation activity in night
Yes Yes
Social Impact Employment to local labours
266
Vehicles for construction material
Air Pollution Regular Maintenance of vehicles & Equipment’s
Yes
Noise pollution Proper planning of routes to avoid sensitive areas
Yes
Site clearing Impact on flora & fauna
No endemic or endangered species in the area so no impact on bio-diversity Development of Green belt with native species
NR Yes
Generation of construction waste
Will be used as daily cover over landfill
Yes
267
Table 4.11: Cost Implication for EMP during Operation Phase:
Activity Possible Impact
Mitigation measure Cost included in DPR or not
Cost in Rs Remark
Collection and Transportation of Wastes
Air pollution Traffic Congestion near site
Traffic congestion in the vicinity
Use of vehicles following latest standards of emission norms. Regular maintenance and phasing out of old vehicles. Use of Bigger Compacters to ensure lesser number of rounds where lead distance is more. Planning routes of vehicles to avoid sensitive areas. Route rotation and identification of alternate routes Uni-directional pathways for incoming and outgoing vehicles Roads in the vicinity are of sufficient capacity.
Yes Yes Yes
stacking of wastes on site
Foul Odor Bird Menace
waste stacking in sheds and immediate segregation of wastes Spray of sanitizers Development of green belt
Yes Yes
268
Composting Soil Contamination
Odor generation
Ground water pollution Ground Water depletion
windrows made on concrete platforms
Inoculum spread over heap, Regular windrow Puncturing, Regular cleaning of compost facilities, roads, equipment and surrounding area, storage under shed. Development of green belt Continuous draining of Leachate, treatment and re‐use
Recirculation of leachate in composting. Reuse of water from ETP. Development of Green belt
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Waste segregation Soil Contamination
windrows made of concrete platforms
Yes
269
Landfilling Odor generation Landfill gas Ground water pollution Gaseous emission Bird Menace
Daily and intermediate covering of waste by soil and construction debris. Covering by tarpaulin. Spray of biological odour killing agents. Development of green belt Provision of base line system, leachate collection and removal system Laying of ground with CCL and HDPE liner Elaborate system of Leachate collection Facility. Treatment facilities for leachate Emissions of CH4 will be controlled by flaring of CH4 to produce CO2 which has lesser GWP Daily cover
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
A Leachate Evaporation pond is proposed
Closure of Landfill
Soil Erosion Provision of Vegetative Cover Yes
270
Development of Green Belt
Positive impacts on Flora, Fauna, Biodiversity, Ground water table, hydrological cycle & ecology
Use of DG Sets Air Pollution Noise Pollution
Use of control equipment like acoustic enclosure. Sufficient stake height Use limited to instances of power unavailability No activity during night hours
Yes Yes
271
Table 4.12: Cost Implication for Environment Monitoring:
S. NO.
Reference
Item
Location
Season
Year
Total Samples in No.
Unit Cost Rs.
Total Cost Rs.
A. Environment Monitoring during Construction Stage
1
RUIDP SOR 2013, Item No. 5.8
Ambient Air Quality Monitoring- For parameters -PM-2.5 & PM-10, SO2, NO2, CO from NABL approved laboratory and submission of report complete in all respect. (twice a week for four consecutive weeks at each location)
3
3
1
9
5,000
45000
2
RUIDP SOR 2013, Item No. 5.9
Ambient Noise Quality Monitoring - To Identify sources of noise, Noise due to traffic/transportation of vehicles, Noise due to heavy equipment operations, Duration and variations in noise over time etc. the equivalent noise levels shall be monitored (Lday and Lnight in Leq dBA) from NABL approved laboratory and submission of report complete in all respect.
3
3
1
9
2,000
18000
3 Soil analysis -- Collecting
representative sample and Physical & Chemical testing of Parameter from NABL approved laboratory as per CPHEEO manual
pH, EC, Texture, Porosity, Nitrogen, Potassium, Phosphorous, Organic Matter, Particle size distribution,
3
3
1
9
3,000
27000
272
Exchangeable sodium percentage
4 RUIDP SOR 2013, Item No. 5.5.1
Water Quality Analysis– Collecting representative sample and Physical & Chemical testing of Parameter from NABL approved laboratory as per CPHEEO manual
PH, TDS, Taste & Odour, turbidity, magnesium, Total hardness, total alkalinity, chloride, sulphate, nitrate, fluoride, Calcium, Iron, Pesticide, Manganese, Cooper, Aluminum, Residual Chlorine, Zinc, phenolic compound, Arsenic, Cadmium, Chromium, cyanides, lead, selenium, Mercury.
3
12
1
36
6,400
230400
Sub total 320400 B. Environment Monitoring Cost (Operation Stage)
1
RUIDP SOR 2013, Item No. 5.8
Ambient Air Quality Monitoring- For parameters -PM-2.5 & PM-10, Methane, SO2, NO2, CO from NABL approved laboratory and submission of report complete in all respect. (twice a week for four consecutive weeks at each location)
3
3
20
180
5,000
900000
3
RUIDP SOR 2013, Item No. 5.9
Ambient Noise Quality Monitoring - To Identify sources of noise, Noise due to traffic/transportation of vehicles, Noise due to heavy equipment operations, Duration and variations in noise over time etc. the equivalent noise levels shall
3
3
20
180
2,000
360000
273
be monitored (Lday and Lnight in Leq dBA) from NABL approved laboratory and submission of report complete in all respect.
4
Soil analysis -- Collecting representative sample and Physical & Chemical testing of Parameter from NABL approved laboratory as per CPHEEO manual pH, EC, Texture, Porosity, Nitrogen, Potassium, Phosphorous, Organic Matter, Particle size distribution, Exchangeable sodium percentage
3
3
20
180
3,000
540000
5
RUIDP SOR 2013, Item No. 5.5.1
Water Quality Analysis–Collecting representative sample and Physical & Chemical testing of Parameter from NABL approved laboratory
PH, TDS, Taste & Odour, turbidity, magnesium, Total hardness, total alkalinity, chloride, sulphate, nitrate, fluoride, Calcium, Iron, Pesticide, Manganese, Cooper, Aluminum, Residual Chlorine, Zinc, phenolic compound, Arsenic, Cadmium, Chromium, cyanides, lead, selenium, Mercury.
3
12
20
720
6,400
4608000
6
RUIDP SOR 2013,
Item No. 5.5.1
Leachate Quality Analysis–Collecting representative sample and Physical & Chemical testing of Parameter from NABL approved laboratory as per CPHEEO
1
12
20
240
6,400
1536000
274
manual PH, TDS, Taste & Odour, turbidity, magnesium, Total hardness, total alkalinity, chloride, sulphate, nitrate, fluoride, Calcium, Iron, Pesticide, Manganese, Cooper, Aluminum, Residual Chlorine, Zinc, phenolic compound, Arsenic, Cadmium, Chromium, cyanides, lead, selenium, Mercury.
Subtotal 79,44,000 TOTAL for Environmental Monitoring (Construction and Operation Phase) 82,64,400
The estimated cost of the Environmental Management Plans that are not included in the DPR amount to Rs. 3,78,000 /-. Total
Cost of Environmental Monitoring is Rs. 82,64,400/-. However the responsibility of these cost head rests with private operator.
275
4.5 SOCIAL IMPACT AND MANAGEMENT PLAN
4.5.1 Introduction
Inefficient storage, collection, treatment and disposal of waste lead to pollution of ground, water and air which result in creation of breeding grounds for vectors, pasts, rodents, etc., causing public health problems. Proper planning for collection, transportation, treatment and disposal of solid waste is, therefore, extremely essential for the protection of environment and health and for the social well being of the people.
The urban poor often residing in informal settlements and slums having very little access or no access to solid waste management services suffer the most on account of improper solid waste management services. The challenges of solid waste management will increase in next ten years on account of rapid growth of the city and its peri urban areas as well as per capita increase in waste generation. This calls for concerted efforts on the part of administration and all stakeholders to reduce, reuse and recycle the waste.
4.5.2. Impact of poor solid waste management.
There are many negative impacts that result out of improper solid waste management which are listed below and which are planned to be minimized through improved solid waste management system in the city.
• Uncollected waste often ends up in drains causing blockages which result in flooding and in sanitary conditions.
• Files, breeds in some constituents of solids waste and they spread diseases.
• Mosquitoes breed in blocked drains and cause malaria, dangue, etc.
• Rats finds shelter and food in waste dumps and they spread diseases.
• Open burning of waste causes air pollution.
• Aerosols and dusts can spread fungi and pathogens from uncollected waste.
• Uncollected waste degrades the urban environment and aesthetic of the city.
• Dangerous items like broken glass, needles, health care waste mixed with municipal solid waste pose risk of injury and consequent health problems.
• Several health care items find their way in municipal dumps get recycled without sterilization and cause infection and serious health problems.
• Polluted water i.e. leacheate growing from the waste dumps contaminate ground water.
276
• Liquids and fumes emanate from unauthorized dumping of chemical waste at the dump site cause problems of health.
• Landfill gas escapes in the atmosphere and quite often gets trapped resulting in fires at the landfills.
• Methane gas gives rise to green house gases and leads to climate change.
• Fires often take place at the landfills and cause air pollution in the surrounding areas.
All the above ill effects and adverse impacts are proposed to be controlled by scientifically managing the waste at the treatment plant and disposing of the rejects emanating from the treatment plant at the engineered landfill.
4.5.3 Management Plan for socio‐economic environment 4.5.3.1 Principals adopted of social development The social management plan has been designed to take proactive steps and adopt best practices, which are sensitive to the socio‐cultural setting of the region. Basic principles adopted to prepare social management plan are;
• Community wellbeing • Community investment • Community engagement • Indigenous relation • Local business development • Local recruitment • Health and safety • Education and training
4.5.3.2 Goals of project for social development 4.5.3.2.1 Social investment strategy The project envisages addressing the wider goal of environmental protection through a social investment strategy for the communities around the proposed project. By investing in social projects in the neighboring community, seeks to increase the benefits to the local population and contribute towards meeting community’s expectation of benefits from the project. These are taking into perspective concerns of the local community and requirement of the overall population of Sahibganj & Rajmahal.
a) Proper disposal of Municipal Solid waste
b) Improvement in general health standards c) Demand for employment opportunities d) Training Rag pickers and low level workers at plant
277
e) Improvement in living status of the local people. 4.5.3.2.2 Employment opportunities Project will provide job opportunities to those people from adjoining areas during construction and operation phase that fulfills the desired requirements on preferential basis. 4.5.3.2.3 Training to rag pickers and workers and employment of Rag Pickers The waste received at the project site is a mixed waste, which reduces the efficiency of the proposed Compost plant, thus it is necessary to make people aware of the benefits of the segregated waste. So it is planned to carry out awareness campaigns on segregation of waste at source from time to time for the residents of Deoghar. Training will be provided to Rag pickers operating on present dumpsite for safe handling of waste. These upgraded Ragpickers shall be incorporated by PPP operator for manual sorting of waste at processing plant. Workers involved in non‐mechanical work at plant will be trained and provided with protective gears. Informal recyclers and dismantlers will also be taken into loop and they will be educated to adopt scientific methods and safe technology to recycle. 4.5.4 P ublic consultation and outcome The public consultation and focus group discussion (FGD) were conducted on 19th , 20th
and 22nd September 2015. A questionnaire was circulated to get the public view about existing scenario of solid waste management, expectation and their acceptability to proposed solid waste management project and their willingness to pay user charges in lieu of services extended to them. A sample of filled questionnaire is enclosed as Annexure - 2 . Outcome of public consultation and focused group discussion are as under:
i. Almost all people don’t follow source segregation ii. 70% participant throw waste in open space/dustbin, 20% participant accepted
to get the Door step collection by engaging private sweeper, few person accepted the waste collection by NGO
iii. All participant accepted to cell newspaper, plastic etc to local kabadi wala iv. Almost 60% participant rated the role of municipality in waste management as
not good 30 % not commented and 10 % were satisfied v. 100% people wants door to door collection of waste vi. 65% people were willing to pay in the range of Rs 20 to Rs 50 for door to door
collection. vii. 90% people gave positive comments on proposed solid waste management
project.
278
4.5.5 Potential social Impacts because of project Table 4.13 Potential social impacts and mitigation measures
S. No
Type of Impact Likely hood
Positive/ Negative
Impact Lvl
Before Mitigati
on measur
e
Reason for occurrence/ nonoccurrence Mitigation Measure
Impact Lvl
After Mitigati
on measur
e
Monitoring mechanism
A Change to population and Demographic profile
i. Increased cultural diversity
Unlikely Positive Low Maximum labour involvement is in the range of 450 to 500 and local labour involvement will be preferred. DMC has already engaged 350 contractual labours for sanitation activity and almost all of these workforce will be engaged in this project. Even expected outside labour will also have same cultural values.
Not required - Labour record maintained by project concessionaire
ii. Decline in local population
Possible Negative Low Labour involvement for the project is in the range of 450 to 500 and allied activity like marketing and sale of products like compost may require more people engagement. Migration with family may cause low level of change.
Local labour involvement will be preferred and therefore no major inflow of outside population is anticipated
Low Labour record maintained by project concessionaire
iii. Increase in male population
Possible Negative Low Major workforce being male Involvement of both female and male labour in door to door waste collection is proposed.
Low Labour record maintained by project concessionaire
279
B Impact on
housing and Accommodation
Unlikely Negative Low No impact, as houses can be arranged on rental
Not required - Labour record maintained by project concessionaire
C Impact on
employment, Skills and Business
i. Increased employment generation
Certain Positive Medium Labour involvement for the project is in the range of 450 to 500 and allied activity like marketing and sale of products like compost may require more people engagement.
Not Required - Employment maintained by project concessionaire
ii. Potential stress on small business
Unlikely Negative Low Sanitation services will not have impact on local business
Not Required - Stake holders meeting and annual report
iii. Local business difficulty faced by competition for labour
Unlikely Negative Low Sanitation services will not create competition for labour as sanitation workers are generally not engaged as construction labourer and vice versa
Not Required - Stake holders meeting and annual report
D Impact on Land
use and Traffic
i. Effect on agricultural land
Unlikely Negative High Site at present is a barren land with no agricultural activity
Not Required - -
ii. Increased vehicular movement
Possible Negative Medium Waste collection and transportation services requires a good number of vehicles plying daily on road
Identification of alternate routes, route rotation can mitigate this effect
Low Traffic study, Stake holders meeting and annual report
E Impact on
community values, lifestyle and wellbeing
i. Improvement in community
Certain Positive High Waste management services will improve Health, hygiene,
Not required - Annual report and project
280
wellbeing cleanliness in city records ii. Increased
community concern regarding project
Possible Negative Medium Public perception of increased odor and dust level in vicinity to waste processing and landfill site
Setting up office of PIO, complaint handling cell, IEC activity and involvement of local community organizers, ward parshad
Low Stake holders meeting and annual report
iii. Reduced perception of safety
Unlikely Negative Low No such perception raised by public during consultation
F Impact on
community infrastructure and Services
i Increased demand on emergency services
Possible Negative Low Inflow of outside population may increase the demand
involvement of Local labour
Low Stake holders meeting and annual report
ii. Increased demand on medical services
Possible Negative Low Inflow of outside population may increase the demand
involvement of Local labour
Low Stake holders meeting and annual report
iii. Community displacement
Unlikely Negative High Not anticipated as WPLFS site have no population within 700 m area
Not required -
G Impact on Health,
Safety and Environment
Certain Positive High Waste management services will improve Health, hygiene, cleanliness in city
Not Required Annual report and project records
281
4.5.6 Cost Implication for Implementation of social Management plan Table 4.14 : Cost implication for SMP
S.No Cost Head Number Monthly
expenses Total Monthly expenses
Yearly expenses
1 Public Information Office 1 30000.00 30000.00 360000 2 Complaint Handler 2 12000.00 24000.00 288000 3 Data entry operator
Handler 1 10000.00 10000.00
120000 4 Expanse of two toll free
numbers, 2 5000 10000.00
120000 5 Internet connection &
other office exp 1 6000 6000.00
72000 Total yearly expenditure = Rs. 960000.00 Total cost for 5 years = Rs. 4800000.00 4.5.7 Socio-Economic Development Activities under CEP Corporate Environmental Policy (CEP), also known as Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR), is a form of corporate self-regulation integrated into a business model. Ideally, CEP policy would function as a built-in, self-regulating mechanism whereby business would monitor and ensure its support to ethical standards and international norms. Consequently, business would adopt responsibility for the impact of its activities on the environment, consumers, employees, Communities, Stakeholders and all other members of the public sector. CEP focused businesses would proactively promote the public interest by encouraging community growth and development, and voluntarily eliminating practices that harm the public sector, regardless of legality. Economic growth is possible only through consumption of inputs available in the environment and society. The harnessing of natural resources has a direct impact on the economy, the environment and society at large. CEP is a concept whereby organizations serve the interests of society by taking responsibility for the impact of their activities on customers, employees, shareholders, communities and the environment in all aspects of their operations. Thus CEP is a management’s commitment to operate in an economically, socially and environmentally sustainable manner, while recognizing the interests of its stakeholders. This commitment is beyond statutory requirements. CEP is, therefore, closely linked with the practice of sustainable Development. 4.5.7.1 Planning The planning for CEP starts with the identification of the activities/projects to be undertaken. CEP projects/activities may be undertaken in the periphery of project boundaries or anywhere in the country. However, specific CEP strategies shall be developed that mandate the design
282
of CEP Action Plan (Long-term, medium-term and short-term), with a shift from the casual approach to the project based accountability approach. Selection of activities under CEP would be made to ensure that the benefits reach the smallest unit i.e Village, Thesil, Block or District depending upon the operations and resource capability of the project. The approach to CEP planning needs to be shifted from an ad-hoc charity to a long-term sustainable approach. The monitoring skills available with the project authorities could be shared as far as possible, with the local administration by training and setting up required structures and systems. The long-term CEP Plan shall match with the long term Business Plan. This shall be broken down into medium term and short term plans. Each of these plans shall be clearly specified the following
• Requirements relating to baseline survey • Activities to be undertaken • Budgets allocated • Time-lines prescribed • Responsibilities and authorities defined • Major results expected
However, these plans shall also clearly specify the implementation guidelines and the involvement of the implementing agency.
4.5.7.2 Implementation CEP initiatives shall be considered the following parameters for identifications/selection of schemes/projects as per the stipulated guidelines:
• Investment in CEP should be project based. Mere donations to
philanthropic/charity or other organizations would not come under the category of CEP.
• CEP activities should generate community goodwill, create social impact and visibility.
• For every project, the time-frame and periodic milestones should be finalized at the outset.
• CEP activities should also involve the suppliers in order to ensure that the supply- chain also follows the CEP principles.
• CEP activities should help in building a positive image of the company in the public perception.
• CEP projects may be closely linked with the principles of sustainable Development. Based on the immediate and long term social and environmental consequences of their activities.
• Management should take the shoulder responsibility for restoring/Compensating for any ecological damage that is taking place as a result of its operations.
283
Project activities identified under CEP shall be implemented by Specialized Agencies and generally NOT by staff of the project management. Specialized agencies would be made to work singly or in tandem with other agencies.
• Specialized agencies would include:- • Community based organizations whether formal or informal • Elected local bodies such as Panchayats • Voluntary Agencies (NGOs) • Institutes/Academic Organisations • Trusts, Missions, etc • Self-help Groups • Government, Semi-Government and autonomous Organisations • Standing Conference of Public Enterprises (SCOPE) • Mahila Mandals/Samitis and the like • Contracted agencies for civil works • Professional Consultancy Organizations, etc.
Project Management will take responsibility to develop awareness among all levels of their staff about CEP activities and the integration of social processes with business processes. Those involved with the undertaking of CEP activities will be provided with adequate training and re-orientation. Initiatives of State Governments, District Administration, local administration as well as Central Government Departments/Agencies, self-Help Groups, etc., would be dovetailed/Synergised with the initiatives taken by the management. Every care will be taken to ensure that there is no duplication of CEP activities undertaken by the project with that of programmes run by Central State and Local Governments. While assigning CEP projects to specialized agencies, every possible effort will be made to verify the reliability and clean track record of such agencies or they may select from panels maintained by Government, Semi-Government, Autonomous Organization or the National CEP Hub, etc. Activities related to sustainable Development will form a significant element of the total initiatives of CEP. However, these activities will be carried out under the 3 UN Global compact principles, pertaining to the Environment. Nevertheless, business related with project activities will be asked to:
• Support a precautionary approach to environmental challenges • Undertake initiatives to promote greater environmental responsibility • Encourage the development and diffusion of environmentally friendly
technologies.
284
4.5.7.3 Possible Areas of Activities under CEP Some of the possible areas of activities under CEP are given below, they will be undertaken depending on the local requirement and its immediate need.
• Drinking Water Facility • Education • Electricity Facility • Solar Lighting System • Health and Family Welfare • Plantation/Irrigation Facilities • Sanitation and Public Health • Pollution Control • Animal Care • Promotion of Sports and Games • Promotion of Art and Culture • Environment Friendly technologies • Promotion of livelihood for economically weaker sections through forward and
backward linkages. • Relief to victims of Natural Calamities like earth-quake, Cyclone, drought & Flood
situation in any part of the country • Supplementing Development Programmes of the Government • Non-conventional Energy Sources • Construction of Community Centres/Night Shelters/Old Age Homes • Imparting Vocational Training • Setting up of skill development centers • Adoption of Villages • Scholarships to meritorious students belonging to SC, ST, OBC and disabled
categories • Adoption/Construction of Hostels (especially those for SC/ST and girls) • Skill training, entrepreneurship development and placement assistance
programmes for youth • Building of Roads, Pathways and Bridges • Entrepreneurship Development Programme (EDP) • Disaster Management Activities including those related to amelioration/mitigation • Activities related to the preservation of the Environment/Ecology and to
sustainable Development
285
4.5.7.4 Funding During primary data collection in the study area it has been noticed that there are good number of unemployed local youth in the surrounding tribal villages, an action plan will be proposed to train the local employable youth, so that after relevant training they will be employed in project. Financial help will be provided to local youth (tuition fees, hostel charges, books, examination fees, etc) of the study area in getting them trained in Industrial training institutes / centers, Polytechnics in various trades like Electricians, Plumbers, Fitters, boiler operators, driving, etc. The details of the funds proposed initially for CEP are given in Table 4 . 1 5 and later on need based allotment of funds will be done for taking up CEP activities by keeping a separate fund using minimum of 2% of profit share. Table 4.15 Funds for implementing Corporate Social Responsibilities under CEP
S. No Item Amount (Rs Lakhs)
1 Upliftment of poor to acquire traditional/ basic skill for BPL Families.
3
2 To acquire skills through ITI & skill development organizations in getting employments in industries
3
3 Development of PHC, Conducting Health camps and Providing medicines
2
4 Infrastructure Development, drinking water (OHT, Pipe laying etc.), Electricity, sanitation facilities in
1
5 Infrastructure for Electricity 1 Total 10
286
4.6 GENDER AND INCLUSION PLAN
287
CHAPTER-5: INSTITUTONAL FRAMEWORK
5.1 Financial Capacity of DMC
The analysis of capacity of DMC to pay for Operation and Maintenance of various
flagship schemes and probable Revenue Augmentation for the Financial year
2016-17 to 2020-21 is made in this article. The source of data for this study are Data made available by Deoghar Nagar Nigam, S K PATODIA & ASSOCIATES, CA firm hired by DMC for accounts compilation and series of discussion with the City Manager and employees of Deoghar Municipal Corporation.
In terms of the financial capacity, DMC is primarily a medium sized municipal
corporation both in terms of population and revenues of the corporation. Revenue
Income and Revenue expenditure of DMC in revenue from grants in last five years
is presented in as under
REVENUE INCOME, REVENUE EXPENDITURE OF LAST FIVE YEARS
Rs. In Lakhs
Details of Revenue Income & Revenue Expenditure
2012-13 2013-14 2014-15 2015-16
Total Revenue-{C} 60923001.09 103726317.16 91752541.10 148480793.14 Total Expenditure Other than Grant (D) 100241590.34 84849015.20 107643917.00 141166408.40 Deficiet/Surplus (A-F) -39318589.3 18877302.0 -15891375.9 7314384.7
REVENUE INCOME, (Own Sources) REVENUE EXPENDITURE OF LAST FIVE YEARS
Rs. In Lakhs
Details of Revenue (Own Source) & Revenue Expenditure
2012-13 2013-14 2014-15 2015-16
Own Generate Revenue (A) 35528232.44 47804663.16 63697949.60 71223860.14 Total Expenditure (F) 100241590.34 84849015.20 107643917.00 141166408.40 Deficiet/Surplus (A-F) -64713357.9 -37044352.0 -43945967.4 -69942548.3
288
Revenue Receipt Analysis (CAGR)
Details of Revenue
Details of Revenue 2012-13 2013-14 2014-15 2015-16
% of Increase/Decrease Trend Averge
Growth % 2013-14 2014-
15 2015-
16 Tax Revenue 31499466.00 39962860.76 50341945.60 56229030.26 26.87 25.97 11.69 21.51 Rental Income From Municipal Properties 1021788.00 4692821.00 806329.00 4541235.88 359.28 -82.82 463.2
246.55 Fees & User Charges 1238872.44 1715372.40 931309.00 3094607.00 38.46 -45.71 232.29 75.01 Sale & Hire Charges 63200.00 194181.00 10715088.00 6593860.00 207.25 5418.09 -38.46 1862.29 Interest Earned 1704906.00 1239428.00 903278.00 765127.00 -27.3 -27.12 -15.29 -23.24 Own Generate Revenue (A) 35528232.44 47804663.16 63697949.60 71223860.14 34.55 33.25 11.81 26.54 Other Icome 698098.00 390931.00 402415.50 1592764.00 -44 2.94 295.8 84.91 Revenue Grants, Contribution & Subsidies 24696670.65 55530723.00 27652176.00 75664169.00 124.85 -50.2 173.63
82.76 Income From Investments Other Revenue (B) 25394768.65 55921654.00 28054591.50 77256933.00 120.21 -49.83 175.38 81.92 Total Revenue-{C} 60923001.09 103726317.16 91752541.10 148480793.14 70.26 -11.54 61.83
Details of Expenditure
Particulars 2012-13 2013-14 2014-15 2015-16
% of Increase/Decrease over last year Averge
Growth % 2013-14 2014-
15 2015-
16 Establishment Expenses 58084168.00 38327323.00 79919525.00 89021287.00 -34.01 108.52 11.39 28.63 Administrative E Expenses 5775560.00 9966403.00 12452233.00 16621560.00 72.56 24.94 33.48 43.66 Operations & Maintenance 10588458.00 4369188.00 9065481.00 12917218.00 -58.74 107.49 42.49 30.41
289
Interest & Finance Charges 405.00 800.00 92.00 1226.50 97.53 -88.50 1233.15 414.06 Programme Expenses 340224.00 6206586.00 22605116.90 -100.00 264.21 82.11 Depreciation 25452775.34 32185301.20 26.45 -100.00 -36.78 Total Expenditure Other than Grant (D) 100241590.34 84849015.20 107643917.00 141166408.40 -15.36 26.87 31.14
14.22 Revenue Grants, Contribution and Subsidies (E)
26170866.00 11835986.00 -54.77 -100.00
Total Expenditure (F) 100241590.34 111019881.20 119479903.00 141166408.40 10.75 7.62 18.15 EXCESS/DEFICIET (A-D) -64713357.90 -37044352.04 -43945967.40 -69942548.26 -42.76 18.63 59.16 EXCESS/DEFICIET (C-D) -39318589.25 18877301.96 -15891375.90 7314384.74 -148.01 -184.18 -146.03 EXCESS/DEFICIET (C-F) -39318589.25 -7293564.04 -27727361.90 7314384.74 -81.45 280.16 -126.38
290
The significant highlights of Revenue account are being discussed below:
The revenue Incomes from collection of taxes has increasing over the period of
last Four years in FY 2011-12 to FY 2015-16;
The gap between receipts and expenditure has increased once revenue income
excluding from grants(i.e receipts from taxes) is considered
It can be observed from Figure above that Revenue Expenditure has eaten up all
revenue of DMC in all the 4 years once grants are excluded.
Revenue (Tax sources) Receipt increase 11.69% in 2015-16 compare to 2014-
15, whereas it increased 25.97% in 2014-15 compare to 2013-14. It shows
decrease in growth rate of tax revenue.
Revenue Payment increase 31.00% in 2015-16 compare to 2014-15.
This indicates that if present scenario prevails, there is no financial sustainability of
DMC from own sources of Income. DMC will depend on revenue grant for operation of
their projects and other activity.
Proposed reforms in tax collection system may increase the revenue from tax collection
but the prediction of it is not possible at this stage of time
5.2 Organization Structure of DMC
Devolution of powers and functions to the ULBs required availability of qualified and
trained personnel at all levels for efficient discharge of these functions. The ULBs
should have administrative control over the staff to command loyalty and directions of
purpose in the new scenario. A review of the system of transfer of functionaries to ULBs
revealed that the available manpower in ULBs was not sufficient and required attention
of the State Government. Table 5.5 shows that in sample ULBs, the shortage of staff is
on an average of 89 percent(Other than Sanitation staff). Significant posts like
Additional Municipal Commissioner, Assistant Municipal Commissioner are also
presently vacant.
291
Against 212 sanctioned posts for Sanitation Staff, 76 employees are actually employed.
This indicates the shortage of staff on an average 64.15 percent. Most of the employees
are primarily on contractual basis
TABLE 5.5: SANCTIONED POSTS VS ACTUALLY APPOINTED - DEOGHAR ULB. AS ON 1 JAN 2016
Sr No.
Post Name No. of Sanctioned Post
No. of filling post
No. of Blank post
Permanent Employee
1 Municipal Commissioner 1 1 0
2 Additional Municipal Commissioner 1 0 1
3 Assistant Municipal Commissioner 2 0 2
4 Chief Municipal Engineer 1 0 1
5 Technical assistant to Chief Engineer 1 1 0
6 Superintendent Engineer (Civil) 1 0 1
7 Technical assistant of Superintendent Engineer
1 1 0
8 Executive engineer (civil) 1 1 0
9 Assistant engineer (civil) 1 1 0
10 Assistant engineer (Electricity) 1 0 1
11 Assistant engineer (Yantrik) 1 0 1
12 Junior engineer (Civil) 2 3 0
13 Street Light Inspector 1 0 1
14 Public Health officer 1 0 1
15 Chief sanitary Inspector 1 0 1
16 Sanitary and food inspector 4 0 4
17 Sanitary inspector one two per ward 20 0 20
18 Chief Assistant and valuation officer 1 0 1
292
19 Assessment and Valuation officer 1 0 1
20 Assistant Revenue officer 1 0 1
21 tax Superintendent 1 0 1
22 Revenue Inspector 4 0 4
23 Chief account officer 1 0 1
24 Accounts Officer 1 0 1
25 Assistant Accounts officer 1 0 1
26 Accountant cum cashier 1 0 1
27 Garden Superintendent 1 0 1
28 Town Planner 1 0 1
29 Asst.Town Planner 1 0 1
30 Town Planning Building Supervisor 2 0 2
31 Town Surveyor 1 0 1
32 CAD/GIS Operator 2 0 2
33 Administrative officer 1 0 1
34 Section Officer 2 0 2
35 Private Secretary 1 0 1
36 Personal asst./stenographer 2 0 2
37 Office asst.Computer Operator 4 0 4
38 Accounts clerk cum computer operator 2 0 2
Sub Total 73 8 66
Over all responsibility of sanitation and solid waste management in DMC is with
Sanitary Inspector who reports to concerned city Managers and Municipal
Commissioner. There is only one sanitary inspector in Deoghar under whom there are
293
28 ward jamadars and 350 sanitation labours. Out of 350 labours, only 72 labours are
permanent and remaining are deployed on daily wages basis. For administrative control
2 city managers have been appointed to monitor the sanitation work in city.
5.3 Plan for institutional strengthening
Major recommendations related to institutional strengthening (Manpower and Finance)
are as under
• It is proposed to privatize the entire solid waste management project with road
sweeping and drain cleaning activity on PPP basis.
• Labour engaged by DMC on daily wages basis shall be engaged by PPP
operator.
• Permanent Labours shall be given the work of cleaning of Drains deeper than 4
feet.
• Shortfall in operation cost shall be provided by state government as O&M grants.
294
CHAPTER-6: FINANCIAL AND ECONOMIC ANALYSIS
This Chapter presents the operation and maintenance cost and financial analysis of
project in order to check financial viability and tipping fee requirement for smooth
functioning of project.
6.1 Abstract of Cost estimates
Capital cost requirement for setting up all the infrastructure required for solid waste
management at Deoghar is estimated as 3748.28 lacs. Operation & maintenance cost
for the project for 20 years is estimated as 55135.15 Lacs. Whereas the possible
revenue source for this project are from two heads. One is, sale of products like
compost, recyclables etc and second is, revenue from user charges. The estimated
value of revenue from these two sources is 42238.77 lacs. The abstract of cost estimate
is shown in Table 6.1
Table: 6.1 Abstract of cost estimate
Sl. No. Particulars
Total Cost in Lacs
Total Rs. In Lacs
A Primary collection storage and transportation 1 Estimate of vehicle & equipment for primary collection, storage
and Transportation 1128.70 2 Estimate of Platform for placing containers. 3.07 Total 1131.77 B Site development works 3 Estimate of internal road 133.65 4 Estimate of Surface drain. 39.38 5 Estimate of Building 37.89 6 Estimate of Vehicle parking and workshope shed. 81.48 7 Estimate of Horticulture works. 31.13 8 Estimate Water Supply facility. 6.15 9 Estimate of Overhead Tank 4.24
10 Estimate of Boundary Wall 115.34 11 Estimate of Entry Gate 0.69 12 Estimate of internal electrification 0.76 13 Estimate of external Electrification. 57.55 14 Estimate of site development 46.94 15 Estimate of starter and panel shed 0.00 Total 555.21 C Compost plant
1 Compost plant, Curing, Refinement, Monsoon & Bag storage shed 290.75
295
Sl. No. Particulars
Total Cost in Lacs
Total Rs. In Lacs
2 Machinery & Miscellaneous Works 365.00 3 Waste Receiving and Windrow Pad 212.59 4 Evaporation Tank 36.15 5 Leachate Holding 56.96 Total 961.45 D Material Handling Automobiles 143.27 143.27 E Development of Sanitary Landfill 782.03 782.03 F Estimate of HT Line 23.93 23.93 H Carriage of construction materials 93.17
Total 3690.83
I Labour cess @ 1% (Excluding item A(1), C2) &D) 20.54 Contingencies @ 1% 36.91
Total Project Cost (in Lacs) 3748.28
6.2 Cost sharing of the project
Sharing of capital cost shall be in the ratio of 70% Government to 30 % private. This
structuring is kept to ensure increased interest of private sector so that to ensure
healthy competition in tendering at the same time the capital investment to the tune of
30% by private party will make him accountable in respect of operation and
maintenance.
Cost of Operation & maintenance shall be recovered under three heads i) Revenue
from sale of products of waste processing ii) Revenue from user charges iii) revenue
from O&M grant in the form of viability gap funding. Private party shall be responsible to
generate the desired revenue from first two heads whereas state/central government
shall ensure to provide the desired viability gap funding.
Table 6.2 Summary of Cost Sharing
Sl. No
Particulars Amount in Lacs
1A Cost of Work
3740.37
1B Capital Investment by PPP operator @30% of 1A
1122.11
296
Sl. No
Particulars Amount in Lacs
1C Capital Grant Required (1A-1B)
2618.26
2A O&M Cost For 20 Yrs
55127.81
2B Revenue generated by user charge and sale of product
42237.18
2C Grant Required for O&M in 20 Yrs (2A-2B)
12890.63
3 Preparation of D.P.R, consultancy [email protected]% 56.11
4 Training &capability building of U.L.B @1.5 56.11
5 Monitoring & supervision charges @ 10%
374.04
Total Grant Required in 20 Yrs (1C+2C+3+4+5) Rs.
15995.14
6.3 Schedule of demand of funds
6.3.1 Schedule of Demand of fund during Construction period (Table: 6.3)
Schedule of Fund Requirement During Construction Period
Month/ Year Amount in Rs.
1 560.09 2 560.09 3 163.97 4 163.97 5 163.97 6 163.97 7 163.97 8 163.97 9 252.92
10 88.95 11 88.95 12 88.95
2017 - 18 2623.80
297
6.3.2 Schedule of Demand of fund during O&M period (Table: 6.4)
Schedule of Fund Requirement During O&M Period
Year Amount in Rs.
Plan Period
O&M cost during plan
period 2018 - 19 639.79
O&M Expences for Ist 5
Year 3024.12
2019 - 20 623.43 2020 - 21 601.66 2021 - 22 574.00 2022 - 23 585.24 2023 - 24 500.56
O&M Expences for 2nd 5
Year 2392.71
2024 - 25 454.00 2025 - 26 466.61 2026 - 27 479.25 2027 - 28 492.29 2028 - 29 1890.18
O&M Expences for 3rd 5
Year 4030.57
2029 - 30 516.40 2030 - 31 528.91 2031 - 32 541.23 2032 - 33 553.85 2033 - 34 630.00
O&M Expences for 4th 5
Year 3450.57
2034 - 35 579.50 2035 - 36 592.53 2036 - 37 605.68 2037 - 38 1042.86
6.3.3 Summary of Demand of Fund (Table 6.5)
Capital Grants O&M Grants
Ist Five Year Plan
(2018-2023)
2nd Five Year Plan
(2023-2028)
3rd Five Year Plan
(2028-2033)
4th Five Year Plan
(2033-2038)
2623.80 3024.12 2392.71 4030.57 3450.57
6.4 Economic analysis Estimate of Annual O&M Cost of SWM
The Revenue- Expenditure sheet and support calculations for estimation of operation
and maintenance cost is given in subsequent articles of this chapter.
6.4.1 Revenue –Expenditure sheet/ Cash flow Statement
298
Table 6.6: Revenue-Expenditure sheet Waste Collection per day (2017) 15.76 MT 855.300 Lacs/Yr Compost Production 12.5% 2,500.0 per MTRDF Production 20% Sale Price of RDF 2,600.0 per MTSalable plastic & paper 6% Sale price of plastic & paper 3,200.0 per MTInert Residue to Landfill 20% Capital Cost of Project 3,740.37 Lacs% increse in household & Roads 2.0% Capital Invested by Private partner 1,122.1 LacsIncome and Expenditure Statement Capital Recovery Factor @ 12% Int. 0.1339 Amt in Rs. Lacs
Unit 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 TotalWaste Generation MT 87.48 92.22 96.96 101.69 106.43 111.17 115.91 120.65 125.38 130.12 134.86 141.98 149.10 156.21 163.33 170.45 177.57 184.69 191.80 198.92 206.04 1,049,550.20 Compost Production MT 11.53 12.12 12.71 13.30 13.90 14.49 15.08 15.67 16.27 16.86 17.75 18.64 19.53 20.42 21.31 22.20 23.09 23.98 24.87 25.76 131,210.20 RDF Production MT 18.44 19.39 20.34 21.29 22.23 23.18 24.13 25.08 26.02 26.97 28.40 29.82 31.24 32.67 34.09 35.51 36.94 38.36 39.78 41.21Recyclables MT 5.53 5.82 6.10 6.39 6.67 6.95 7.24 7.52 7.81 8.09 8.52 8.95 9.37 9.80 10.23 10.65 11.08 11.51 11.94 12.36 62,973.45 User charge collection (% of total) 55% 55% 60% 65% 70% 75% 80% 85% 85% 85% 85% 85% 85% 85% 85% 85% 85% 85% 85% 85% 85%
Income0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Sale of Organic Compost (Matric Tons)
5.0% - 110.47 121.65 133.38 145.64 158.55 171.89 185.77 200.18 215.27 230.77 251.05 272.14 294.05 316.77 340.29 364.64 389.79 415.75 442.53 470.12 5,230.70
Sale of RDF 5.0% 183.75 202.41 221.98 242.45 263.70 285.97 309.14 333.21 358.05 383.92 417.75 452.79 489.17 527.07 566.15 606.58 648.54 691.67 736.15 782.17 Sale of plastics/recyclable 5.0% - 67.82 74.78 81.94 89.56 97.38 105.53 114.16 122.97 132.27 141.74 154.25 167.26 180.58 194.59 209.10 223.91 239.42 255.43 271.95 288.73 3,213.37 User Charge Collection 5.0% - 470.42 549.62 636.00 729.83 831.35 940.83 1,058.52 1,118.86 1,180.66 1,243.91 1,308.61 1,374.77 1,442.38 1,511.44 1,581.96 1,653.94 1,727.36 1,802.25 1,878.58 1,956.37 24,997.66 Capital Grant @ 70 % 2,618.26 - Revenue from sale of scrap vehicle etc 3.35 85.29 4.19 92.83
Total (A) 2,618.26 832.46 948.46 1,073.30 1,207.48 1,354.33 1,504.22 1,667.59 1,775.22 1,886.25 2,000.34 2,216.95 2,266.96 2,406.18 2,549.87 2,697.50 2,853.26 3,005.11 3,165.10 3,329.21 3,497.39 42,237.18 Expenditure -
- Initial Capital cost 3,740.37 Recurring Capital Cost 41.87 1,279.37 58.62 1,379.86
O&M C&T system - Labour 5.0% - 839.08 896.27 955.03 1,015.4 1,077.25 1,140.71 1,205.74 1,272.33 1,340.49 1,410.22 1,481.51 1,554.38 1,628.80 1,704.80 1,782.36 1,861.49 1,942.19 2,024.45 2,108.28 2,193.68 29,434.42 Fuel & spare part 5.0% - 0.83 0.89 0.95 1.01 1.07 1.13 1.19 1.26 1.33 1.40 1.47 1.54 1.61 1.69 1.77 1.84 1.92 2.01 2.09 2.17 29.17 Total - 839.91 897.16 955.98 1,016.37 1,078.32 1,141.84 1,206.93 1,273.59 1,341.82 1,411.62 1,482.98 1,555.92 1,630.41 1,706.49 1,784.13 1,863.33 1,944.11 2,026.46 2,110.37 2,195.85 29,463.59
O&M Plant and landfill 5.0% - 289.74 319.13 349.94 382.17 415.82 450.88 487.36 525.26 564.57 605.31 658.50 713.82 771.27 830.85 892.56 956.40 1,022.37 1,090.47 1,160.70 1,233.06 13,720.18 Landfill closure & capping 368.56 Total for compost and landfill O&M - 289.74 319.13 349.94 382.17 415.82 450.88 487.36 525.26 564.57 605.31 658.50 713.82 771.27 830.85 892.56 956.40 1,022.37 1,090.47 1,160.70 1,601.62 2,837.24 Recovery of Capital invested by private 150.25 150.25 150.25 150.25 150.25 150.25 150.25 150.25 150.25 150.25 150.25 150.25 150.25 150.25 150.25 150.25 150.25 150.25 150.25 150.25 3,005.00
Total Expences 3,740.37 1,279.90 1,366.54 1,456.17 1,548.79 1,686.26 1,742.97 1,844.54 1,949.10 2,056.64 2,167.18 3,571.10 2,419.99 2,551.93 2,687.59 2,826.94 3,028.60 3,116.73 3,267.18 3,421.32 3,947.72 47,937.19 Profit to private @ 10 % +5% OHC 191.99 204.98 218.43 232.32 252.94 261.45 276.68 292.37 308.50 325.08 535.67 363.00 382.79 403.14 424.04 454.29 467.51 490.08 513.20 592.16 7,190.62 Expences with contractor Profit 1,471.89 1,571.52 1,674.60 1,781.11 1,939.20 2,004.42 2,121.22 2,241.47 2,365.14 2,492.26 4,106.77 2,782.99 2,934.72 3,090.73 3,250.98 3,482.89 3,584.24 3,757.26 3,934.52 4,539.88 55,127.81
Net Shortfall for O&M (1,122.11) 639.43 623.06 601.30 573.63 584.87 500.20 453.63 466.25 478.89 491.92 1,889.82 516.03 528.54 540.86 553.48 629.63 579.13 592.16 605.31 1,042.49 12,890.63
% increse in CI ↓
Sale price of compostRevenue from User charge (100%)
299
6.4.2 Analysis of Recurring Capital cost (Table 6.7) 1 Recurring cost after 5 Yrs E-Rickshaw 2115264.00 Litter Bins 698622.00 Wheel Barrow 535568.00 Total 3349454 Escatated price in Lacs = AX(1+25%) 41.87 2 Recurring cost after 10 Yrs E-Rickshaw 2115264.00 Litter Bins 698622.00 Wheel Barrow 535568.00 1000 Lits Auto Tipper 35030000.00 Refuse Compactor 28219000.00 Truck Mounted Road Sweeping Machine 6150000.00 Material Handling Equipment at WPLFS 12543010.00 Total 85291464 Escatated price in Lacs = AX(1+50%) 1279.37 3 Recurring cost after 15 Yrs E-Rickshaw 2115264.00 Litter Bins 698622.00 Wheel Barrow 535568.00 Total 3349454 Escatated price in Lacs = AX(1+75%) 58.62
6.4.3 Revenue Generation from User Charge collection Table 6.8: Revenue from user charges
S. No
Type of unit Deoghar Total
amount (Rs/Month) unit
quantity user charge (Rs/Month)
1 Household in 2016 43379 Slum 5639 20 112780 LIG (House area Less than 50 sqm area) 9977 30 299310 MIG ( House area 50 to 150 sqm area) 14315 50 715750 HIG ( House area above 150 sqm) 13014 80 1041120 2 Dhabha 486 350 170100 3 Hotel & Guest House
300
S. No
Type of unit Deoghar Total
amount (Rs/Month) unit
quantity user charge (Rs/Month)
upto 10 room 0 1000 0 11-20 room 7 1500 10500 21-30 room 33 2000 66000 30-50 room 63 5000 315000 above 50 room 21 10000 210000 5 star & above 0 15000 0 4 Dharmshala 72 800 57600 5 Restaurant 83 1500 124500
6
Beakri outlet
0 1000 0
7 Sweet shop 234 1000 234000 8 Fast food 16 500 8000 9 Thela/ Khomcha 408 200 81600
10 Pan/Tea shop 806 100 80600
11 Shopping complex Shopping complex - AC 1 10000 10000 Shopping Complex - Non AC 0 5000 0
12 Factory, Workshop Small/domestic 163 500 81500 Medium 14 2000 28000 Big 2 5000 10000
13 Cinema Hall 2 5000 10000
14 Shop Wholesale 102 1500 153000 Showroom 29 1000 29000 Main market Shop 8300 250 2075000 Colony shop 575 150 86250 Meat shop 106 1000 106000 Haat Bazar shop 229 150 34350 Others
15 Godown/ Cold storage 30 1500 45000 Petrol pump 10 1500 15000
301
S. No
Type of unit Deoghar Total
amount (Rs/Month) unit
quantity user charge (Rs/Month)
16 Vegetable & Fruit shop 574 200 114800
17 Office Up to 2 room, 10 sqm 35 100 3500 3-5 room, 25 sqm 18 250 4500 6-10 room, 50 sqm 39 1000 39000 11-20 room 100 Sqm 2 1500 3000 Above 20 room, 100 sqm 2 2500 5000
18 Hospital, Nursing Home, Laboratory Without bed/clinic 80 400 32000 Up to 20 bed 25 5000 125000 20-50 15 10000 150000 above 50 3 20000 60000
19 School, college, Coaching Aanganbari kendra 2 200 400 Government 59 200 11800 Private 236 1000 236000 Boarding upto 50 room 0 5000 0 Boarding above 50 room 1
20 Marriage Hall up to 3000 sqm 37 2500 92500 above 3000 sqm 7 5000 35000
21 Mobile Tower 20 250 5000
22 Khatal/Goshal 5 0 0
23 Community Toilet 4 0 0
24 Religious centers, Mandir, Masjid & Samudaya bhawan
44 0 0
25 Baba Vaidyanath Mandir 1
Monthly revenue with 100% collection 13000 7127460 Yearly revenue with 100% collection 85529520
302
6.4.4 Fuel & Maintenance cost of Vehicles Table 6.9: Cost of POL and Maintenance
Ward Vehicle No
Ward inner Rd Length
VTA to TP/
WPLFS
Total Trip length (Kms) Fuel Cost
(Rs./Km)
Maintenance cost
(Rs/Km)
Tyre cost
(Rs/Km)
Yearly cost (fuel, Maintena
nce) Ist Trip
IInd Trip
iiird trip
ivth Trip
Total
Primary Collection & Transportation
Zone 1
Ward 1 TW1 7640.61 4099.7 15.8 15.80 10.5 42.10 3.06 1.5 0.425 76533.7
TW2 15.8 15.80 10.5 42.10 3.06 1.5 0.425 76533.7
TW3 10.5 10.5 10.5 31.50 3.06 1.5 0.425 57263.9
TW12 From Ward 5 10.5 10.50 3.06 1.5 0.425 19088.0
TW13 From Ward 6 10.5 10.50 3.06 1.5 0.425 19088.0
Ward 2 TW4 21853.08 6784.5 24.5 24.5 24.5 73.50 3.06 1.5 0.425 133615.9
TW5 24.5 24.5 24.5 73.50 3.06 1.5 0.425 133615.9
TW14 From Ward 6 24.5 24.50 3.06 1.5 0.425 44538.6
TW15 From Ward 6 24.5 24.50 3.06 1.5 0.425 44538.6
Ward 3 TW6 7314.36 4705.9 13.1 13.1 13.1 39.30 3.06 1.5 0.425 71443.6
TW7 13.1 13.1 13.1 39.30 3.06 1.5 0.425 71443.6
3.06 1.5 0.425 0.0
Ward 4 TW8 11748.58 3000.1 11.9 11.9 11.9 35.70 3.06 1.5 0.425 64899.1
TW9 11.9 11.9 11.9 35.70 3.06 1.5 0.425 64899.1
Ward 5 TW10 19991.10 3342.7 14.7 14.7 13.3 42.70 3.06 1.5 0.425 77624.4
TW11 14.7 14.7 13.3 42.70 3.06 1.5 0.425 77624.4
TW12 14.7 14.7 To ward 1 29.40 3.06 1.5 0.425 53446.3
Ward 6 TW13 11176.36 3752.8 12 12 To
ward 1 24.00 3.06 1.5 0.425 43629.7
TW14 12 12 To ward 1 24.00 3.06 1.5 0.425 43629.7
TW15 12 12 To ward 1 24.00 3.06 1.5 0.425 43629.7
Ward 8 TW16 10497.4
5 1065.2 7.4 7.4 4.8 19.60 3.06 1.5 0.425 35630.9
303
Ward Vehicle No
Ward inner Rd Length
VTA to TP/
WPLFS
Total Trip length (Kms) Fuel Cost
(Rs./Km)
Maintenance cost
(Rs/Km)
Tyre cost
(Rs/Km)
Yearly cost (fuel, Maintena
nce) Ist Trip
IInd Trip
iiird trip
ivth Trip
Total
TW17 7.4 7.4 4.8 19.60 3.06 1.5 0.425 35630.9
TW18 7.4 4.8 4.8 17.00 3.06 1.5 0.425 30904.3
Ward 9 TW19 15579.5
3 2926.1 13.6 13.6 11 38.20 3.06 1.5 0.425 69443.9
TW20 13.6 13.6 11 38.20 3.06 1.5 0.425 69443.9
TW27 11 11.00 3.06 1.5 0.425 19996.9
Ward
10 TW21 13583.95 3267.1 13.3 13.3 11.1 37.70 3.06 1.5 0.425 68534.9
TW22 13.3 13.3 11.1 37.70 3.06 1.5 0.425 68534.9
Ward
11 TW23 8854.85 1832.8 8.1 8.1 8.1 24.30 3.06 1.5 0.425 44175.0
TW24 8.1 8.1 8.1 24.30 3.06 1.5 0.425 44175.0
Ward
33 TW25 10579.61 4572.8 14.4 14.4 6.6 35.40 3.06 1.5 0.425 64353.8
TW26 14.4 14.4 6.6 35.40 3.06 1.5 0.425 64353.8
TW28 6.6 6.60 3.06 1.5 0.425 11998.2
Ward
34 TW27 12605.16 5276.3 15.6 15.6 To
ward 9 31.20 3.06 1.5 0.425 56718.6
TW28 15.6 15.6 To
ward 33
31.20 3.06 1.5 0.425 56718.6
TW29 15.6 15.6 31.20 3.06 1.5 0.425 56718.6
Zone 2
Ward 7 TW30 19869.86 6820.3 23.6 23.6 33.5 80.70 3.06 1.5 0.425 146704.8
TW31 23.6 23.6 To
ward 17
47.20 3.06 1.5 0.425 85805.0
Ward
14 TW32 14194.54 7538.1 22.2 22.2 22.2 66.60 3.06 1.5 0.425 121072.3
TW33 22.2 22.2 22.2 66.60 3.06 1.5 0.425 121072.3
Ward
15 TW34 12422.80 6820.3 19.9 19.9 19.9 59.70 3.06 1.5 0.425 108528.8
TW35 19.9 19.9 19.9 59.70 3.06 1.5 0.425 108528.8
Ward TW36 3654.07 5678.8 13.2 13.2 13.2 39.60 3.06 1.5 0.425 71989.0
304
Ward Vehicle No
Ward inner Rd Length
VTA to TP/
WPLFS
Total Trip length (Kms) Fuel Cost
(Rs./Km)
Maintenance cost
(Rs/Km)
Tyre cost
(Rs/Km)
Yearly cost (fuel, Maintena
nce) Ist Trip
IInd Trip
iiird trip
ivth Trip
Total
16
TW37 13.2 13.2 13.2 39.60 3.06 1.5 0.425 71989.0
Ward
17 TW38 21907.83 5253.2 21.5 21.5 17.8 60.80 3.06 1.5 0.425 110528.5
TW39 21.5 21.5 17.8 60.80 3.06 1.5 0.425 110528.5
TW31 17.8 17.80 3.06 1.5 0.425 32358.7
Zone 3 Ward
12 TW40 3387.05 2009.4 5.7 4.5 4.5 14.70 3.06 1.5 0.425 26723.2
TW41 5.7 4.5 4.5 14.70 3.06 1.5 0.425 26723.2
TW42 5.7 4.5 4.5 14.70 3.06 1.5 0.425 26723.2
TW43 5.7 4.5 4.5 14.70 3.06 1.5 0.425 26723.2
TW44 To ward 13 4.5 4.5 9.00 3.06 1.5 0.425 16361.1
TW45 To ward 13 4.5 4.5 9.00 3.06 1.5 0.425 16361.1
TW46 4.5 4.5 9.00 3.06 1.5 0.425 16361.1
Ward
13 TW47 9765.41 1591.8 8.1 8.1 8.1 24.30 3.06 1.5 0.425 44175.0
TW48 8.1 8.1 8.1 24.30 3.06 1.5 0.425 44175.0
TW44 8.1 8.10 3.06 1.5 0.425 14725.0
TW45 8.1 8.10 3.06 1.5 0.425 14725.0
Ward
19 E1 6306.18 928.5 4.4 2.4 2.4 9.20 0.50 1.3 0.40 7387.6
E2 4.4 2.4 2.4 9.20 0.50 1.3 0.40 7387.6
E3 4.4 2.4 2.4 9.20 0.50 1.3 0.40 7387.6
E4 4.4 2.4 2.4 9.20 0.50 1.3 0.40 7387.6
E5 4.4 2.4 2.4 9.20 0.50 1.3 0.40 7387.6
TW49 2.5 2.5 2.5 7.50 3.06 1.5 0.425 13634.3
TW50 2.5 2.5 2.5 7.50 3.06 1.5 0.425 13634.3
TW51 2.5 2.5 2.5 7.50 3.06 1.5 0.425 13634.3
TW52 2.5 2.5 2.5 7.50 3.06 1.5 0.425 13634.3
Ward
20 E6 4800.95 598.8 3.1 1.5 1.5 6.10 0.50 1.3 0.40 4898.3
E7 3.1 1.5 1.5 6.10 0.50 1.3 0.40 4898.3
E8 3.1 1.5 1.5 6.10 0.50 1.3 0.40 4898.3
305
Ward Vehicle No
Ward inner Rd Length
VTA to TP/
WPLFS
Total Trip length (Kms) Fuel Cost
(Rs./Km)
Maintenance cost
(Rs/Km)
Tyre cost
(Rs/Km)
Yearly cost (fuel, Maintena
nce) Ist Trip
IInd Trip
iiird trip
ivth Trip
Total
E9 3.1 1.5 1.5 6.10 0.50 1.3 0.40 4898.3
E10 3.1 1.5 1.5 6.10 0.50 1.3 0.40 4898.3
E11 1.5 1.5 1.5 4.50 0.50 1.3 0.40 3613.5
TW53 1.5 1.5 1.5 4.50 3.06 1.5 0.425 8180.6
TW54 1.5 1.5 1.5 4.50 3.06 1.5 0.425 8180.6
TW55 1.5 1.5 To
ward 21
3.00 3.06 1.5 0.425 5453.7
TW56 1.5 1.5 To
ward 21
3.00 3.06 1.5 0.425 5453.7
TW57 1.5 1.5 To
ward 32
3.00 3.06 1.5 0.425 5453.7
TW58 1.5 1.5 To
ward 32
3.06 1.5 0.425 0.0
Ward
21 TW59 3289.42 412.4 2.5 2.5 2.5 7.50 3.06 1.5 0.425 13634.3
TW60 2.5 2.5 2.5 7.50 3.06 1.5 0.425 13634.3
TW55 2.5 2.50 3.06 1.5 0.425 4544.8
TW56 2.5 2.50 3.06 1.5 0.425 4544.8
Ward
32 TW61 6073.88 2136.6 7.3 7.3 7.3 21.90 3.06 1.5 0.425 39812.1
TW62 7.3 7.3 7.3 21.90 3.06 1.5 0.425 39812.1
TW57 7.3 7.30 3.06 1.5 0.425 13270.7
TW58 7.3 7.30 3.06 1.5 0.425 13270.7
Zone 4 Ward
18 TW63 15094.44 422.9 8.4 4.2 4.2 16.80 3.06 1.5 0.425 30540.8
TW64 8.4 4.2 4.2 16.80 3.06 1.5 0.425 30540.8
TW65 8.4 4.2 4.2 16.80 3.06 1.5 0.425 30540.8
TW66 8.4 4.2 4.2 16.80 3.06 1.5 0.425 30540.8
Ward
22 TW67 16204.36 1029.1 8.5 8.5 7.5 24.50 3.06 1.5 0.425 44538.6
TW68 8.5 8.5 7.5 24.50 3.06 1.5 0.425 44538.6
TW69 8.5 7.5 16.00 3.06 1.5 0.425 29086.4
Ward
23 TW70 8963.74 3158.7 9.9 9.9 9.3 29.10 3.06 1.5 0.425 52901.0
306
Ward Vehicle No
Ward inner Rd Length
VTA to TP/
WPLFS
Total Trip length (Kms) Fuel Cost
(Rs./Km)
Maintenance cost
(Rs/Km)
Tyre cost
(Rs/Km)
Yearly cost (fuel, Maintena
nce) Ist Trip
IInd Trip
iiird trip
ivth Trip
Total
TW71 9.9 9.9 9.3 29.10 3.06 1.5 0.425 52901.0
TW72 9.9 To
ward 24
9.3 19.20 3.06 1.5 0.425 34903.7
Ward
24 TW73 11782.75 2933.9 10.6 10.6 9.4 30.60 3.06 1.5 0.425 55627.8
TW74 10.6 10.6 9.4 30.60 3.06 1.5 0.425 55627.8
TW75 10.6 9.4 9.4 29.40 3.06 1.5 0.425 53446.3
TW72 9.4 9.40 3.06 1.5 0.425 17088.3
Ward
25 TW76 9625.64 2199.1 8.2 8.2 7.6 24.00 3.06 1.5 0.425 43629.7
TW77 8.2 8.2 7.6 24.00 3.06 1.5 0.425 43629.7
TW78 8.2 7.6 15.80 3.06 1.5 0.425 28722.9
Ward
26 TW79 18150.79 1314.7 9.9 9.9 8.7 28.50 3.06 1.5 0.425 51810.2
TW80 9.9 9.9 8.7 28.50 3.06 1.5 0.425 51810.2
TW81 9.9 8.7 18.60 3.06 1.5 0.425 33813.0
Zone 5 Ward
27 TW82 18629.10 1804.6 12.9 12.9 12.9 38.70 3.06 1.5 0.425 70352.8
TW83 12.9 12.9 12.9 38.70 3.06 1.5 0.425 70352.8
Ward
28 TW84 15492.36 4017.5 15.8 15.8 15.8 47.40 3.06 1.5 0.425 86168.6
TW85 15.8 15.8 15.8 47.40 3.06 1.5 0.425 86168.6
Ward
29 TW86 7241.55 3407.4 9.7 9.7 11.6 31.00 3.06 1.5 0.425 56355.0
TW87 9.7 9.7 11.6 31.00 3.06 1.5 0.425 56355.0
TW88 9.7 To
ward 36
11.6 21.30 3.06 1.5 0.425 38721.3
ward 30 TW89 4851.02 4280.9 11 11 11 33.00 3.06 1.5 0.425 59990.8
TW90 11 11 11 33.00 3.06 1.5 0.425 59990.8
Ward
31 TW91 12679.67 4280.9 14.9 14.9 10.4 40.20 3.06 1.5 0.425 73079.7
TW92 14.9 14.9 10.4 40.20 3.06 1.5 0.425 73079.7
307
Ward Vehicle No
Ward inner Rd Length
VTA to TP/
WPLFS
Total Trip length (Kms) Fuel Cost
(Rs./Km)
Maintenance cost
(Rs/Km)
Tyre cost
(Rs/Km)
Yearly cost (fuel, Maintena
nce) Ist Trip
IInd Trip
iiird trip
ivth Trip
Total
TW93 10.4 10.4 20.80 3.06 1.5 0.425 37812.4
Ward
35 TW94 16372.48 5755.8 19.7 19.7 19.7 59.10 3.06 1.5 0.425 107438.1
TW95 19.7 19.7 19.7 59.10 3.06 1.5 0.425 107438.1
Ward
36 TW96 12706.51 1804.6 10 10 7.8 27.80 3.06 1.5 0.425 50537.7
TW97 10 10 7.8 27.80 3.06 1.5 0.425 50537.7
TW88 7.8 7.80 3.06 1.5 0.425 14179.6
Total 3118.5
5586922.7
Secondary Transportation Refuse Compactors
Fuel Cost (Rs./Km)
Maintenance cost (Rs/Km)
Tyre cost (Rs/Km)
Yearly cost (fuel,
Maintenance) Zone Waste (MT)
Vehicle Type
Vehicles Required
Number of Trip
TP to LFS Distance (m)
Total Trip Length (KMs)
1 24.60 R C 3 3 8786.383 158.1549 15.71 6 2.28 1385107.0
3 25.93 R C 3 3 5604.95 100.8891 15.71 6 2.28 883578.1
4 14.14 R C 2 3 4615.509 55.38611 15.71 6 2.28 485066.8
5 13.69 R C 2 3 8053.456 96.64147 15.71 6 2.28 846377.7
Tractor Towable Dumper placers Fuel Cost (Rs./Km)
Maintenance cost (Rs/Km)
Tyre cost (Rs/Km)
Yearly cost (fuel,
Maintenance)
Vehicles Required
Number of Trip
TP to LFS Distance (m)
Total Trip Length (KMs)
DP 6 5 10000 600 5.50 4.5 1.52 2522880.0
1011.1 6123009.6
308
6.4.5 Cost of Labour & Manpower for collection & Transportation Table 6.10 Cost of Labour
6.4.6 Operation & maintenance cost Compost Plant and Landfill Table 6.11 Basic data and quantity assessment
Actual quantity of waste 2022 MT/day 107.95 Number of shifts 1.00 Number of Processing units deployed Nos 1.00
A Calculation of JCB/Back Hoe Loader required per unit : Windrow operation 1.00
Per day waste processing (MT)/unit 43.18
Number of windrows shited/turned per day 5.00 Per day waste processing (MT)/unit 215.90 working hours 7.00 Waste handling/hour 30.84 Bucket Capacity of one excavator (cum) 1.00 density of material(MT/Cum) 0.50 Equivalent tonnage handled/tip 0.50 Operation time/ tip (minutes) 0.50 Capacity of Backhoe loader/JCB/Hrs 60.00 No of Backhoe loader/JCB Required 1.00 Total dozer required 1.00
ParticularsNo of Man
power
Per day cost
Per day expenditure
Yearly expenditure
Labour Door to Door & Street sweeping, Drain cleaning
569 221.61 126096.09 46025072.9
Driver Auto Tipper, E Rickshaw, Refuse compactor
146 306.03 44680.38 16308338.7
Sanitary Supervisor (one per 20 labours)
28 306.03 8568.84 3127626.6
Sanitry Inspector 1 500 500 182500.0
Total cost for Labour 65643538.2
ESI 4.75% & PF 13.60% 12045589.3
Labour cess @ 1% 656435.4Grand Total for Labour 78345562.8
309
B Calculation of Loader required per unit :
B1 Pre segregation unit 1.00 Per day waste processing (MT)/unit 107.95 working hours 7.00 Waste handling/hour 15.42 Bucket Capacity of one excavator (cum) 0.60 density of material(MT/Cum) 0.50 Equivalent tonnage handled/tip 0.30 Operation time/ tip (minutes) 2.00 Capacity of Backhoe loader/JCB/Hrs 9.00
No of loader required for Pre-segregation section 2.00
B2 Coarse segregation and Fine refinement section 2.00
Per day waste processing (MT)/unit 36.70 working hours 7.00 Waste handling/hour 5.24 Bucket Capacity of one excavator (cum) 0.60 density of material(MT/Cum) 0.50 Equivalent tonnage handled/tip 0.30 Operation time/ tip (minutes) 2.00 Capacity of Backhoe loader/JCB/Hrs 9.00
No of loader required for each Coarse segregation and fine refinement section 1.00
Total front end loader required 2.00
B3 RDF section (4 Sections) 4.00
Per day waste processing (MT)/unit 64.77 working hours 8.00 Waste handling/hour 8.10 Bucket Capacity of one excavator (cum) 0.60 density of material(MT/Cum) 0.50 Equivalent tonnage handled/tip 0.30 Operation time/ tip (minutes) 2.00 Capacity of Backhoe loader/JCB/Hrs 9.00 No of loader required in RDF Section 1.00 Total front end loader required 4.00
Total front end loader required for entire processing plant 8.00
310
C Calculation of Tractors required per unit Number of Tractors required for Loader 8.00
C1 Operating hours for tractors to trasport the rejects Capacity of Tractor (Tons) 1.25 Trip distance (Km) 1.00 trips/Hour 3.00 Transporting capacity/hour/tractor 3.75 Quantity of Rejects for landfilling (MT) 26.99 Number of tractors 8.00 Operating hours Hrs 0.90 D Operation cost input for Screening unit Connected Load KW 350 Energy consumption KW 280.00 Maintenance cost Rs/MT 42.21 cost of enaculams/enzymes Rs/MT 50 E MANPOWER Driver for Backhoe loader 1.00 Driver for Tractor + Loader 8.00 Number of operators for Screening unit 6.00 Electromechanical person in screening unit 1.00 Unskilled Labour 26.00 F LOCAL OPERATING COSTS
Tractor Driver (minimum wage+ 18.35 % PF & ESI) Rs/day 289.12
Operator screening unit (minimum wage+ 18.35 % PF & ESI) Rs/day 289.12
Electromechanical person (minimum wage+ 18.35 % PF & ESI) Rs/day 591.75
Unskilled labour (minimum wage+ 18.35 % PF & ESI) Rs/day 209.56 Electricity price Rs/kW 5.50 Diesal price liter 55.00 G Fuel Consumption Data Backhoe Loader/JCB Lit/hour 8.00 Tractor in Front end loader attachment Lit/hour 7.00
311
6.4.7 Operation & Maintenance cost for waste processing and Landfilling
Table 6.12 Operation and Maintenance cost for Processing plant and landfill
A Fuel Consumption No Cost/MT of waste
Tracor for loading & inert transportation =8 NoX7 Lit/Hr XRs 55/LitX7 Hrs/107.95 MT 199.72 JCB for windrow operation =1 NoX8 Lit/Hr XRs 55/LitX7 Hrs/107.95 MT 228.25 B Oil & Consumables& maintenance = 10 % of fuel cost 42.80 C Manpower Cost/Ton Driver for Tractor =8 Nos X 289.12/107.95 MT 21.43 Number of operators for screening unit =6 Nos X 289.12/107.95 MT 16.07
Electromechanical person in screening unit
=1 Nos X 591.75/107.95 MT 5.48
Unskilled labour =26 Nos X 209.56/107.95 MT 50.47 D Miscellaneous Maintenance of Screening unit =35500000*5%/365/107.95 45.05 Power consumption 280KWX Rs 5.5/KWX 8Hrs/107.95 MT 114.13 Enoculums & enzymes 50.00
Total 773.40 Contingencies @ 1% 7.73 Management & Supervision Cost @ 5% 38.67 Grand Total 819.8040
6.5 Break up of Cost of works (component wise) and its schedule of execution (Table: 6.13)
312
Sl. No. ParticularsTotal Cost
in LacsTotal Rs. In
Lacs5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
A Primary collection storage and transportation1 Estimate of vehicle & equipment for primary
collection, storage and Transportation 1128.70 564.35 564.352 Estimat of Platform for placing containers. 3.07 1.54 1.54
Total 1131.77B Site development works3 Estimate of internal road 133.65 14.85 14.85 14.85 14.85 14.85 14.85 14.85 14.85 14.854 Extimate of Surface drain. 39.38 4.38 4.38 4.38 4.38 4.38 4.38 4.38 4.38 4.385 Estimate of Building 37.89 4.21 4.21 4.21 4.21 4.21 4.21 4.21 4.21 4.21
6Estimate of Vehicle parking and workshopeshed. 81.48 9.05 9.05 9.05 9.05 9.05 9.05 9.05 9.05 9.05
7 Estimate of Horticulture works. 31.13 3.46 3.46 3.46 3.46 3.46 3.46 3.46 3.46 3.468 Estimate Water Supply facility. 6.15 0.68 0.68 0.68 0.68 0.68 0.68 0.68 0.68 0.689 Estimate of Overhead Tank 4.24 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47
10 Estimate of Boundary Wall 115.34 12.82 12.82 12.82 12.82 12.82 12.82 12.82 12.82 12.8211 Estimate of Entry Gate 0.69 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.0812 Estimate of internal electrification 0.76 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.0813 Estimate of external Electrification. 57.55 6.39 6.39 6.39 6.39 6.39 6.39 6.39 6.39 6.3914 Estimate of site development 46.94 5.22 5.22 5.22 5.22 5.22 5.22 5.22 5.22 5.2215 Estimate of starter and panel shed 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Total 555.21C Compost plant
1Compost plant, Curing, Refinement,Monsoon & Bag storage shed 290.75 32.31 32.31 32.31 32.31 32.31 32.31 32.31 32.31 32.31
2 Machinery & Miscellaneous Works 365.00 91.25 91.25 91.25 91.253 Waste Receiving and Windrow Pad 212.59 23.62 23.62 23.62 23.62 23.62 23.62 23.62 23.62 23.624 Evaporation Tank 36.15 4.02 4.02 4.02 4.02 4.02 4.02 4.02 4.02 4.025 Leachate Holding 56.96 6.33 6.33 6.33 6.33 6.33 6.33 6.33 6.33 6.33
Total 961.45
D Material Handling Automobiles 143.27 143.27 35.82 35.82 35.82 35.82
E Development of Sanitary Landfill 782.03 782.03 86.89 86.89 86.89 86.89 86.89 86.89 86.89 86.89 86.89
F Estimate of HT Line 23.93 23.93 2.66 2.66 2.66 2.66 2.66 2.66 2.66 2.66 2.66
H Carriage of construction materials 93.17 10.35 10.35 10.35 10.35 10.35 10.35 10.35 10.35 10.35
Total 3690.83
I Labour cess @ 1% (Excluding item A(1), C2) &D) 20.54 2.28 2.28 2.28 2.28 2.28 2.28 2.28 2.28 2.28
Contingensis @ 1% 36.91 4.10 4.10 4.10 4.10 4.10 4.10 4.10 4.10 4.10
Total Project fund flow (in Lacs) 3748.28 800.13 800.13 234.25 234.25 234.25 234.25 234.25 234.25 361.32 127.07 127.07 127.07
560.09 560.09 163.97 163.97 163.97 163.97 163.97 163.97 252.92 88.95 88.95 88.95Demand of Fund @ 70% of Cost of Project
Fund flow during Construction Period & Schedule of execution
313
CHAPTER-7: IMPLEMENTATION ARANGEMENTS
7.1 IMPLEMENTATION PLAN FOR SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT PROJECT AT DEOGHAR
It is proposed to implement the solid waste management project at Deoghar in Public-Private-Partnership mode.
Solid Waste Management (SWM) is one of the obligatory functions of the urban local
bodies in the country. The local bodies are, therefore, required to provide adequate
services for all the three components i.e. collection, transportation and safe disposal of
waste in environment friendly manner.
SWM service is highly labour intensive and on account of increased wage structure of
the Government and municipal employees, this service is becoming more and more
expensive. Besides, the efficiency of the labour force employed in the urban local
bodies is far from satisfactory. High wage structure and inefficiency of the work force
results into steep rise in the cost of service and yet the people at large are not satisfied
with the level of service being provided by the urban local bodies. It is, therefore,
necessary that the local bodies may seriously consider private sector participation in
solid waste management.
7.2 METHOD OF PRIVATE SECTOR INVOLVEMENT IN INTEGRATED SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT
Solid waste for a project area shall be done in integrated manner i.e. from Door-to-Door
collection to final disposal. The private entrepreneur getting contract shall be awarded a
integrated package for solid waste management. The scope of work shall include:
1) Door-to-Door collection
2) Transportation of waste from primary storage depo to processing plant
3) Processing of waste
4) Final disposal of waste
5) Road Sweeping & drain cleaning
314
The local body may also encourage NGOs to enter into this field and organize the waste
collectors in doorstep collection of waste.
7.3 INCENTIVES TO PRIVATE SECTOR
Solid waste management is one such an area where private sector has still not found
much interest. Recovery of capital and operation & Maintenance cost is not at all
possible through user charges collection. Private sector has, therefore, to be given grant
in capital cost to the tune of 70 % and viability gap funding in operation & Maintenance
cost as per actual requirement. Detail of Government funding required is calculated in
Chapter 6 of Volume 1 of this DPR. Apart from it, private shall be given, some other
incentives by way of long term contracts, assured supply of garbage at site, lease of
land at nominal lease rent, etc., for entering this field.
• Contracts shall be given for a period not less than 20 years so that the contractor
may be in a position to invest money and establish proper plan for operation and
user charge collection. The contractors will have no interest in short-term
contract, as investment made may become redundant if the contract is not
subsequently renewed.
• Capital grant to the extent of 70% and viability gap funding for operation and
maintenance shall be given by state/central government.
• Private sector shall be offered land at a nominal lease for not less than 20 years
for setting up treatment plants.
• However, private sector participation may be encouraged in such a way that it
does not affect the interest of the existing labour, it does not violate the
provisions of the above law, does not exploit the private labour and yet reduce
the burden of the urban local body of new establishment. As far as possible,
Existing contractual labours shall be engaged by PPP operator.
7.4 Contractual Framework
The ‘contract’ mirrors the basic objective of the project, the tenure of agreement, the
funding pattern and of sharing of risks and responsibilities. The need to define the
contract very precisely, therefore, becomes paramount under PPP.
315
Projects under PPP may, however, broadly be classified under three heads namely
(i) service contract (ii) operations & maintenance (management) contract and (iii)
capital projects, with operations & maintenance contract.
For this project, it is proposed to adopt option (iii) that is capital projects, with
operations & maintenance contract with following main features
• .Tenure of project shall be 20 years
• Sharing of capital cost shall be in the ratio of 70% Government to 30 %
private. This structuring is kept to ensure increased interest of private sector
so that to ensure healthy competition in tendering at the same time the
capital investment by private party will make him accountable in respect of
operation and maintenance.
• Cost of Operation & maintenance shall be recovered under three heads i)
Revenue from sale of products of waste processing ii) Revenue from user
charges iii) revenue from O&M grant in the form of viability gap funding.
Private party shall be responsible to generate the desired revenue from first
two heads whereas state/central government shall ensure to provide the
desired viability gap funding.
• An escrow account shall be maintained for solid waste management.
• Contract shall clearly mention the scope of work as defined in this DPR.
• Contract shall clearly mention the structuring of user charges and penalties.
7.5 IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE
Proposed implementation schedule is divided into four main categories 1. DPR preparation and obtaining permits 2. Construction phase 3. Commissioning phase 4. O&M phase.
Tentative milestones are stated in the table-7.1 below. Project Completion Schedule to achieve COD is of 16 months from the Appointed Date save & except in case of Concessionaire proposing to set up Waste To Energy Plant wherein the Concessionaire has to achieve CoD within 24 months.
316
S. No.
Description
Months
Condition Precedent Construction Period
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 Preparation of the Detailed Project Report & all Project drawings & approval from the required approval authority or the PMC appointed agency from Letter of Award (LoA)
2 Obtain all applicable permits such as licenses, consents, permissions, NOCs & approvals from the concerned and Govt. agencies from Letter of Award (LoA)
3 Submission and approval of the DPR and all drawings and plans to the Independent Engineer
4
Complete provision of all the utilities such as water, power, internal roads, boundary wall, lighting facility, storm water drain at processing/ Scientific Landfill from Letter of Award (LoA)
5 Complete construction of litter bin platform and fixing of litter bins where Sites has been handed over to Concessionaire by Participating ULBs after completion of Sr.No.1, 2 and 3.
6 Procurement and Handing over & Taking over of C&T vehicles and start of O&M of collection and transportation work
317
S. No.
Description
Months
Condition Precedent Construction Period
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
7 Complete construction of Processing and Landfill facilities at the site after completion of Sr.No.1, 2 and 3.
8 Procurement of all the vehicles, equipment, machinery and implements in accordance with the Implementation Plan
9
Plant installation, machinery including electrical, mechanical and instrumentation facilities/utilities at Transfer Station and at processing site.Completed construction of landfill cell in all aspects to meet the Landfill requirements. Completion of construction works for collection, storage and treatment of leachate, etc. after completion of Sr.No.1,2 and 3.
10
Two months as the testing period to monitor the plant, machinery and equipments at Transfer stations and processing facility after the completion certificate received from Independent Engineer.
11 Final commissioning with full load capacity after completion of Sr.No.10
318
CHAPTER - 8: COMMUNICATION OUTREACH AND SOCIAL INTERMEDIATION
8.1 DETAILS ON STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATIONS
Consultation with DMC official, Ward Parshad, community leaders and residents were done at various stage of project.
Ist Consultation Meeting was done with the then DC of Deoghar, Sh Ameet Kumar, Sh. Lenois Lakra, Municipal Commissioner, and Sanitary Inspector Sh. Ajay Kumar on 12th January 2015. Hon’ble DC were of the view to critically examine the settlement pattern around the Baba Baidyanath Temple and emphasized upon devising the system which is compatible even to narrow lanes in these areas.
A consultation meeting was done on 15.01.2015 with Mayor, Municipal commissionaer and ward parshd and detailed discussion was done with Ward members on their suggestions to improve sanitation in each ward.
Next Consultation meeting was done with Municipal Commissioner Sh A. K. Pandey, Ms. Shuba In charge Solid Waste, Deoghar and other officials on 25.02.2016 after completing the zoning and design of collection and transportation system.
A substantial change in Road cleaning proposal was proposed by Sh Pandey and same was incorporated. Confirmation over all four (4) site selected for transfer points were approved in same meeting.
Public consultation meetings were done in each ward involving ward parshad of that area in consultation process. It was observed that most of people are now known to Swachh Bharat Mission and requirement of sanitation. The format to assess the resident’s willingness to pay user charges shows that 67 % of people are willing to pay user charge if Door to Door collection services are extended to them.
8.2 WILLINGNESS TO PAY FOR SWM SERVICES
A study was done to know the willingness to pay for SWM services along with public consultation. Total 342 household, 60 shops and 10 other commercial establishment were surveyed with questionnaire.
It was found that out of 342 households 230 are willing to pay user charges provided door to door collection services are extended to them whereas 142 are not willing to pay. But the average amount that people are willing to pay is Rs 27.00 for HIG, Rs 25 for MIG and Rs. 22 for LIG houses.
Out of total 60 surveyed 42 shops owners are willing to pay user charges. Whereas all 10 other commercial establishments were agreed to pay the user charges but almost all shops owners are agreed to pay only Rs 30.00 as user charge.
319
It can be interpreted that people are well aware about their responsibility to pay user charges but the amount agreed is very less then the amount stipulated by state gazette. A massive awareness programme will be need to achieve the targeted revenue from user charges.
Fig 8.1 - Willingness to Pay user charge
Fig: - 8.2 Average amounts willing to pay
8.3 PUBLIC INFORMATION, EDUCATION, COMMUNICATION AND AWARENESS PROGRAMS
8.3.1 Introduction to Reduce, Re-use and Re-cycle (R-R-R)
Everyone is concerned with the growing problems of waste disposal in urban areas with
the scarce availability of land for processing and disposal of waste and environmental
remediation measures becoming ever more expensive. It is therefore necessary to not
67%
33%
Willingness to Pay user charge
Yes
No
HIG, 27.00
MIG, 25.00
LIG, 22.00
Average amount willing to pay
320
only think about effective ways and means to process and dispose of the waste that we
generate each day, it is also essential to seriously consider how to avoid or reduce the
generation of waste in the first place and to consider ways to re-use and recycle the
waste, so that the least quantity of waste needs to be processed and disposed off. This
requires a very effective public awareness campaign coupled with commitment by
industries and the efforts of decision-makers at all levels.
While the quantity of food waste generated per capita has remained almost static the
quantity of packaging waste material and non-bio-degradable waste is going up
alarmingly every year. This increases the burden on Municipal Corporation to deal with
the problem of non-biodegradable and non-recyclable components of waste landing up
at processing and disposal sites. The following measures are therefore proposed to
Reduce, Re-use and Recycle waste
All manufacturers producing a variety of domestic and non-domestic products, food as
well as non-food should be persuaded to seriously endeavour to use reusable
packaging materials so that after the delivery of goods, the packaging materials could
be collected back and used over and over again. They could also consider minimizing
or avoiding use of unnecessary packaging materials by innovative methods.
Incentives and product discount should be given to consumers for the return of
packaging or bottling materials in good condition, to the waste producers or retailers to
promote re-use.
The cost of packed articles and article without the packaging material could be kept
different with a choice to the consumers to take the article without the packaging
material at low cost.
The present trend towards one-time-use packaging needs to be reversed. Multiuse
bottling practices need to be re-introduced.
Hard-to-recycle packaging like PET bottles, metalised plastic films and multi-film
packs must be phased out unless producers take responsibility for their recall
and recycling or re-use.
321
RE-USE
One person's waste can be useful material for others. Efforts should therefore be
made to encourage collection of such re-usable material through waste collectors,
waste producers, NGOs and private sector instead of allowing reusable waste to
land up on the disposal sites. Bottles, cans, tins, drums and cartons can be
reused.
RE-CYCLING
In the era of excessive packaging materials being used, a lot of recyclable waste
material is generated. All-out efforts are necessary to retrieve recyclable material
as has been recommended in the report and fed to the recycling industries.
8.3.2 DESIGN OF IEC AND AWARENESS PROGRAMS
Public participation is the key to success in these efforts. Information, Education
and Communication (I.E.C.) mechanisms should be used to ensure effective
public co-operation.
For the successful implementation of any program involving public participation, it
is essential to spell out ways in which public participation in hygienic Solid Waste
Management (SWM) can be promoted and ensured, hand in hand with Municipal
initiatives.
Citizen co-operation is vital for keeping garbage off the streets, especially at the
very first stage of keeping biodegradable "wet" kitchen and food wastes unmixed
and separate from recyclable "dry" wastes and other hazardous wastes. If the
reasons for this are explained, public participation is bound to improve.
8.3.2.1 Current Situation Analysis
Present situation of solid waste management is far behind the satisfactory compliance
standards set under MSW rule 2000. A lot of efforts are needed to achieve the targets
322
of source segregation, containerized storage at household level and to prevent littering
on roads. Overall current situation of solid waste management in ULB’s are as under
• No Segregation
• No containerized storage at household level
• No efforts to stop littering
• People well aware about importance of cleanliness but think it is liability of ULB
only to keep surroundings clean
8.3.2.2 Identification of Target groups for communication
The identified target groups for awareness program are listed below
• Community
• School colleges and educational institute
• Industries
• Hospitals, Hotels and related service providers
• Planners, Policy Makers and Administrators
8.3.2.3 Assessment of target group/community
Basic assessment of target group and community of concerned ULB are based on their
rate of literacy, occupational status and their current awareness to cleanliness
• Average literacy rate of 86.80 %, male literacy is 92.80%, and female literacy is
79.98%.
• Total worker 28 to 29 %, Main worker out of total worker 80 to 81%
• Good percentage of students
• 70 to 80% of people are well aware about the necessity of SWM
• Few NGO working for SWM
It is observed that community have good literacy rate and 70% to 80% people are well
aware of requirement of solid waste management but in absence of required system of
solid waste management, habits of source segregation is not developed yet. Few rag
323
pickers are working on existing dump site but no structured planning either at
government or at NGO level is initiated to bring them in main stream of waste
management. Very few NGO are working for solid waste management.
In view of this situation, high intensity programs keeping in view the necessity of all the
focused groups and community need to be designed. Intensity shall be high in first year
and shall be decreased gradually during project period.
8.3.2.4 Setting up target of awareness Campaign
Target and expected outcome of awareness program is tabulated below: (Table-8.1)
S. No Target MSW Sector
Percentage Target in Year end 1 2 3 4 5
1 Containerized Storage at Household 60% 70% 80% 85% 90%
2 Source Segregation 30% 50% 60% 70% 80% 3 Prohibition of Littering 60% 70% 80% 85% 90%
8.3.2.5 VEHICLES FOR COMMUNICATION
8.3.2.5.1 Setting up a command and control center with dedicated website and telephone Hot-line
A telephone hot line and website for communications and receive complaint could
be one of the ways to have inputs from members of the public. This need to be
manned during working hours (or even later) by polite, responsive and dynamic
persons who are well informed, interested in the subject and available at all stated
times. These communication channels (one or more) can be set up and monitored
by using suitable in-house staff of the Municipal Corporation.
8.3.2.5.2 Use of Cable TV and Cable Channels/ Local Broadcasting
This is a very powerful medium and can be used to inform citizens of new
collection arrangements and timings as they become operational and give contact
324
numbers of concerned officials for problem-solving or reporting of SWM-related
grievances.
Most importantly, they can be used to publicize successful efforts and interview
participants in such localities and trade groups. This will strongly motivate other
citizens to perform likewise and get similar recognition for their efforts.
8.3.2.5.3 Use of Newspapers/Print Media
Local newspapers can be requested to insert regular banner messages on SWM
along the bottom of their city page on a daily or weekly basis. They should also
be encouraged to start a regular Suggestion Box on the city page, where good
news or ideas can be showcased by the public. Advertisements can also be
issued from time to time to create public awareness.
Newspapers should be encouraged to give coverage to successful initiatives that
have overcome such problems in a constructive way.
Nagar council can usefully use newspaper delivery services by inserting
handbills for readers in a particular locality to announce the start of house-to-
house collection or dry waste collection arrangements in that area.
8.3.2.5.4 Use of Schools and College
Children are powerful communicators. Parents who do not listen to advice from
others will often take their children seriously. Children are idealistic and would
like to change their world for better. The Campaign Manager and other groups
described above should hold regular meetings with principals, teachers and
students to explain the need for change, and the usefulness to society of new
ways to manage waste. The message can be reinforced by holding essay,
debate or drawing and painting competitions on the subject and publicizing the
winning contributions through all the media described above.
Focused approach to reach parents through Children: Green School Program
325
Expected outcome of green school program are listed below
1- Storage of waste in 2 bins
2- Stop littering on roads/public place/park/open area
3- Promote 3 R [Reuse ,Reduce, Recycle}
4- Payment of user charges for solid waste management
5- Environmental Awareness Programs and waste disposal
6- Decentralized vermi composting
There shall be two Stages to reach the Goal of Green compliant School
A. First to become a Green initiative School
B. Second to become a Green compliant School
A. How to become a Green initiative School?
Following Steps need to be followed to get enrolled as Green Initiative School:
i) Assembly Address
The concept of source segregation and containerized storage shall be introduced during
extended assembly address. The entire school will be motivated to participate to
become a Green School
ii) Workshop for Teachers
In order to ensure a complete participation of the school, two day workshop of all
teachers will be conducted. The teachers will be provided with all the required class
room sessions, and one day plant visit /city tour of teachers will be undertaken.
iii) Vermi Compost
The school will allocate space for vermi compost unit .The contribution for the same
will be made by jointly by ULB/PPP operator and School in equal proportion .PPP
operator/ ULB will enable a setting up of Vermi compost Plant in the campus of the
school .
326
iv) Wall Paintings
School will organize a Wall painting competition for the students of VIth Standard to XI
standard on pre announced date. The following will be the theme for this Wall Painting
Competition .
Wastes management
Pollution in water bodies and idea of Cleaning
Any other Environmental issue
v) Introduction of 7 hours Curriculum in environment
School will introduce a 7 hours Curriculum in Environment with specific reference to
Pollution i.e. water, air and land pollution , waste management , Renewable energy and
importance of Green house and Carbon emission .
B. How to become a Green compliant School?
Subsequent to becoming a Green initiative school they will be eligible to participate in
competition to become green compliant school .The following process will be
followed in order to qualify as Green compliant school.
The following process has to be followed to be become a Black Diamond School
Three stages are devised to qualify a school as green compliant:
a) The Green compliant Stage 1
b) The Green compliant Stage 2
c) The Green compliant Stage 3
The Green compliant Stage 1
The Green compliant Stage 1 qualification is compulsory for every student from
Standard 6 to 12. Students have to educate their own house members on solid
waste management with the following objectives:
Adaptation of 2 dustbin culture.
327
Giving waste to ULB/PPP operator in time.
Giving user charges for the services.
All students will have to attach, assessment and practice to the concerned authorities.
The Green compliant Stage 2:
To qualify for this stage students have to educate their own house members and at least five families around the area on solid waste management with the following
objectives:
Adaptation of 2 dustbin culture
Giving waste to ULB/PPP operator in time
Giving user charges for the services.
The above parameter will be measured by campaign manager.
The Green compliant Stage 3
This will be given to students for their remarkable role in educating slums in solid waste
best practices .The process to be followed to achieve this stage is underlined below :-
Students have to adopt slum area for at least 10 houses with the following
objectives:
Improvement of health and hygiene.
Store the waste in dustbin
Disposal of waste to ULB/PPP operator everyday.
Above parameter will be measured through independent survey and feedback
summary from slum families. Students have to submit reports along with photographs
where they visit. These Students shall be certified for Excellence in Environmental leadership.
Basis for school to qualify the stages:
328
The process will be measured based on the basis of percentage of students who have
cleared the different stages
The points given each stage are :-
Stage 1 will be given 50 points
Stage 2 will be given 70 points
Stage 3 will be given 100 points
For example If total participating students from a school are 1000. Number of Stage 1
qualified students are 800, Stage 2 qualified students are 400 and Stage 3 qualified
students are 50. In that case the point earned by the schools are as follows:-
1------Stage 1 compliant 0.8*50=40
2------ Stage 1 compliant 0.4*70=28
3------ Stage 1 compliant 0.05*100=5
Total Marks = 73
They have secured 73 marks.
Based on this calculation top 10% school will be selected for Green compliant school. These schools will be rewarded in function with certificate to be given by DC of
respective district.
8.3.2.6 TOOLS FOR COMMUNICATION & THEIR USEFULNESS
Guidebook
Useful tool for educated technical people like Municipal staff, service sectors,
administrators and higher grade students
Brochures/Leaflets
Useful tool for large range of Target groups. However, the design and graphics shall
match with target audience.
329
Posters
Useful tool for large range of Target group. More effective for students and less
educated people like rag pickers, less educated and non-working women. However, the
design and graphics shall match with target audience.
Bookmarks and Labels
Useful tool for students, offices goers and young people
Film & Documentaries Very useful tool for wide range of audience. Very effective
medium to create mass awareness
Website
Useful for educated people, students, Municipal staff
Table: 8.2 Matrix for Awareness Media
Awareness Media
Film Events Poster/ Brochures
Guidebook/ Manual
CD Rom Website
Target group Citizen √ √ √ √ Student √ √ √ √ Industry Hospital Hotel
√ √ √ √
Rag pickers √ √ √ Municipal staff
√ √ √
8.3.2.7 PROGRAM DESIGN AND IMPLEMENTATION PLAN
Following steps need to be adopted to start the awareness campaign on above discussed parameters
• Appointment of Campaign manager • Finalization of agreement with event organizers • Formation of Swachhta committee of community leaders • Formation of Swachhta Toli of students • Finalization of event details and scheduling
330
• MOU signing with schools to participate in Green School Program
An initial plan for awareness campaign is presented below. The program need to be implemented under supervision of IEC Agency whereas the PPP operator/ULB shall be equally responsible for implementation of these program.
Table:-8.3: Initial plan for awareness campaign
S. No Awareness program
Year 1 2 3 4 5
1.
Setting up of Command and Control system, Telephone Hot Line and Website for SWM by PPP Operator/ULB
Throughout the project period
2 Use of Local Cable TV and Broadcasting
a Documentary show (To be sponsored by concerned TV channel/ Radio channel)
6 3 3
b
Audio publicity: First Year: Two times a day continuous for first 60 days and balance 60 days to be equally divided in rest of year. Second and Third Year : Total 60 days to be equally divided throughout the year
120 60 60
3 Use of News paper: (ULB/PPP operator)
News paper advertisement. First Year: Two times per month. Second and Third Year : once a month
24 12 12
4 Use of School & Colleges (IEC agency, ULB and PPP operator)
i Two day work shop of teachers 1 ii School Rally 12 6 3 3 3 iii Quiz competition 2 2 2 2 2 iv Painting Competition 2 2 2 2 2
v Green school program: One program spread over Two years
1
5 Direct Communication strategy ( responsibility of IEC agency, ULB
331
S. No Awareness program
Year 1 2 3 4 5
and PPP operator)
i City wide rally to promote the benefits of a clean city environment
1 1 1 1 1
ii Ward wise rally Once in each ward
Once in each ward
Once in each ward
Once in each ward
Once in each ward
iii
Formation of ward level Swachhta committee with a convener with 9 member with at list on third women member
Throughout the project period
a Committee Meetings 12 12 12 12 12
b
One to One meeting of at least 33% members of Swachhata Committee with residents & feedback form to be filled :
8.33% housed
hold every month
8.33% housed
hold every month
8.33% housed
hold every month
8.33% housed
hold every month
8.33% housed
hold every month
iv Nukkad Natak 12 6 3 3 3 v Film, documentary, Talk show 12 6 3 3 3
vi Special events for recyclable product, Competition/Lucky draw, Exhibition
1 1 1 1 1
vii Publication of Citizen Guideline 1 1 1 1 1
viii Publication Brochures, Leaflets, posters As required
332
CHAPTER-9: SUMMARY OF COST ESTIMATES
9.1 Estimated Capital Cost of SWM facilities
Capital cost requirement for setting up all the infrastructure required for solid waste
management at Deoghar is estimated as 3748.28 lacs.
Table: 9.1 - Capital Cost of SWM facilities
Sl. No. Particulars
Total Cost in Lacs
Total Rs. In Lacs
A Primary collection storage and transportation 1 Estimate of vehicle & equipment for primary collection, storage
and Transportation 1128.70 2 Estimate of Platform for placing containers. 3.07 Total 1131.77 B Site development works 3 Estimate of internal road 133.65 4 Estimate of Surface drain. 39.38 5 Estimate of Building 37.89 6 Estimate of Vehicle parking and workshope shed. 81.48 7 Estimate of Horticulture works. 31.13 8 Estimate Water Supply facility. 6.15 9 Estimate of Overhead Tank 4.24
10 Estimate of Boundary Wall 115.34 11 Estimate of Entry Gate 0.69 12 Estimate of internal electrification 0.76 13 Estimate of external Electrification. 57.55 14 Estimate of site development 46.94 15 Estimate of starter and panel shed 0.00 Total 555.21 C Compost plant
1 Compost plant, Curing, Refinement, Monsoon & Bag storage shed 290.75
2 Machinery & Miscellaneous Works 365.00 3 Waste Receiving and Windrow Pad 212.59 4 Evaporation Tank 36.15 5 Leachate Holding 56.96 Total 961.45
D Material Handling Automobiles 143.27 143.27
E Development of Sanitary Landfill 782.03 782.03
F Estimate of HT Line 23.93 23.93
H Carriage of construction materials 93.17
333
Sl. No. Particulars
Total Cost in Lacs
Total Rs. In Lacs
Total 3690.83
I Labour cess @ 1% (Excluding item A(1), C2) &D) 20.54 Contingencies @ 1% 36.91
Total Project Cost (in Lacs) 3748.28
Deoghar does not have any fixed location as dumping site therefor cost of reclamation of dump sites is not considered in project proposal.
9.2 O&M COST & REVENUE
Operation & maintenance cost for the project for 20 years is estimated as 55135.15 Lacs.
Whereas the possible revenue source for this project are from two heads. One is, sale of
products like compost, recyclables etc and second is, revenue from user charges. The
estimated value of revenue from these two sources is 42238.77 lacs.
Estimate of Cost of Annual O&M (total), possible revenue and net shortfall for O&M is provided below
334
Table: 9.2- Estimate of Cost of Annual O&M (total), possible revenue and net shortfall for O&M
Waste Collection per day (2017) 15.76 MT 855.300 Lacs/Yr Compost Production 12.5% 2,500.0 per MTRDF Production 20% Sale Price of RDF 2,600.0 per MTSalable plastic & paper 6% Sale price of plastic & paper 3,200.0 per MTInert Residue to Landfill 20% Capital Cost of Project 3,740.37 Lacs% increse in household & Roads 2.0% Capital Invested by Private partner 1,122.1 LacsIncome and Expenditure Statement Capital Recovery Factor @ 12% Int. 0.1339 Amt in Rs. Lacs
Unit 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 TotalWaste Generation MT 87.48 92.22 96.96 101.69 106.43 111.17 115.91 120.65 125.38 130.12 134.86 141.98 149.10 156.21 163.33 170.45 177.57 184.69 191.80 198.92 206.04 1,049,550.20 Compost Production MT 11.53 12.12 12.71 13.30 13.90 14.49 15.08 15.67 16.27 16.86 17.75 18.64 19.53 20.42 21.31 22.20 23.09 23.98 24.87 25.76 131,210.20 RDF Production MT 18.44 19.39 20.34 21.29 22.23 23.18 24.13 25.08 26.02 26.97 28.40 29.82 31.24 32.67 34.09 35.51 36.94 38.36 39.78 41.21Recyclables MT 5.53 5.82 6.10 6.39 6.67 6.95 7.24 7.52 7.81 8.09 8.52 8.95 9.37 9.80 10.23 10.65 11.08 11.51 11.94 12.36 62,973.45 User charge collection (% of total) 55% 55% 60% 65% 70% 75% 80% 85% 85% 85% 85% 85% 85% 85% 85% 85% 85% 85% 85% 85% 85%
Income0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Sale of Organic Compost (Matric Tons)
5.0% - 110.47 121.65 133.38 145.64 158.55 171.89 185.77 200.18 215.27 230.77 251.05 272.14 294.05 316.77 340.29 364.64 389.79 415.75 442.53 470.12 5,230.70
Sale of RDF 5.0% 183.75 202.41 221.98 242.45 263.70 285.97 309.14 333.21 358.05 383.92 417.75 452.79 489.17 527.07 566.15 606.58 648.54 691.67 736.15 782.17 Sale of plastics/recyclable 5.0% - 67.82 74.78 81.94 89.56 97.38 105.53 114.16 122.97 132.27 141.74 154.25 167.26 180.58 194.59 209.10 223.91 239.42 255.43 271.95 288.73 3,213.37 User Charge Collection 5.0% - 470.42 549.62 636.00 729.83 831.35 940.83 1,058.52 1,118.86 1,180.66 1,243.91 1,308.61 1,374.77 1,442.38 1,511.44 1,581.96 1,653.94 1,727.36 1,802.25 1,878.58 1,956.37 24,997.66 Capital Grant @ 70 % 2,618.26 - Revenue from sale of scrap vehicle etc 3.35 85.29 4.19 92.83
Total (A) 2,618.26 832.46 948.46 1,073.30 1,207.48 1,354.33 1,504.22 1,667.59 1,775.22 1,886.25 2,000.34 2,216.95 2,266.96 2,406.18 2,549.87 2,697.50 2,853.26 3,005.11 3,165.10 3,329.21 3,497.39 42,237.18 Expenditure -
- Initial Capital cost 3,740.37 Recurring Capital Cost 41.87 1,279.37 58.62 1,379.86
O&M C&T system - Labour 5.0% - 839.08 896.27 955.03 1,015.4 1,077.25 1,140.71 1,205.74 1,272.33 1,340.49 1,410.22 1,481.51 1,554.38 1,628.80 1,704.80 1,782.36 1,861.49 1,942.19 2,024.45 2,108.28 2,193.68 29,434.42 Fuel & spare part 5.0% - 0.83 0.89 0.95 1.01 1.07 1.13 1.19 1.26 1.33 1.40 1.47 1.54 1.61 1.69 1.77 1.84 1.92 2.01 2.09 2.17 29.17 Total - 839.91 897.16 955.98 1,016.37 1,078.32 1,141.84 1,206.93 1,273.59 1,341.82 1,411.62 1,482.98 1,555.92 1,630.41 1,706.49 1,784.13 1,863.33 1,944.11 2,026.46 2,110.37 2,195.85 29,463.59
O&M Plant and landfill 5.0% - 289.74 319.13 349.94 382.17 415.82 450.88 487.36 525.26 564.57 605.31 658.50 713.82 771.27 830.85 892.56 956.40 1,022.37 1,090.47 1,160.70 1,233.06 13,720.18 Landfill closure & capping 368.56 Total for compost and landfill O&M - 289.74 319.13 349.94 382.17 415.82 450.88 487.36 525.26 564.57 605.31 658.50 713.82 771.27 830.85 892.56 956.40 1,022.37 1,090.47 1,160.70 1,601.62 2,837.24 Recovery of Capital invested by private 150.25 150.25 150.25 150.25 150.25 150.25 150.25 150.25 150.25 150.25 150.25 150.25 150.25 150.25 150.25 150.25 150.25 150.25 150.25 150.25 3,005.00
Total Expences 3,740.37 1,279.90 1,366.54 1,456.17 1,548.79 1,686.26 1,742.97 1,844.54 1,949.10 2,056.64 2,167.18 3,571.10 2,419.99 2,551.93 2,687.59 2,826.94 3,028.60 3,116.73 3,267.18 3,421.32 3,947.72 47,937.19 Profit to private @ 10 % +5% OHC 191.99 204.98 218.43 232.32 252.94 261.45 276.68 292.37 308.50 325.08 535.67 363.00 382.79 403.14 424.04 454.29 467.51 490.08 513.20 592.16 7,190.62 Expences with contractor Profit 1,471.89 1,571.52 1,674.60 1,781.11 1,939.20 2,004.42 2,121.22 2,241.47 2,365.14 2,492.26 4,106.77 2,782.99 2,934.72 3,090.73 3,250.98 3,482.89 3,584.24 3,757.26 3,934.52 4,539.88 55,127.81
Net Shortfall for O&M (1,122.11) 639.43 623.06 601.30 573.63 584.87 500.20 453.63 466.25 478.89 491.92 1,889.82 516.03 528.54 540.86 553.48 629.63 579.13 592.16 605.31 1,042.49 12,890.63
% increse in CI ↓
Sale price of compostRevenue from User charge (100%)
335
336
